Technical Reference
TVS600 & TVS600A Series
Waveform Analyzers Command Reference
070-9917-00
Warning
The servicing instructions are for use by qualified
personnel only. To avoid personal injury, do not
perform any servicing unless you are qualified to
do so. Refer to the Safety Summary prior to
performing service.
This document supports firmware
version 1.5 and above.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Table of Contents
Command Syntax
Commands
General Safety Summary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
xv
Related Manuals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
xvii
Command Syntax . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SCPI Commands and Queries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
IEEE 488.2 Common Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Constructed Mnemonics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1–1
1–1
1–6
1–7
Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2–1
2–1
AADVance Subsystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AADVance
AADVance? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AADVance:COUNt
AADVance:COUNt? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AADVance:RECord:COUNt
AADVance:RECord:COUNt? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AADVance:RECord:STARt
2–3
2–4
2–5
2–6
2–7
AADVance:RECord:STARt? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ARM Subsystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ARM:DEFine? (Query Only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ARM:SOURce
2–9
2–10
ARM:SOURce? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2–11
AVERage Subsystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AVERage
AVERage? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AVERage:COUNt
AVERage:COUNt? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AVERage:TYPE
2–13
2–14
2–15
AVERage:TYPE? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2–16
CALCulate Subsystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CALCulate:AAMList
2–19
CALCulate:AAMList? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2–20
CALCulate:AAMList:STATe
CALCulate:AAMList:STATe? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CALCulate:DATA? (Query Only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CALCulate:DATA:PREamble? (Query Only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CALCulate:DERivative:STATe
2–23
2–24
2–25
CALCulate:DERivative:STATe? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CALCulate:FEED[1]
CALCulate:FEED[1]? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CALCulate:FEED2
2–26
2–27
2–28
CALCulate:FEED2? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
i
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Table of Contents
CALCulate:FEED2:CONText
CALCulate:FEED2:CONText? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CALCulate:FILTer:FREQuency[:TYPE]
CALCulate:FILTer:FREQuency[:TYPE]? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CALCulate:FILTer:FREQuency:CENTer
CALCulate:FILTer:FREQuency:CENTer? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CALCulate:FILTer:FREQuency:HPASs
CALCulate:FILTer:FREQuency:HPASs? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CALCulate:FILTer:FREQuency:LPASs
CALCulate:FILTer:FREQuency:LPASs? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CALCulate:FILTer:FREQuency:SPAN
CALCulate:FILTer:FREQuency:SPAN? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CALCulate:FILTer:FREQuency:SREJection
CALCulate:FILTer:FREQuency:SREJection? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CALCulate:FILTer:FREQuency:STARt
CALCulate:FILTer:FREQuency:STARt? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CALCulate:FILTer:FREQuency:STATe
CALCulate:FILTer:FREQuency:STATe? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CALCulate:FILTer:FREQuency:STOP
CALCulate:FILTer:FREQuency:STOP? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CALCulate:FILTer:FREQuency:TWIDth
CALCulate:FILTer:FREQuency:TWIDth? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CALCulate:FORMat
CALCulate:FORMat? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CALCulate:IMMediate
CALCulate:IMMediate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CALCulate:INTegral:STATe
CALCulate:INTegral:STATe? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CALCulate:PATH
CALCulate:PATH? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CALCulate:PATH:EXPRession
CALCulate:PATH:EXPRession? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CALCulate:SMOothing
CALCulate:SMOothing? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CALCulate:SMOothing:POINts
CALCulate:SMOothing:POINts? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CALCulate:TRANsform:FREQuency:STATe
CALCulate:TRANsform:FREQuency:STATe? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CALCulate:TRANsform:FREQuency:WINDow
CALCulate:TRANsform:FREQuency:WINDow? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CALCulate:WMList
CALCulate:WMList? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CALCulate:WMList:STATe
CALCulate:WMList:STATe? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CALCulate:WMParameter:EDGE
2–30
2–32
2–33
2–35
2–36
2–37
2–38
2–39
2–41
2–42
2–43
2–44
2–46
2–47
2–48
2–49
2–51
2–52
2–53
2–54
2–56
2–61
2–62
CALCulate:WMParameter:EDGE? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CALCulate:WMParameter:GATE
CALCulate:WMParameter:GATE?
TVS600A Models Only . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CALCulate:WMParameter:GATE:METHod
2–63
2–64
CALCulate:WMParameter:GATE:METHod?
TVS600A Models Only . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ii
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Table of Contents
CALCulate:WMParameter:GATE:STARt:ABSolute
CALCulate:WMParameter:GATE:STARt:ABSolute?
TVS600A Models Only . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CALCulate:WMParameter:GATE:STARt:RELative
CALCulate:WMParameter:GATE:STARt:RELative?
TVS600A Models Only . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CALCulate:WMParameter:GATE:STOP:ABSolute
2–65
2–66
2–67
CALCulate:WMParameter:GATE:STOP:ABSolute?
TVS600A Models Only . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CALCulate:WMParameter:GATE:STOP:RELative
CALCulate:WMParameter:GATE:STOP:RELative?
TVS600A Models Only . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CALCulate:WMParameter:HIGH
CALCulate:WMParameter:HIGH? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CALCulate:WMParameter:HMEThod
CALCulate:WMParameter:HMEThod? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CALCulate:WMParameter:LOW
CALCulate:WMParameter:LOW? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CALCulate:WMParameter:LMEThod
CALCulate:WMParameter:LMEThod? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CALCulate:WMParameter:HREFerence
CALCulate:WMParameter:HREFerence? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CALCulate:WMParameter:HREFerence:RELative
CALCulate:WMParameter:HREFerence:RELative? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CALCulate:WMParameter:LREFerence
CALCulate:WMParameter:LREFerence? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CALCulate:WMParameter:LREFerence:RELative
CALCulate:WMParameter:LREFerence:RELative? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CALCulate:WMParameter:MREFerence
CALCulate:WMParameter:MREFerence? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CALCulate:WMParameter:MREFerence:HYSTeresis
CALCulate:WMParameter:MREFerence:HYSTeresis? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CALCulate:WMParameter:MREFerence:RELative
CALCulate:WMParameter:MREFerence:RELative? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CALCulate:WMParameter:RMEThod
2–68
2–69
2–70
2–71
2–72
2–74
2–75
2–76
2–77
2–78
2–79
2–80
2–82
CALCulate:WMParameter:RMEThod? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CALCulate:WMParameter:SLOPe
CALCulate:WMParameter:SLOPe? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2–83
CALibration Subsystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CALibration
2–85
CALibration? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2–86
CALibration:PROBe
CALibration:PROBe?
TVS600A Models Only . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2–87
CALibration:PROBe:RESults?
TVS600A Models Only . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CALibration:RESults? (Query Only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CALibration:RESults:VERBose? (Query Only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2–89
2–90
2–91
FORMat Subsystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FORMat
FORMat? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FORMat:BORDer
2–93
2–94
2–95
FORMat:BORDer? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
iii
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Table of Contents
FORMat:CALCulate
FORMat:CALCulate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2–96
FORMat:DINTerchange
FORMat:DINTerchange?
TVS600A Models Only . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FORMat:TRACe:AATS
FORMat:TRACe:AATS? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FORMat:TRACe:REF
2–97
2–98
FORMat:TRACe:REF?
TVS600A Models Only . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2–99
FUNCtion and DATA Subsystems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2–101
FUNCtion[:ON]
FUNCtion[:ON]? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FUNCtion[:ON]:ALL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FUNCtion[:ON]:COUNt? (Query Only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FUNCtion:OFF
2–102
2–103
2–104
FUNCtion:OFF? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FUNCtion:OFF:ALL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FUNCtion:OFF:COUNt? (Query Only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FUNCtion:CONCurrent
2–105
2–106
2–107
FUNCtion:CONCurrent? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2–108
FUNCtion:STATe
FUNCtion:STATe? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DATA? (Query Only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DATA:LIST
2–109
2–110
DATA:LIST? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DATA:PREamble? (Query Only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2–111
2–112
INITiate and ABORt Subsystems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2–115
INITiate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
INITiate:CONTinuous
2–116
INITiate:CONTinuous? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2–116
INITiate:COUNt
INITiate:COUNt? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ABORt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2–118
2–119
INPut Subsystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2–121
INPut:COUPling
INPut:COUPling? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
INPut:FILTer
INPut:FILTer? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
INPut:FILTer:FREQuency
2–122
2–123
2–124
INPut:FILTer:FREQuency? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
INPut:IMPedance
INPut:IMPedance? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
INPut:PROBe:ATTenuation? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
INPut:PROBe:IDENtification?
2–125
2–126
TVS600A Models Only . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
INPut:PROBe:OFFSet?
TVS600A Models Only . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
INPut:PROTection:STATe
2–127
2–128
2–129
INPut:PROTection:STATe? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MEMory Subsystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2–131
iv
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Table of Contents
MEMory:DATA
MEMory:DATA? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2–132
2–134
2–135
2–136
MEMory:NSTates? (Query Only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MEMory:STATe:CATalog? (Query Only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MEMory:STATe:DEFine? (Query Only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
OUTPut Subsystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2–137
OUTPut:ECLTrg<n>
OUTPut:ECLTrg<n>? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
OUTPut:ECLTrg<n>:POLarity
OUTPut:ECLTrg<n>:POLarity? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
OUTPut:ECLTrg<n>:SOURce
OUTPut:ECLTrg<n>:SOURce? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
OUTPut:PCOMpensate
OUTPut:PCOMpensate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
OUTPut:PCOMpensate:FUNCtion
OUTPut:PCOMpensate:FUNCtion? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
OUTPut:REFerence
OUTPut:REFerence? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
OUTPut:REFerence:FUNCtion
OUTPut:REFerence:FUNCtion? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
OUTPut:TTLTrg<n>
2–138
2–139
2–140
2–141
2–142
2–143
2–144
2–145
2–146
2–147
OUTPut:TTLTrg<n>? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
OUTPut:TTLTrg<n>:POLarity
OUTPut:TTLTrg<n>:POLarity? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
OUTPut:TTLTrg<n>:SOURce
OUTPut:TTLTrg<n>:SOURce? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ROSCillator Subsystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2–149
ROSCillator:SOURce
ROSCillator:SOURce? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2–150
STATus Subsystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2–151
STATus:OPERation? (Query Only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
STATus:OPERation:CONDition? (Query Only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
STATus:OPERation:ENABle
STATus:OPERation:ENABle? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
STATus:OPERation:NTRansition
STATus:OPERation:NTRansition? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
STATus:OPERation:PTRansition
STATus:OPERation:PTRansition? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
STATus:OPERation:QENable:NTRansition
2–152
2–154
2–155
2–156
2–157
2–158
STATus:OPERation:QENable:NTRansition? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
STATus:OPERation:QENable:PTRansition
STATus:OPERation:QENable:PTRansition? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
STATus:PRESet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
STATus:QUEStionable? (Query Only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
STATus:QUEStionable:CONDition? (Query Only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
STATus:QUEStionable:ENABle
STATus:QUEStionable:ENABle? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
STATus:QUEStionable:NTRansition
STATus:QUEStionable:NTRansition? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
STATus:QUEStionable:PTRansition
2–159
2–161
2–161
2–163
2–164
2–165
2–166
2–167
STATus:QUEStionable:PTRansition? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
STATus:QUEStionable:QENable:NTRansition
STATus:QUEStionable:QENable:NTRansition? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
v
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Table of Contents
STATus:QUEStionable:QENable:PTRansition
STATus:QUEStionable:QENable:PTRansition? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
STATus:SESR:QENable
2–168
2–170
STATus:SESR:QENable? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SWEep Subsystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2–171
SWEep:OFFSet:POINts
SWEep:OFFSet:POINts? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SWEep:OFFSet:TIME
SWEep:OFFSet:TIME? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SWEep:OREFerence:LOCation
SWEep:OREFerence:LOCation? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SWEep:POINts
SWEep:POINts? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SWEep:TIME
SWEep:TIME? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SWEep:TINTerval
2–172
2–173
2–175
2–176
2–178
2–180
SWEep:TINTerval? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SYSTem Subsystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2–183
SYSTem:AUToset:SWEep
TVS600A Models Only . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SYSTem:AUToset:TRIGger
TVS600A Models Only . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SYSTem:AUToset:VOLTage
2–184
2–185
2–186
TVS600A Models Only . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SYSTem:BDATe?
SYSTem:BDATe
TVS600A Models Only . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2–188
SYSTem:CDATe?
SYSTem:CDATe
TVS600A Models Only . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2–189
2–190
2–191
2–192
2–193
2–193
2–194
2–196
SYSTem:COMMunicate:SERial:BAUD
SYSTem:COMMunicate:SERial:BAUD? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SYSTem:COMMunicate:SERial:CONTrol:DCD
SYSTem:COMMunicate:SERial:CONTrol:DCD? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SYSTem:COMMunicate:SERial:CONTrol:RTS
SYSTem:COMMunicate:SERial:CONTrol:RTS? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SYSTem:COMMunicate:SERial:ECHO
SYSTem:COMMunicate:SERial:ECHO? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SYSTem:COMMunicate:SERial:ERESponse
SYSTem:COMMunicate:SERial:ERESponse? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SYSTem:COMMunicate:SERial:LBUFfer
SYSTem:COMMunicate:SERial:LBUFfer? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SYSTem:COMMunicate:SERial:PACE
SYSTem:COMMunicate:SERial:PACE? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SYSTem:COMMunicate:SERial:PARity
SYSTem:COMMunicate:SERial:PARity? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SYSTem:COMMunicate:SERial:PRESet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SYSTem:COMMunicate:SERial:SBITs
SYSTem:COMMunicate:SERial:SBITs? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SYSTem:ERRor? (Query Only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SYSTem:ERRor:ALL? (Query Only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SYSTem:ERRor:CODE? (Query Only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SYSTem:ERRor:CODE:ALL? (Query Only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2–197
2–197
2–199
2–200
2–201
2–202
2–203
vi
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Table of Contents
SYSTem:ERRor:COUNt? (Query Only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2–204
SYSTem:PROTect
SYSTem:PROTect? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SYSTem:SECurity:IMMediate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SYSTem:SET
2–204
2–205
SYSTem:SET? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SYSTem:VERSion? (Query Only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2–206
2–207
TEST Subsystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2–209
TEST
TEST? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
TEST:RESults? (Query Only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
TEST:RESults:VERBose? (Query Only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
TEST:STOP
2–210
2–211
2–212
TVS600A Models Only . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2–213
TRACe Subsystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2–215
TRACe
TRACe? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Query . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
TRACe:CATalog? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
TRACe:COPY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
TRACe:DELete
2–216
2–216
2–219
2–220
TVS600A Models Only . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2–221
TRACe:DELete:ALL
TVS600A Models Only . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
TRACe:FEED? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
TRACe:LIST
2–222
2–223
TRACe:LIST? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
TRACe:POINts? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
TRACe:PREamble? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2–224
2–225
2–227
TRIGger[:A] Subsystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2–229
TRIGger:ATRigger
TRIGger:ATRigger? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2–230
TRIGger:COUPling
TRIGger:COUPling? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
TRIGger:COUPling:<preset> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
TRIGger:DEFine? (Query Only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
TRIGger:DELay
2–231
2–232
2–233
TRIGger:DELay? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
TRIGger:FILTer[:LPASs]
TRIGger:FILTer[:LPASs]? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
TRIGger:FILTer:HPASs
TRIGger:FILTer:HPASs? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
TRIGger:FILTer:NREJect
TRIGger:FILTer:NREJect? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
TRIGger:HOLDoff:TIME
TRIGger:HOLDoff:TIME? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
TRIGger:LEVel
TRIGger:LEVel? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
TRIGger:METastable:STATe
2–234
2–235
2–236
2–237
2–238
2–239
TRIGger:METastable:STATe?
TVS600A Models Only . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
TRIGger:SLOPe
2–240
2–241
TRIGger:SLOPe? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
vii
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Table of Contents
TRIGger:SOURce
TRIGger:SOURce? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
TRIGger:TYPE
2–242
2–243
TRIGger:TYPE? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
TRIGger:B Subsystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2–245
TRIGger:B:COUPling
TRIGger:B:COUPling? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
TRIGger:B:COUPling:<preset> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
TRIGger:SEQuence2:DEFine? (Query Only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
TRIGger:B:DELay
2–246
2–247
2–248
TRIGger:B:DELay? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
TRIGger:B:ECOunt
TRIGger:B:ECOunt? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
TRIGger:B:FILTer[:LPASs]
TRIGger:B:FILTer[:LPASs]? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
TRIGger:B:FILTer:HPASs
TRIGger:B:FILTer:HPASs? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
TRIGger:B:FILTer:NREJect
TRIGger:B:FILTer:NREJect? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
TRIGger:B:LEVel
TRIGger:B:LEVel? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
TRIGger:B:SLOPe
TRIGger:B:SLOPe? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
TRIGger:B:SOURce
2–249
2–250
2–251
2–252
2–253
2–254
2–256
2–257
TRIGger:B:SOURce? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
TRIGger:LOGic Subsystem (TVS600A Models Only) . . . . . . . . . . . . 2–259
TRIGger:LOGic:CLASs
TRIGger:LOGic:CLASs?
TVS600A Models Only . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
TRIGger:LOGic:CONDition
TRIGger:LOGic:CONDition?
TVS600A Models Only . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
TRIGger:LOGic:FUNCtion
TRIGger:LOGic:FUNCtion?
TVS600A Models Only . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
TRIGger:LOGic:PATTern:QUALify
TRIGger:LOGic:PATTern:QUALify?
TVS600A Models Only . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
TRIGger:LOGic:PATTern:WIDTh
TRIGger:LOGic:PATTern:WIDTh?
TVS600A Models Only . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
TRIGger:LOGic:STATe:SLOPe
TRIGger:LOGic:STATe:SLOPe?
TVS600A Models Only . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
TRIGger:LOGic:THReshold
2–260
2–261
2–263
2–264
2–265
2–266
2–267
TRIGger:LOGic:THReshold?
TVS600A Models Only . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
TRIGger:PULSe Subsystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2–269
TRIGger:PULSe:CLASs
TRIGger:PULSe:CLASs? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
TRIGger:PULSe:GLITch:POLarity
2–270
2–271
TRIGger:PULSe:GLITch:POLarity? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
viii
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Table of Contents
TRIGger:PULSe:GLITch:QUALify
TRIGger:PULSe:GLITch:QUALify? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
TRIGger:PULSe:GLITch:WIDTh
TRIGger:PULSe:GLITch:WIDTh? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
TRIGger:PULSe:SOURce
TRIGger:PULSe:SOURce? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
TRIGger:PULSe:THReshold
2–272
2–273
2–274
2–275
TRIGger:PULSe:THReshold? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
TRIGger:PULSe:TIMEout:POLarity
TRIGger:PULSe:TIMEout:POLarity?
TVS600A Models Only . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2–276
TRIGger:PULSe:TIMEout:WIDTh
TRIGger:PULSe:TIMEout:WIDTh?
TVS600A Models Only . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
TRIGger:PULSe:WIDTh:HLIMit
TRIGger:PULSe:WIDTh:HLIMit? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
TRIGger:PULSe:WIDTh:LLIMit
TRIGger:PULSe:WIDTh:LLIMit? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
TRIGger:PULSe:WIDTh:POLarity
TRIGger:PULSe:WIDTh:POLarity? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
TRIGger:PULSe:WIDTh:QUALify
2–277
2–278
2–279
2–280
2–281
TRIGger:PULSe:WIDTh:QUALify? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
TRIGger:SHOLdtime Subsystem (TVS600A Models Only) . . . . . . . . 2–283
TRIGger:SHOLdtime:CLOCk:POLarity
TRIGger:SHOLdtime:CLOCk:POLarity?
TVS600A Models Only . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
TRIGger:SHOLdtime:CLOCk:SOURce
TRIGger:SHOLdtime:CLOCk:SOURce?
TVS600A Models Only . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
TRIGger:SHOLdtime:CLOCk:THReshold
TRIGger:SHOLdtime:CLOCk:THReshold?
TVS600A Models Only . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
TRIGger:SHOLdtime:DATA:SOURce
TRIGger:SHOLdtime:DATA:SOURce?
TVS600A Models Only . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
TRIGger:SHOLdtime:DATA:THReshold
TRIGger:SHOLdtime:DATA:THReshold?
TVS600A Models Only . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
TRIGger:SHOLdtime:HTIMe
TRIGger:SHOLdtime:HTIMe?
TVS600A Models Only . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
TRIGger:SHOLdtime:STIMe
2–284
2–285
2–286
2–287
2–288
2–289
2–291
TRIGger:SHOLdtime:STIMe?
TVS600A Models Only . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
TRIGger:TRANsition Subsystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2–293
TRIGger:TRANsition:CLASs
TRIGger:TRANsition:CLASs?
TVS600A Models Only . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
TRIGger:TRANsition:RUNT:QUALify
TRIGger:TRANsition:RUNT:QUALify?
TVS600A Models Only . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
TRIGger:TRANsition:RUNT:SLOPe
2–294
2–295
2–296
TRIGger:TRANsition:RUNT:SLOPe?
TVS600A Models Only . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ix
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Table of Contents
TRIGger:TRANsition:SLEW:QUALify
TRIGger:TRANsition:SLEW:QUALify?
TVS600A Models Only . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
TRIGger:TRANsition:SLEW:SLOPe
TRIGger:TRANsition:SLEW:SLOPe?
TVS600A Models Only . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
TRIGger:TRANsition:SOURce
TRIGger:TRANsition:SOURce?
TVS600A Models Only . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
TRIGger:TRANsition:THReshold:HIGH
TRIGger:TRANsition:THReshold:HIGH?
TVS600A Models Only . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
TRIGger:TRANsition:THReshold:LOW
2–297
2–298
2–299
2–300
2–301
2–302
TRIGger:TRANsition:THReshold:LOW?
TVS600A Models Only . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
TRIGger:TRANsition:TIME
TRIGger:TRANsition:TIME?
TVS600A Models Only . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
VOLTage Subsystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2–303
VOLTage:RANGe[:UPPer]
VOLTage:RANGe[:UPPer]? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
VOLTage:RANGe:LOWer
VOLTage:RANGe:LOWer? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
VOLTage:RANGe:OFFSet
VOLTage:RANGe:OFFSet? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
VOLTage:RANGe:PTPeak
2–304
2–305
2–307
2–309
VOLTage:RANGe:PTPeak? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
IEEE 488.2 Common Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2–311
*CAL? (Query Only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
*CLS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
*ESE
*ESE? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
*ESR? (Query Only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
*IDN? (Query Only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
*LRN? (Query Only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
*OPC
2–312
2–313
2–314
2–315
2–316
2–317
*OPC? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
*OPT? (Query Only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
*PUD
*PUD? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
*RCL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
*RST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
*SAV . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
*SRE
2–318
2–319
2–320
2–321
2–322
2–323
*SRE? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
*STB? (Query Only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
*TRG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
*TST? (Query Only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
*WAI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2–324
2–325
2–326
2–327
2–328
Appendix A: Expression Syntax . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Appendix B: ASCII Character Chart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Appendix C: Algorithms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
A–1
B–1
C–1
x
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Table of Contents
List of Figures
Figure 1–1: Example of SCPI subsystem hierarchy tree . . . . . . . . . . .
1–1
1–4
1–5
Figure 1–2: Example of abbreviating a command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 1–3: Example of chaining commands and queries . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 1–4: Example of omitting root and lower-level nodes in
chained message . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1–5
Figure 2–1: Instrument model showing root-level nodes and
subsystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2–1
2–3
Figure 2–2: AADVance subsystem hierarchy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 2–3: AADVance subsystem functional model . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 2–4: ARM subsystem hierarchy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 2–5: AVERage subsystem hierarchy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 2–6: AVERage subsystem functional model . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 2–7: CALCulate subsystem hierarchy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 2–8: CALCulate subsystem functional model . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 2–9: CALibration subsystem hierarchy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 2–10: FORMat subsystem hierarchy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2–3
2–9
2–13
2–13
2–19
2–20
2–85
2–93
Figure 2–11: FUNCtion and DATA hierarchy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2–101
Figure 2–12: FUNCtion and DATA functional model . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2–101
Figure 2–13: INITiate and ABORt subsystem hierarchy . . . . . . . . . . 2–115
Figure 2–14: INPut subsystem hierarchy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2–121
Figure 2–15: INPut subsystem functional model . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2–121
Figure 2–16: MEMory subsystem hierarchy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2–131
Figure 2–17: OUTPut subsystem hierarchy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2–137
Figure 2–18: ROSCillator subsystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2–149
Figure 2–19: ROSCillator subsystem functional model . . . . . . . . . . . 2–149
Figure 2–20: STATus subsystem hierarchy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2–151
Figure 2–21: SWEep subsystem hierarchy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2–171
Figure 2–22: SWEep subsystem functional model . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2–171
Figure 2–23: SYSTem subsystem hierarchy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2–183
Figure 2–24: TEST subsystem hierarchy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2–209
Figure 2–25: TRACe subsystem hierarchy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2–215
Figure 2–26: Functions of the TRACe subsystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2–215
Figure 2–27: TRIGger:A (SCPI SEQuence1) subsystem hierarchy . . 2–229
Figure 2–28: TRIGger:B (SCPI SEQuence2) subsystem hierarchy . . 2–245
Figure 2–29: TRIGger:LOGic subsystem hierarchy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2–259
xi
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Table of Contents
Figure 2–30: TRIGger:PULSe subsystem hierarchy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2–269
Figure 2–31: TRIGger:SHOLdtime subsystem hierarchy . . . . . . . . . 2–283
Figure 2–32: TRIGger:TRANsition subsystem hierarchy . . . . . . . . . . 2–293
Figure 2–33: VOLTage subsystem hierarchy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2–303
Figure 2–34: VOLTage subsystem functional model . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2–303
Figure 2–35: IEEE 488.2 Common Command Syntax . . . . . . . . . . . . 2–311
Figure C–1: MCross Calculations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure C–2: Fall time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
C–4
C–9
Figure C–3: Rise Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C–15
Figure C–4: Transfer function H(f) for an ideal bandpass filter . . . . C–19
Figure C–5: Transfer function for an ideal lowpass filter . . . . . . . . . . C–20
Figure C–6: Using a rectangular window to truncate the data from
Figure C–5 to a finite number of points . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C–21
Figure C–7: Lowpass filter transfer function obtained by truncating
the impulse response to just a few points . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C–22
Figure C–8: Using more points in the Lowpass filter results in a
steeper transition at the cutoff frequency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C–22
Figure C–9: Using many more points in the Lowpass filter results in a
quicker transition but a minimum attenuation of 21 dB . . . . . . . C–23
Figure C–10: Kaiser window with 200 points and b = 1, 5 and 20 . . . C–24
Figure C–11: Compare this result with Figure C–9 with the same
number of points but a rectangular window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C–25
Figure C–12: Filter specifications for a lowpass filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . C–25
Figure C–13: Filter specifications for a bandpass filter . . . . . . . . . . . C–27
Figure C–14: Record resulting from convolving the filter impulse
response with the waveform record . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C–28
Figure C–15: Filter test signal with a 125 MHz signal modulating
a 10 MHz signal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C–29
Figure C–16: Test signal after being filtered with a lowpass filter . . . C–29
Figure C–17: View of the filtered record showing the first 5% of
the filtered data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C–30
xii
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Table of Contents
List of Tables
Table 1–1: Parameter types used in syntax descriptions . . . . . . . . . .
1–3
1–7
Table 1–2: BNF symbols and meanings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Table 2–1: Waveform Measurement Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2–56
Table 2–2: The Operation Status Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2–152
Table 2–3: The Questionable Status Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2–162
Table 2–4: Effects of :PRESet on Serial Port Parameters . . . . . . . . . . 2–198
Table 2–5: Rules for Downloads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2–216
Table 2–6: The Standard Event Status Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2–315
Table 2–7: The Status Byte Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2–325
Table B–1: ASCII Code Chart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
B–1
xiii
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Table of Contents
xiv
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
General Safety Summary
Review the following safety precautions to avoid injury and prevent damage to
this product or any products connected to it. To avoid potential hazards, use this
product only as specified.
Only qualified personnel should perform service procedures.
While using this product, you may need to access other parts of the system. Read
the General Safety Summary in other system manuals for warnings and cautions
related to operating the system.
To Avoid Fire or
Personal Injury
Connect and Disconnect Properly. Do not connect or disconnect probes or test
leads while they are connected to a voltage source.
Ground the Product. This product is grounded through the grounding conductor
of the power cord. To avoid electric shock, the grounding conductor must be
connected to earth ground. Before making connections to the input or output
terminals of the product, ensure that the product is properly grounded.
Do not apply a potential to any terminal, including the common terminal, that
exceeds the maximum rating of that terminal.
Replace Batteries Properly. Replace batteries only with the proper type and rating
specified.
Do Not Operate Without Covers. Do not operate this product with covers or panels
removed.
Use Proper Fuse. Use only the fuse type and rating specified for this product.
Avoid Exposed Circuitry. Do not touch exposed connections and components
when power is present.
Wear Eye Protection. Wear eye protection if exposure to high-intensity rays or
laser radiation exists.
Do Not Operate With Suspected Failures. If you suspect there is damage to this
product, have it inspected by qualified service personnel.
Do Not Operate in Wet/Damp Conditions.
Do Not Operate in an Explosive Atmosphere.
Keep Product Surfaces Clean and Dry.
Provide Proper Ventilation. Refer to the manual’s installation instructions for
details on installing the product so it has proper ventilation.
xv
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
General Safety Summary
Symbols and Terms
Terms in this Manual. These terms may appear in this manual:
WARNING. Warning statements identify conditions or practices that could result
in injury or loss of life.
CAUTION. Caution statements identify conditions or practices that could result in
damage to this product or other property.
Terms on the Product. These terms may appear on the product:
DANGER indicates an injury hazard immediately accessible as you read the
marking.
WARNING indicates an injury hazard not immediately accessible as you read the
marking.
CAUTION indicates a hazard to property including the product.
Symbols on the Product. The following symbols may appear on the product:
WARNING
High Voltage
Protective Ground
(Earth) Terminal
CAUTION
Refer to Manual
Double
Insulated
xvi
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Preface
This manual is the command reference for the TVS600 & TVS600A Series
Waveform Analyzers. These waveform analyzers are controlled through the use
of SCPI (Standard Commands for Programmable Instruments) derived com-
mands and IEEE 488.2 Common Commands. This manual describes how to use
these commands to configure the waveform analyzer and access information
generated by it or stored within it.
Related Manuals
This manual is part of a document set of standard accessory manuals and online
documentation. This manual is the reference for thr SCPI command used by the
waveform analyzer. The following documents support TVS600 and TVS600A
operation and service:
Manual Name
Description
TVS600 & TVS600A Series
Waveform Analyzers Reference
Provides an alphabetical listing of the programming commands. It is the quick
command reference and is a standard accessory.
TVS600 & TVS600A Series
Waveform Analyzers Users Manual
Describes installation of and the features of the waveform analyzer. It is a standard
accessory.
TVS600A Online SFP Help
for the VXIplug&play Soft Front Panel
Documents the Soft Front Panel, an application that ships with this product. The
TVS600A VXIplug&play software is a standard accessory included with the waveform
analyzer product.
TVS600A Online Driver Help
for the VXIplug&play Driver
Documents the robust library of functions that ships with this product. The TVS600A
VXIplug&play software is a standard accessory included with this user manual.
TVS600 & TVS600A Series
Waveform Analyzers Service Manual
Describes how to service the instrument to the module level. This optional manual must
be ordered separately.
H
H
The TVS600 Series Waveform Analyzers Reference (Tektronix part number
070-9284-XX) provides an alphabetical listing of the programming
commands. This manual is a standard accessory.
The TVS600 Series Waveform Analyzers Service Manual (Tektronix part
number 070-9285-XX) describes how to service the instrument to the
module level. This optional manual must be ordered separately.
xvii
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Preface
Default Model
This manual documents the TVS621, TVS621A, TVS625, TVS625A, TVS641,
TVS641A, TVS645, and TVS645A waveform analyzers. Take note of the
following conventions used when referencing these products:
H
Generally, the name “TVS600A” (or just “waveform analyzer”) is used when
providing information common to the TVS600 and TVS600A series of
waveform analyzers.
H
H
The labels “TVS600 only” and “TVS600A only” are used when providing
information that pertains only to those models.
The more specific names, listed above, are used when providing information
that pertains only to a specific model, such as the TVS625A.
xviii
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Command Syntax
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Command Syntax
This section contains information on the Standard Commands for Programmable
Instruments (SCPI) and IEEE 488.2 Common Commands you can use to
program your waveform analyzer.
SCPI Commands and Queries
SCPI is a standard created by a consortium that provides guidelines for remote
programming of instruments. These guidelines provide a consistent program-
ming environment for instrument control and data transfer. This environment
uses defined programming messages, instrument responses, and data format
across all SCPI instruments, regardless of manufacturer. The waveform analyzer
uses a command language based on the SCPI standard.
The SCPI language is based on a hierarchical or tree structure (see Figure 1–1)
that represents a subsystem. The top level of the tree is the root node; it is
followed by one or more lower-level nodes.
Root node
OUTPUT
Lower-level
nodes
TTLTRG
STATE
POLARITY SOURCE
Figure 1–1: Example of SCPI subsystem hierarchy tree
You can create commands and queries from these subsystem hierarchy trees.
Commands specify actions for the instrument to perform. Queries return
measurement data and information about parameter settings.
Creating Commands
SCPI commands are created by stringing together the nodes of a subsystem
hierarchy and separating each node by a colon.
In Figure 1–1, OUTPUT is the root node and TTLTRG, STATE, POLARITY,
and SOURCE are lower-level nodes. To create a SCPI command, start with the
root node OUTPUT and move down the tree structure adding nodes until you
reach the end of a branch. Most commands and some queries have parameters;
you must include a value for these parameters. If you specify a parameter value
that is out of range, the parameter will be generally set to a default value. The
1–1
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Command Syntax
command descriptions, which start on page 2–1, list the valid values for all
parameters.
For example, OUTPUT:TTLTRG1:STATE ON is a valid SCPI command created
from the hierarchy tree in Figure 1–1.
Creating Queries
To create a query, start at the root node of a tree structure, move down to the end
of a branch, and add a question mark. OUTPUT:TTLTrg:STATe? is an example
of a valid SCPI query using the hierarchy tree in Figure 1–1.
Parameter Types
Every parameter in the command and query descriptions is of a specified type.
The parameters are enclosed in brackets, such as <pattern>. The parameter type
is listed after the parameter and is enclosed in parentheses, for example,
(discrete). Some parameter types are defined specifically for the waveform
analyzer command set and some are defined by ANSI/IEEE 488.2-1992 (see
Table 1–1).
1–2
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Command Syntax
Table 1–1: Parameter types used in syntax descriptions
Parameter Type
Description
Example
binary
Binary numbers
#B0110
1
binary block
A specified length of binary data #512234xxxxx . . . where 5
indicates that the following 5
digits (12234) specify the length
of the data in bytes; xxxxx ...
indicates the binary data
boolean
discrete
Boolean numbers or values
A list of specific values
ON or 1
OFF or 0
HIGH, LOW, MID, PRBS23
#HAA, #H1
2
hexadecimal
Hexadecimal numbers
(0–9, A, B, C, D, E, F)
2,3
NR1 numeric
Integers
0, 1, 15, –1
2
NR2 numeric
Decimal numbers
Floating point numbers
1.2, 3.141516, –6.5
3.1415E–9, –16.1E5
See NR1, NR2, NR3 examples
2
NR3 numeric
2
NRf numeric
Flexible decimal number that
may be type NR1, NR2 or NR3
4
string
Alphanumeric characters (must
be within quotation marks)
“Testing 1, 2, 3”
1
Defined in ANSI/IEEE 488.2 as “Definite Length Arbitrary Block Response Data.”
An ANSI/IEEE 488.2–1992-defined parameter type.
2
3
Some commands and queries will accept a hexadecimal value even though the
parameter type is defined as NR1.
4
Defined in ANSI/IEEE 488.2 as “String Response Data.”
1–3
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Command Syntax
Abbreviating Commands,
Queries, and Parameters
You can abbreviate most SCPI commands, queries, and parameters to an
accepted short form. This manual shows these short forms as a combination of
upper and lower case letters. The upper case letters indicate the accepted short
form of a command. As shown in Figure 1–2, you can create a short form by
using only the upper case letters. The accepted short form and the long form are
equivalent and request the same action of the instrument.
Long form of a
OUTPut:TTLTrg1:POLarity INVerted
command
Minimum information needed
for accepted short form
Accepted short form
OUTP:TTLT1:POL INV
of a command and
parameter
Figure 1–2: Example of abbreviating a command
NOTE. The numeric part of a command or query must always be included in the
accepted short form. In Figure 1–2, the “1” of “TTLTRG1” is always included
in the command or query.
Chaining Commands and
Queries
You can chain several commands or queries together into a single message. To
create a chained message, first create a command or query, add a semicolon (;),
and then add more commands or queries and semicolons until you are done. If
the command following a semicolon is a root node, precede it with a colon (:).
Figure 1–3 illustrates a chained message consisting of several commands and
queries. A semicolon is not required after the final end or query in a chained
message. Responses to any queries in your message are separated by semicolons.
1–4
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Command Syntax
OUTPUT1:TTLT:POL INV;:TRIG:SOUR INT1;:TRIG:SLOP NEG;:TRIG:LEV -2;:SWE:TINT?;:STAT:OPER:COND?
Command
First command
Command
Command
First query
Second query
The response from this chained
message might be
1.0E-6;1536
Response from first query
Response from second query
Figure 1–3: Example of chaining commands and queries
If a command or query has the same root and lower-level nodes as the previous
command or query, you can omit these nodes. In Figure 1–4, the second
command has the same root node (TRIG) as the first command, so these nodes
can be omitted.
TRIG:SOUR INT1;:TRIG:SLOP NEG;:TRIG:LEV -2
Identical root and lower-level nodes
TRIG:SOUR INT1;SLOP NEG;LEV -2
First command
Additional commands
(omitted the root nodes)
Figure 1–4: Example of omitting root and lower-level nodes in chained message
General Rules
Here are some general rules for using SCPI commands, queries, and parameters:
H
You can use single (‘ ’) or double (“ ”) quotation marks for quoted strings,
but you cannot use both types of quotation marks for the same string.
correct:
correct:
incorrect:
“This string uses quotation marks correctly.”
‘This string also uses quotation marks correctly.’
“This string does not use quotation marks correctly.’
1–5
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Command Syntax
H
H
You can use upper case, lower case, or a mixture of both cases for all
commands, queries, and parameters.
OUTPUT1:TTLTRG:POLARITY INVERTED
is the same as
output1:ttltrg:polarity inverted
and
OUTPUT1:ttltrg:polarity INVERTED
No embedded spaces are allowed between or within nodes.
correct:
OUTPUT1:TTLTRG:POLARITY INVERTED
OUTPUT1: TTLTRG: POLARITY INV ERTED
incorrect:
IEEE 488.2 Common Commands
Description
ANSI/IEEE Standard 488.2 defines the codes, formats, protocols, and usage of
common commands and queries used on the interface between the controller and
the instruments. The waveform analyzer complies with this standard.
Command and Query
Structure
The syntax for an IEEE 488.2 common command is an asterisk (*) followed by a
command and, optionally, a space and parameter value. The syntax for an
IEEE 488.2 common query is an asterisk (*) followed by a query and a question
mark. All of the common commands and queries are listed in the last part of the
Syntax and Commands section. The following are examples of common
commands:
H
H
*ESE 16
*CLS
The following are examples of common queries:
H
H
*ESR?
*IDN?
1–6
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Command Syntax
Backus-Naur Form
Definition
This manual may describe commands and queries using the Backus-Naur Form
(BNF) notation. Table 1–2 defines the standard BNF symbols:
Table 1–2: BNF symbols and meanings
Symbol
<ą>
::=
Meaning
Defined element
Is defined as
|
Exclusive OR
{ą}
[ą]
.ă.Ă.
(ą)
Group; one element is required
Optional; can be omitted
Previous element(s) may be repeated
Comment
Message Terminators
This manual uses <EOM> (End of message) to represent a message terminator.
Symbol
Meaning
<EOM>
Message terminator
The end-of-message terminator may be the END message (EOI asserted
concurrently with the last data byte), the ASCII code for line feed (LF) sent as
the last data byte, or both. The waveform analyzer always terminates messages
with LF and EOI. It allows white space before the terminator.
Constructed Mnemonics
Some header mnemonics specify one of a range of mnemonics. For example, a
channel mnemonic can be either INP1, INP2, INP3, or INP4. You use these
mnemonics in the command just as you do any other mnemonic. For example,
there is a INP1:FILT command, and there is also an INP2:FILT command. In the
command descriptions, this list of choices is abbreviated as INP<n>.
1–7
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Command Syntax
Block Arguments
Several waveform analyzer commands use a block argument form:
Symbol
<NZDig>
<Dig>
Meaning
A non-zero digit character, in the range 1–9
A digit character, in the range 0–9
<DChar>
A character with the hex equivalent of 00 through FF
hexadecimal (0 through 255 decimal)
<Block>
A block of data bytes, defined as:
<Block> ::=
{ #<NZDig><Dig>[<Dig>...][<DChar>...]
| #0[<DChar>...]<terminator> }
<NZDig> specifies the number of <Dig> elements that follow. Taken together, the
<Dig> elements form a decimal integer that specifies how many <DChar>
elements follow. The #0 format is for blocks of indifinite length and an END
message termination is required.
1–8
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Commands
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Commands
This section describes each command and query in the waveform analyzer. The
commands are organized by subsystem groups and the commands in each group
are in alphabetical order. In Figure 2–1, each block is a root node and the
commands within a block are subsystems. For example, SENSe is a root node
and AVERage is a subsystem of the SENSe node.
Overview
[SENSe:]
TRACe
INPut1..4
VOLTage1..4
AATS
CH1..4
CHAN1..4
AVERage
FUNCtion
DATA
CALC1..4
AADVance
SWEep
ROSCillator
TRIGger
MISC:
ABORt
Idle
CALibration
FORMat
MEMory
OUTPut
STATus
INITiate
ARM
SYSTem
TEST
IEEE 488.2
CALCulate1..4
TRIGger[:A]
TRIGger:B
Figure 2–1: Instrument model showing root-level nodes and subsystems
2–1
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Commands
2–2
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
AADVance Subsystem
This section describes the commands in the [SENSe:]AADVance subsystem. See
Figure 2–2. These commands control how auto-advance acquisition records are
acquired and transferred to a VXIbus controller. A functional model of the
AADVance subsystem is shown in Figure 2–3.
[SENSe:]
AADVance
[:STATe]
:COUNt
:RECord
:COUNt
:STARt
Figure 2–2: AADVance subsystem hierarchy
SENSe
CH 1
INPut[1]
:VOLTage[1]
:AVERage
:FUNCtion
:DATA
:SWEep
:DETector
:ROSCillator
:AADVance
CH 2
INPut2
:VOLTage2
Figure 2–3: AADVance subsystem functional model
2–3
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
AADVance Subsystem
AADVance
AADVance?
Sets or queries the state of the auto-advance acquisition mode. In the auto-ad-
vance mode the waveform analyzer acquires a sequence of data records for each
active channel. The delay between one acquisition record and the next one is
very short and is due only to the minimal re-arm time and any trigger holdoff
you set. Use the command AADVance:COUNt to set the number of records to
acquire. You cannot use acquisition modes average, envelope, or peak detect (set
using [SENSe:]AVERage command) when using the auto-advance acquisition
mode.
The auto-advance mode of acquisition affects all enabled channels (XTIM:VOLT
<n>). You cannot acquire one channel in the auto-advance mode and acquire
another with the normal acquisition mode.
Syntax
[SENSe:]AADVance[:STATe] <boolean>
[SENSe:]AADVance[:STATe]?
<boolean>
Query response
Parameters
<NRf>
1 or ON
<NF1>
1
0 or OFF
0
Reset Value
Errors and Events
Dependencies
0
None
Enabling auto-advance acquisition disables [SENSe:]AVERage acquisition,
ENVelope or SCALar type.
Examples
Command: AADV ON
Query:
AADV?
Response: 1
Related Commands
AADVance:COUNt
AVERage
2–4
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
AADVance Subsystem
AADVance:COUNt
AADVance:COUNt?
Sets or queries the number of records to acquire in the auto-advance acquisition
mode. The maximum number of Auto-advance records that you can acquire
depends on the record length and the number of active channels. A setting of
zero (0) acquires enough records to fill the DSP memory, regardless of the
current acquisition system settings. MAXimum acquires enough records to fill
DSP memory based on the current acquisition settings. The distinction is that
with a change such as the number of active channels, the MAXimum COUNt
setting is not adjusted, whereas the zero COUNt setting adjusts to ensure
memory is just filled within the new conditions.
To determine the current value for MAX, first set all acquisition parameters. Set
AADV:COUN to MAX. Finally, query with AADV:COUN? to return the current
value for MAX.
Syntax
[SENSe:]AADVance:COUNt <count>
[SENSe:]AADVance:COUNt?
<count>
Query response
Parameters
<NRf>
0
1 to MAX
MINimum
MAXimum
<NR1>
(Fill acquisition memory)
(Acquire number)
1
<depends on configuration>
Reset Value
1
Errors and Events
Execution Error –222, “Data out of range”
Attempted to set count to an illegal value.
Dependencies
Examples
None
Command: AADV:COUN 100
Query:
AADV:COUN?
Response: 100
Related Commands
AADVance
2–5
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
AADVance Subsystem
AADVance:RECord:COUNt
AADVance:RECord:COUNt?
Sets or queries the number of auto-advance acquisition records to transfer in
response to the commands DATA?, TRACe?, TRACe:COPY?, or
TRACe:LIST?. The maximum :COUNt value depends on the number of
acquired records and the value of AADVance:RECord:STARt. A setting of
zero (0) selects all acquisition records, beginning with :STARt, for transfer
regardless of the current acquisition system settings. MAXimum selects all
acquisition records for transfer based on the current acquisition settings. If you
change a setting, such as the number of active channels, the MAXimum setting
will not be adjusted, but a setting of zero will automatically adjust for the new
acquisition settings.
Syntax
[SENSe:]AADVance:RECord:COUNt <count>
[SENSe:]AADVance:RECord:COUNt?
<count>
Query response
Parameters
<NRf>
0
1 to MAX
<NR1>
(Transfer all records)
(Transfer number of
records)
MINimum
MAXimum
1
<depends on configuration>
Reset Value
1
Errors and Events
Execution Error –222, “Data out of range”
Attempted to set count to an illegal value.
Dependencies
Examples
None
Command: AADV:REC:COUN 100
Query:
AADV:REC:COUN?
Response: 100
Related Commands
AADVance
AADVance:COUNt
AADVance:RECord:STARt
CALC:AAML
2–6
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
AADVance Subsystem
AADVance:RECord:STARt
AADVance:RECord:STARt?
Sets or queries the number of the first auto-advance waveform record to transfer
in response to the commands DATA?, TRACe?, and TRACe:COPY?. The
maximum :STARt value depends on the number of acquired records. A setting of
zero (0) selects the last waveform record for transfer. Negative settings select
waveform records referenced from the last one, the zero record. For example, the
–1 record is the second from last and the –2 record is third from last.
Note that auto-advance acquisition always starts with record number one.
Syntax
[SENSe:]AADVance:RECord:STARt <start>
[SENSe:]AADVance:RECord:STARt?
<start>
Query response
Parameters
<NRf>
–MAX + 1 to –1
<NR1>
(Number before last
record)
0
(Last record)
(Number from first record)
1 to MAX
MINimum
MAXimum
1
<depends on configuration>
Reset Value
1
Errors and Events
Execution Error –222, “Data out of range”
Attempted to set start to an illegal value.
Dependencies
Examples
None
Command: AADV:REC:STAR 100
Query:
AADV:REC:STAR?
Response: 100
Related Commands
AADVance
AADVance:COUNt
AADVance:RECord:COUNt
CALC:AAML
2–7
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
AADVance Subsystem
2–8
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
ARM Subsystem
This section describes the commands in the ARM subsystem. See Figure 2–4.
These commands operate with the TRIGger, INITiate, and ABORt subsystems to
trigger acquisitions.
ARM
[:A | :SEQuence[1]]
:DEFine?
[:LAYer[1]]
:COUNt
:SOURce
Figure 2–4: ARM subsystem hierarchy
2–9
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
ARM Subsystem
ARM:DEFine? (Query Only)
Returns the predefined SEQuence1 alias. :A is a pre-defined alias for :SE-
Quence[1]. The commands ARM:DEFine? and TRIGger:DEFine? are aliases
which produce the same result.
Syntax
ARM[:SEQuence[1]]:DEFine?
<sequence_alias>
Query response
Parameters
Not applicable
<string>
“A”
Reset Value
Errors and Events
Dependencies
Examples
“A”
None
None
Query:
ARM:DEF?
Response: "A"
Related Commands
TRIGger:DEFine?
TRIGger:SEQuence2:DEFine?
2–10
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
ARM Subsystem
ARM:SOURce
ARM:SOURce?
Sets or queries the source that will arm the acquisition system. You can specify
only one source at a time and it is shared by all acquired channels. Setting the
arm source to BUS configures the event detector to accept and arm on either the
*TRG or the VXIbus word serial <Trigger> command. The ECLTrg and TTLTrg
sources provide normal and inverted access to the standard ECLT and TTLT
signals on the VXI P2 bus. TTLTrg<n> arms when the TTLT line is low.
ITTLTrg<n> arms when the TTLT line is high. The ECLTrg<n> arms when the
ECLT line is high. IECLTrg<n> arms when the ECLT line is low. EXT arms
when the EXT input is a TTL low.
EXTernal is the front-panel BNC connector labeled Arm Input. Setting the arm
source to IMMediate bypasses event detection and immediately arms the
acquisition system.
Syntax
ARM[:A][:LAYer[1]]:SOURce <arm_source>
ARM[:A][:LAYer[1]]:SOURce?
<arm_source>
Query response
Parameters
BUS
ECLTrg0
BUS
ECLT0
ECLTrg1
EXTernal
ECLT1
EXT
IECLTrg0
IECLTrg1
IECLTrg0
IECLTrg1
ITTLTrg0
ITTLTrg1
ITTLTrg0
ITTLTrg1
.
.
.
.
.
.
ITTLTrg7
ITTLTrg7
IMMediate (No source needed)
TTLTrg0
IMM
TTLT0
TTLTrg1
.
TTLT1
.
.
.
.
.
TTLTrg7
TTLT7
Reset Value
IMM
Errors and Events
Execution Error –141, “Invalid character data”
Attempted to set arm source to INTernal or any other invalid value.
2–11
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
ARM Subsystem
Execution Error –212, “Arm ignored”
Sent *TRG or the VXIbus word serial <Trigger> command when ARM:SOURce
is not set to BUS or when the instrument is not waiting at the ARM Event
Detection layer.
Execution Error –215, “Arm deadlock”
Attempted to query the instrument when arm source is set to BUS and before
sending *TRG or the VXIbus word serial <Trigger> command.
Dependencies
None
Examples
Command: ARM:SOUR TTLTRG0
Query:
ARM:SOUR?
Response: TTLT0
Related Commands
TRIGger:SOURce
2–12
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
AVERage Subsystem
This section describes the commands in the [SENSe:]AVERage subsystem. See
Figure 2–5. These commands select and setup one of four acquisition modes:
normal, average, envelope, and peak detect. (Peak detect is available for
TVS600A models only.) All active channels are affected by the acquisition mode
selected. Averaging, peak detecting, and enveloping occur in the acquisition
system before waveform records are passed to the CALC blocks. See Figure 2–6.
[SENSe:]
AVERage
[:STATe]
:COUNt
:TYPE
Figure 2–5: AVERage subsystem hierarchy
SENSe
CH 1
INPut[1]
:VOLTage[1]
:AVERage
:FUNCtion
:DATA
:SWEep
:DETector
:ROSCillator
:AADVance
CH 2
INPut2
:VOLTage2
Figure 2–6: AVERage subsystem functional model
2–13
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
AVERage Subsystem
AVERage
AVERage?
Sets or queries whether the waveform analyzer performs averaging during
acquisition. When the setting is off, the aquisition mode is normal; when on, the
acquisition mode is either average, envelope or peak detect, depending on the
setting for AVERage:TYPE (see page 2–16). The AVERage setting affects all
channels. When averaging is on, the values returned from [SENSe:]DATA? are
averaged, enveloped or peak-detected. The raw, unaveraged data is not available.
Syntax
[SENSe:]AVERage[:STATe] <boolean>
[SENSe:]AVERage[:STATe]?
<boolean>
Query response
Parameters
<NRf>
N ≠ 0 or ON
0 or OFF
<NF1>
1
0
Reset Value
Errors and Events
Dependencies
Examples
0
None
Enabling averaging sets AADVance to OFF.
Command: AVER ON
Query:
AVER?
Response: 1
Related Commands
AVERage:COUNt
AVERage:TYPE
AADVance
2–14
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
AVERage Subsystem
AVERage:COUNt
AVERage:COUNt?
Sets or queries the number of acquisition records to average. Averaging reduces
signal noise by approximately 3 dB for each power of 2 increase (2, 4, 8, 16) in
the value of COUNt. For example, a COUNt setting of 8 will result in 3 dB less
noise than a COUNt of 4. The COUNt setting affects all active channels. The
count setting of one is intended for the PEAK DET type of averaging. PEAK
DET uses hardware to envelope the acquired data. The other modes will function
with a count of one, but with no added value.
Syntax
[SENSe:]AVERage:COUNt <count>
[SENSe:]AVERage:COUNt?
<count>
Query response
Parameters
<NRf>
<NR1>
1 ≤ N ≤ 4096
MINimum
MAXimum
1
2, 1
4096
1
TVS600A only
Reset Value
2
Errors and Events
Execution Error –222, “Data out of range”
Attempted to set count to an illegal value.
Dependencies
Examples
None
Command: AVER:COUN 16
Query:
AVER:COUN?
Response: 16
Related Commands
AVERage
AVERage:TYPE
2–15
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
AVERage Subsystem
AVERage:TYPE
AVERage:TYPE?
Sets or queries the mode of acquisition to perform:
H
H
H
SCALar (average), the default, averages each new sample point with the
corresponding point in the previous acquisition record.
ENVelope generates a waveform record of interleaved MAX/MIN pairs of
sample points (the number of pairs is SWEep:POINts divided by two).
PEAKdetect (TVS600A only) generates an array of MAX/MIN pairs, but
uses hardware peak detect to capture glitches between sampling intervals.
The AVERage:TYPE setting affects all channels.
Peak Detect hardware is not functional at a sample rate faster than 100 MS/s.
When peak detect is enabled on rates faster than 100 MS/s, the instrument will
function as if in ENVelope mode and will not issue any warning or error to that
effect.
Syntax
[SENSe:]AVERage:TYPE <type>
[SENSe:]AVERage:TYPE?
<type>
Query response
Parameters
ENVelope
SCALar
PEAKdetect
ENV
SCAL
PEAK
1
1
1
TVS600A only
2–16
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
AVERage Subsystem
Reset Value
SCAL
Errors and Events
Command Error –141, ”Invalid character data”
Attempted to set average type to an illegal value.
Dependencies
Examples
None
Command: AVER:TYPE ENV
Query:
AVER:TYPE?
Response: ENV
Related Commands
AVERage
AVERage:COUNt
2–17
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
AVERage Subsystem
2–18
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CALCulate Subsystem
This section describes the commands in the CALCulate subsystems which
process and perform measurements on acquisition records. These calculations are
typically performed immediately after the waveform analyzer completes
acquisition of the source. You can use CALCulate:IMMediate to reprocess and
measure an existing acquisition record. Figures 2–7 and 2–8 show the command
subblocks in the CALCulate subsystem.
For a description of how to process waveforms and make measurements with the
commands in the CALCulate subsystem, refer to the TVS600 & TVS600A Series
Waveform Analyzers User Manual.
CALCulate
<CALC SubĆblocks>
:AAMList
:DATA?
:FEED1
:FEED2
:IMMediate
:PATH
:WMParameter
. . .
:DERivative
:FILTer
:PREamble?
:CONTEXT
:EXPRession
:FORMat
:INTegral
:SMOothing
:TRANsform
:WMList
Figure 2–7: CALCulate subsystem hierarchy
2–19
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CALCulate Subsystem
CALCulate1..4
”XTIM:VOLT n”
SENSe
:FEED1
:FEED2
:PATH
TRACe
TRACe
CHAN1..4
CALC1..4
”CALCn”
:PATH:EXPRession
AATS
Figure 2–8: CALCulate subsystem functional model
CALCulate:AAMList
CALCulate:AAMList?
Sets or queries the list of measurements to perform on the selected auto-advance
acquisition records. You can specify up to 50 measurements by separating them
with commas. Before you can make auto-advance measurements, you must
enable the auto-advance measurement system with the command CALCu-
late:AAMList:STATe.
Specify the measurement methods and reference values with the
CALC:WMParameter commands.
The records on which measurements are made are specified by the
AADV:REC:STARt and AADV:REC:COUNt commands.
Syntax
CALCulate<n>:AAMList <list>
CALCulate<n>:AAMList?
1
<n>
Query response
Parameters
1
2
3
4
NA
1
The calculate block number <n> selects one of four calculate blocks. If you omit <n>,
the default is calculate block 1.
2–20
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CALCulate Subsystem
<list>
Query response
AMPLitude
AREA
AMPL
AREA
CAR
CME
COP
CPAR
CRMS
CROSs
DEL
CARea
CMEan
COPulse
1
1
CPARea
CRMS
CROSs
DELay
FREQuency
FTIMe
GAIN
HIGH
LOW
MAXimum
MEAN | DC
MID
FREQ
FTIM
GAIN
HIGH
LOW
MAX
MEAN
MID
MINimum
NCRoss
NDUTycycle
NWIDth
MIN
NCR
NDUT
NWID
OVER
PAR
1
OVERshoot
1
PARea
PCRoss
PERiod
PCR
PER
PDUTycycle
PHAse
PREShoot
PTPeak
PWIDth
RMS | AC
RTIMe
SDEViation
TTRig
PDUT
PHA
PRES
PTP
PWID
RMS
RTIM
SDEV
TTR
1
1
TVS600A products only.
2–21
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CALCulate Subsystem
Reset Value
MEAN
Errors and Events
Command Error 108, “Parameter not allowed”
Attempted to assign more than 50 measurements to the list.
Execution Error –141, “Invalid character data”
Attempted to program an illegal waveform measurement.
Dependencies
Examples
None
Command: CALC1:AAML RTIM,FTIM,PWID
Query:
CALC1:AAML?
Response: RTIM,FTIM,PWID
Related Commands
CALCulate:AAMList:STATe
AADV:REC:STARt
AADV:REC:COUNt
2–22
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CALCulate Subsystem
CALCulate:AAMList:STATe
CALCulate:AAMList:STATe?
Sets or queries whether to perform waveform measurement(s) on acquisition
records captured with auto-advance acquisition. You specify Auto Advance
measurements with the CALCulate:AAMList command.
Syntax
CALCulate<n>:AAMList:STATe <boolean>
CALCulate<n>:AAMList:STATe?
1
<n>
Query response
Parameters
1
2
3
4
Not applicable
1
The calculate block number <n> selects one of four calculate blocks. If you omit <n>,
the default is calculate block 1.
<boolean>
Query response
<NRf>
1 or ON
<NF1>
1
0 or OFF
0
Reset Value
Errors and Events
Dependencies
0
None
The setting for :STATe is ignored when you use the command CALC:PATH:EX-
PRession.
Examples
Command: CALC:AAML:STAT ON
Query:
CALC:AAML:STAT?
Response: 1
Related Commands
CALCulate:AAMList
SWEep:ADDV ON|OFF
2–23
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CALCulate Subsystem
CALCulate:DATA? (Query Only)
This query returns the results of waveform processing and measurement
functions performed on acquired waveform records. The default format of the
returned data is ASCII. However, you can set the data format with the
FORMat:CALCulate command.
Results are returned only when pending acquisitions and calculations are
complete. The synchronizing commands *WAI, *OPC, and *OPC? are not
required unless you wish to synchronize the transfer differently.
The CALCulate and TRACe subsystems use consistent naming, such that
CALC1:DATA? is equivalent to TRAC? CALC1.
Syntax
CALCulate<n>:DATA?
1
<n>
Query response
Parameters
1
2
3
4
Not applicable
1
The calculate block number <n> selects one of four calculate blocks. If you omit <n>,
the default is calculate block 1.
Reset Value
Not applicable
Errors and Events
Execution Error –230, “Data corrupt or stale”
Attempted to query data that is invalid, incomplete or stale.
Dependencies
Examples
None
Query:
CALC1:DATA?
Response: <arb_block_data>
Related Commands
[SENSe:]DATA?
[SENSe:]DATA:PREamble?
CALCulate:DATA:PREamble?
TRACe?
TRACe:PREamble?
2–24
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CALCulate Subsystem
CALCulate:DATA:PREamble? (Query Only)
Returns the data preamble for acquisition record processing and measurement
functions. Results are returned only when pending acquisitions and calculations
are complete. The default format of the returned data is ASCII. However, you
can set the data format with the FORMat:CALCulate command. The synchroniz-
ing commands *WAI, *OPC, and *OPC? are not required unless you wish to
synchronize the transfer differently.
The CALCulate and TRACe subsystems use consistent naming, such that
CALC1:DATA? is equivalent to TRAC? CALC1.
Syntax
CALCulate<n>:DATA:PREamble?
1
<n>
Query response
Parameters
1
2
3
4
Not applicable
1
The calculate block number <n> selects one of four calculate blocks. If you omit <n>,
the default is calculate block 1.
Reset Value
Not applicable
Errors and Events
Execution Error –230, “Data corrupt or stale”
Attempted to query the preamble for data that is invalid, incomplete or stale.
Dependencies
Examples
None
Query:
CALC1:DATA:PRE?
Response: (DIF Expression)
Related Commands
[SENSe:]DATA?
[SENSe:]DATA:PREamble?
CALCulate:DATA?
TRACe?
TRACe:PREamble?
2–25
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CALCulate Subsystem
CALCulate:DERivative:STATe
CALCulate:DERivative:STATe?
Sets or queries whether to calculate a post-acquisition derivative on the selected
channel. When ON, the waveform analyzer calculates the derivative for every
point in an acquisition record. The result is a CALC<n> data record with the
same number of points as the original acquisition record.
When you perform a calculation with the command CALC:PATH:EXPRession,
the value of :STATe is ignored.
Syntax
CALCulate<n>:DERivative:STATe<boolean>
CALCulate<n>:DERivative:STATe?
1
<n>
Query response
Parameters
1
2
3
4
Not applicable
1
The calculate block number <n> selects one of four calculate blocks. If you omit <n>,
the default is calculate block 1.
<boolean> (DERivative state)
Query response
<NRf>
1 or ON
<NR1>
1
0 or OFF
0
Reset Value
Errors and Events
Dependencies
Examples
0
None
None
Command: CALC1:DER:STAT ON
Query:
CALC1:DER:STAT?
Response: 1
Related Commands
CALCulate:INTegral:STATe
2–26
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CALCulate Subsystem
CALCulate:FEED[1]
CALCulate:FEED[1]?
Sets or queries the source of data for the specified CALCulate block. The
calculations you set for a CALC block are performed on the source chosen with
this command when using the CALC:PATH command. The source may be from
any channel, reference, or a SENSe function; it is not tied to the CALC block
number. For example, the FEED1 for CALC2 could be “XTIM:VOLT 1” or
“XTIM:VOLT 3.” Additionally, more than one CALC block can operate on the
same source.
Trace names and function strings may be used interchangeably for the source
parameter <sense_func>. The query form always returns the function strings.
When you perform a calculation with the command CALC:PATH:EXPRession,
the value of :FEED1 can be referenced as “%1” (or by name; CHAN1, for
example) within the expression. Calculations are not performed on the :FEED1
source unless explicitly referenced in the CALC expression. See CALC:PATH
and CALC:PATH:EXPR commands.
When specifying calculations that require more than one waveform, such as gain,
phase, or delay, :FEED1 specifies the reference waveform and :FEED2 specifies
the target waveform. The target waveform is measured with respect to the
reference waveform; for example,1V in :FEED2 measured with respect to 2V in
:FEED1 yields a gain (attenuation) of .5.
Syntax
CALCulate<n>:FEED[1] <sense_func>
CALCulate<n>:FEED[1]?
1
<n>
Query response
Parameters
1
2
3
4
Not applicable
1
The calculate block number <n> selects one of four calculate blocks. If you omit <n>,
the default is calculate block 1.
2–27
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CALCulate Subsystem
<sense_func> (CALC block source)
Query response
<string>
<string>
“XTIMe:VOLTage[:DC] 1” or CHAN1
“XTIMe:VOLTage[:DC] 2” or CHAN2
“XTIMe:VOLTage[:DC] 3” or CHAN3
“XTIMe:VOLTage[:DC] 4” or CHAN4
“XTIM:VOLT 1”
“XTIM:VOLT 2”
“XTIM:VOLT 3”
“XTIM:VOLT 4”
“REFerence1”
“REFerence2”
...
or REF1
or REF2
“REF1”
“REF2”
...
“REFerence10”
or REF10
or NONE
“REF10”
“ ”
“ ”
Reset Value
" (None)
Errors and Events
Execution Error –141, “CALC1:FEED FTM”
Attempted to set FEED1 to an invalid trace name.
Execution Error –224, “Illegal parameter value, invalid sense function”
Attempted to set FEED1 to an invalid sense function.
Execution Error –241, “Hardware missing”
Attempted to set feed to “XTIM:VOLT 3” or “XTIM:VOLT 4” when the
instrument is configured with two channels.
Dependencies
Examples
None
Command: CALC1:FEED1 XTIM:VOLT 1"
Query:
CALC1:FEED1?
Response: "XTIM:VOLT 1"
Related Commands
CALCulate:PATH
CALCulate:FEED2
CALCulate:FEED2?
Sets or queries a second source of data for the specified CALCulate block. The
second source is used when measurements that are based on two waveforms,
such as gain, phase, and delay, are specified using the CALCulate:WMList
command.
2–28
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CALCulate Subsystem
The source may be from any channel, reference or a SENSe function, it is not
tied to the CALC block number. For example, the FEED2 for CALC2 could be
“XTIM:VOLT 1” or “XTIM:VOLT 3.” Additionally, more than one CALC block
can operate on the same source.
Trace names and function strings may be used interchangeably for the source
parameter <sense_func>. The query form always returns the function strings.
When you perform a calculation with the command CALC:PATH:EXPRession,
the value of :FEED2 can be referenced as “%2” within the expression.
When defining SCPI model calculations that measure parameters based on two
waveforms (such as Gain and Delay), :FEED1 specifies the reference waveform
and :FEED2 specifies the target waveform. Also, the functions you set using
CALC:PATH only apply to the data source selected with FEED1. The source
selected by FEED2 is unaffected by the functions you select.
Syntax
CALCulate<n>:FEED2 <sense_func>
CALCulate<n>:FEED2?
1
<n>
Query response
Parameters
1
2
3
4
Not applicable
1
The calculate block number <n> selects one of four calculate blocks. If you omit <n>,
the default is calculate block 1.
<sense_func> (CALC block source)
Query response
<string>
<string>
“XTIMe:VOLTage[:DC] 1” or CHAN1
“XTIMe:VOLTage[:DC] 2” or CHAN2
“XTIMe:VOLTage[:DC] 3” or CHAN3
“XTIMe:VOLTage[:DC] 4” or CHAN4
“XTIM:VOLT 1”
“XTIM:VOLT 2”
“XTIM:VOLT 3”
“XTIM:VOLT 4”
“REFerence1”
“REFerence2”
....
or REF1
or REF2
“REF1”
“REF2”
...
“REFerence10”
or REF10
“REF10”
1
“ ”
or NONE
“” (empty string returned)
1
Specifying NONE causes :FEED2 to default to the same source as :FEED1. If you
specify NONE, the same waveform will be used for taking the gain, phase, or delay
measurement.
2–29
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CALCulate Subsystem
Reset Value
" (NONE)
Errors and Events
Execution Error –141, “CALC1:FEED2 FTM”
Attempted to set FEED2 to an invalid trace name.
Execution Error –224, “Illegal parameter value, invalid sense function”
Attempted to set FEED2 to an invalid sense function.
Execution Error –241, “Hardware missing”
Attempted to set feed to “XTIM:VOLT 3” or “XTIM:VOLT 4” when the
instrument is configured with two channels.
Dependencies
Examples
None
Command: CALC1:FEED2 XTIM:VOLT 1"
Query:
CALC1:FEED2?
Response: "XTIM:VOLT 1"
Related Commands
CALCulate:PATH
CALCulate:FEED2:CONText
CALCulate:FEED2:CONText?
Sets or queries the measurement parameter block, one of CALC1–CALC4, used
to characterize the FEED2 data.
Any of the four CALC blocks, CALC1–CALC4, may be used interchangeably
for the context parameter <calc_block>.
Syntax
CALCulate<n>:FEED2:CONText <calc_block>
CALCulate<n>:FEED2:CONText?
2–30
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CALCulate Subsystem
<calc_block> (CALC block source)
Query response
Parameters
CALC1
CALC2
CALC3
CALC4
CALC1
CALC2
CALC3
CALC4
WMP1
WMP2
WMP3
WMP4
WMP1
WMP2
WMP3
WMP4
Context
Value
Reset Values
CALC1:FEED2:CONT
CALC2:FEED2:CONT
CALC3:FEED2:CONT
CALC4:FEED2:CONT
CALC1
CALC2
CALC3
CALC4
Errors and Events
Execution Error –141, “Invalid character data,
CALC1:FEED2:CONT FTM”
Attempted to set FEED2:CONT to an invalid parameter value.
Dependencies
Examples
None
Command: CALC1:FEED2:CONT CALC4
Query:
CALC1:FEED2:CONT?
Response: CALC4
Related Commands
CALCulate:FEED1
CALCulate:FEED2
2–31
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CALCulate Subsystem
CALCulate:FILTer:FREQuency[:TYPE]
CALCulate:FILTer:FREQuency[:TYPE]?
Sets or queries the type of FREQuency filtering to perform on an acquisition
record.
The available filter types are as follows:
H
H
H
H
BPASs—rejects frequency components outside the defined frequency range.
NOTCh—rejects frequency components within a defined frequency range.
HPASs—rejects frequency components below a specified frequency.
LPASs—rejects frequency components above a specified frequency.
When you set :TYPE to bandpass or notch, set the filter parameters with the
:FILTer:FREQuency commands STARt, STOP, CENTer, and SPAN. When you
set :TYPE to high pass or low pass, set the filter parameters with the commands
HPASs or LPASs. For an overview of the measurement system, refer to the
TVS600 & TVS600A User Manual.
Syntax
CALCulate<n>:FILTer[:GATE]:FREQuency[:TYPE] <type>
CALCulate<n>:FILTer[:GATE]:FREQuency[:TYPE]?
1
<n>
Query response
Parameters
1
2
3
4
Not applicable
1
The calculate block number <n> selects one of four calculate blocks. If you omit <n>,
the default is calculate block 1.
<type> (Frequency filter)
Query response
BPASs
HPASs
LPASs
NOTCh
BPAS
HPAS
LPAS
NOTC
Reset Value
BPAS
Errors and Events
Execution Error –141, “Invalid character data”
Attempted to set type to an illegal value.
2–32
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CALCulate Subsystem
Dependencies
Examples
None
Command: CALC1:FILT:FREQ NOTCH
Query:
CALC1:FILT:FREQ?
Response: NOTC
Related Commands
CALCulate:FILTer:FREQuency:CENTer
CALCulate:FILTer:FREQuency:HPASs
CALCulate:FILTer:FREQuency:LPASs
CALCulate:FILTer:FREQuency:SPAN
CALCulate:FILTer:FREQuency:STARt
CALCulate:FILTer:FREQuency:STATe
CALCulate:FILTer:FREQuency:STOP
CALCulate:FILTer:FREQuency:CENTer
CALCulate:FILTer:FREQuency:CENTer?
Sets or queries the center frequency of the bandpass or notch filter. Use the
command :FREQuency:SPAN to set the frequency range for :NOTCh and
BPASs frequency filters. For example, if you set :CENTer to 10 MHz and :SPAN
to 2 MHz, then the :NOTCh filter will have a range of 9 MHz
to 11 MHz. For an overview of the measurement system, refer to the TVS600 &
TVS600A Series Waveform Analyzers User Manual.
Syntax
CALCulate<n>:FILTer[:GATE]:FREQuency:CENTer <center>
CALCulate<n>:FILTer[:GATE]:FREQuency:CENTer?
1
<n>
Query response
Parameters
1
2
3
4
Not applicable
1
The calculate block number <n> selects one of four calculate blocks. If you omit <n>,
the default is calculate block 1.
2–33
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CALCulate Subsystem
1
<center> (Center frequency of SPAN)
Query response
<NRf>
<NR3>
1
The default multiplier for the <center> parameter is HZ for hertz. You can also use the
multipliers KHZ for kilohertz, MHZ for megahertz, and GHZ for gigahertz.
Reset Value
250.0E+6
Errors and Events
Dependencies
Execution Error –222, “Data out of range”
Attempted to set center to an illegal value.
You can set the frequency range for the frequency filters :NOTCh and :BPASs
with either the command pair :CENTer and :SPAN or the command pair :STARt
and :STOP. Because both command pairs control the same parameters, changing
either command pair will affect the other.
Examples
Command: CALC1:FILT:FREQ:CENT 10E6
Query:
CALC1:FILT:FREQ:CENT?
Response: 10.0E+6
Related Commands
CALCulate:FILTer:FREQuency:SPAN
2–34
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CALCulate Subsystem
CALCulate:FILTer:FREQuency:HPASs
CALCulate:FILTer:FREQuency:HPASs?
Sets or queries the limit frequency (<cutoff>) below which the filter attenuates
all frequency components. The :HPASs frequency is ignored when you select the
bandpass, notch or low-pass filter. Use the command CALCulate:FILTer:FRE-
Quency HPASs to enable the high-pass filter.
Syntax
CALCulate<n>:FILTer[:GATE]:FREQuency:HPASs <cutoffā>
CALCulate<n>:FILTer[:GATE]:FREQuency:HPASs?
1
<n>
Query response
Parameters
1
2
3
4
Not applicable
1
The calculate block number <n> selects one of four calculate blocks. If you omit <n>,
the default is calculate block 1.
1
<cutoff> (Limit frequency)
Query response
<NRf>
<NR3>
1
The default multiplier for the <cutoff> parameter is HZ for hertz. You can also use the
multipliers KHZ for kilohertz, MHZ for megahertz, and GHZ for gigahertz.
Reset Value
250.0E+6
Errors and Events
Execution Error –222, “Data out of range”
Attempted to set the high pass cutoff frequency to an illegal value.
Dependencies
Examples
None
Command: CALC1:FILT:FREQ:HPAS 10E6
Query:
CALC1:FILT:FREQ:HPAS?
Response: 10.0E+6
Related Commands
CALCulate:FILTer:FREQuency:LPASs
2–35
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CALCulate Subsystem
CALCulate:FILTer:FREQuency:LPASs
CALCulate:FILTer:FREQuency:LPASs?
Sets or queries the limit frequency (<cutoff>) above which the filter attenuates
all frequency components. The :LPASs frequency is ignored when filter type is
set to bandpass, notch or high pass. Use the command CALCulate:FILTer:FRE-
Quency LPASs to enable the low-pass filter.
Syntax
CALCulate<n>:FILTer[:GATE]:FREQuency:LPASs <cutoffā>
CALCulate<n>:FILTer[:GATE]:FREQuency:LPASs?
1
<n>
Query response
Parameters
1
2
3
4
Not applicable
1
The calculate block number <n> selects one of four calculate blocks. If you omit <n>,
the default is calculate block 1.
1
<cutoff> (Limit frequency)
Query response
<NRf>
<NR3>
1
The default multiplier for the <cutoff> parameter is HZ for hertz. You can also use the
multipliers KHZ for kilohertz, MHZ for megahertz, and GHZ for gigahertz
Reset Value
250.0E+6
Errors and Events
Execution Error –222, “Data out of range”
Attempted to set the low-pass cutoff frequency to an illegal value.
Dependencies
Examples
None
Command: CALC1:FILT:FREQ:LPAS 10E6
Query:
CALC1:FILT:FREQ:LPAS?
Response: 10.0E+6
Related Commands
CALCulate:FILTer:FREQuency:HPASs
2–36
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CALCulate Subsystem
CALCulate:FILTer:FREQuency:SPAN
CALCulate:FILTer:FREQuency:SPAN?
Sets or queries the frequency range to be used by the bandpass and notch filters.
After you define the range with :SPAN, you position the range within the
available spectrum using the command :FREQuency:CENTer. For example, if
you set :SPAN to 2 MHz and :CENTer to 10 MHz, then the :NOTCh filter will
have a range of 9 MHz to 11 MHz.
The frequency span is ignored when you select the high-pass (:HPASs) or
low-pass (:LPASs) filter.
Syntax
CALCulate<n>:FILTer[:GATE]:FREQuency:SPAN <span>
CALCulate<n>:FILTer[:GATE]:FREQuency:SPAN?
1
<n>
Query response
Parameters
1
2
3
4
Not applicable
1
The calculate block number <n> selects one of four calculate blocks. If you omit <n>,
the default is calculate block 1.
1
<span> (Frequency range)
Query response
<NRf>
<NR3>
1
The default multiplier for the parameter <span> is HZ for hertz. You can also use the
multipliers KHZ for kilohertz, MHZ for megahertz, and GHZ for gigahertz.
Reset Value
100.0E+6
Errors and Events
Execution Error –222, “Data out of range”
Attempted to set span to an illegal value.
Dependencies
You can set the frequency range for the frequency filters :NOTCh and :BPASs
with either the command pair :CENTer and :SPAN or the command pair :STARt
and :STOP. Because both command pairs control the same parameters, changing
either command pair will affect the other.
Examples
Command: CALC1:FILT:FREQ:SPAN 10E3
2–37
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CALCulate Subsystem
Query:
CALC1:FILT:FREQ:SPAN?
Response: 10.0E+3
Related Commands
CALCulate:FILTer:FREQuency:CENTer
CALCulate:FILTer:FREQuency:SREJection
CALCulate:FILTer:FREQuency:SREJection?
Sets or queries the level of rejection or attenuation for frequency components in
the defined stop band for the:FREQuency filters. :SREJection sets the level of
attenuation in dB for the filters :NOTCh, :BPASs, :LPASs and :HPASs. You can
use :FREQuency:TWIDth to set the slope or roll off of the filter.
If you enter too large a value for :SREJection, the function will generate an
execution error and terminate the filter process. If an execution error occurs,
increase the record length or increase the value of :TWIDth. For an overview
discussion of the waveform analyzer digital filter, refer to the TVS600 &
TVS600A Series Waveform Analyzers User Manual.
Syntax
CALCulate<n>:FILTer[:GATE]:FREQuency:SREJection <level>
CALCulate<n>:FILTer[:GATE]:FREQuency:SREJection?
1
<n>
Query response
Parameters
1
2
3
4
Not applicable
1
The calculate block number <n> selects one of four calculate blocks. If you omit <n>,
the default is calculate block 1.
<level> (Frequency rejection in dB)
Query response
<NRf>
<NR2>
15 ≤ N ≤ 100
MINimum
MAXimum
15.0
100.0
Reset Value
60.0
2–38
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CALCulate Subsystem
Errors and Events
Execution Error –222, “Data out of range”
Attempted to set rejection to an illegal value.
Dependencies
Examples
None
Command: CALC1:FILT:FREQ:SREJ 75
Query:
CALC1:FILT:FREQ:SREJ?
Response: 75.0
Related Commands
CALCulate:FILTer:FREQuency:TWIDth
CALCulate:FILTer:FREQuency:STARt
CALCulate:FILTer:FREQuency:STARt?
Sets or queries the start, or lower limit, frequency of the bandpass and notch
filters. :STARt and :STOP define the frequency range for the filters :FREQuen-
cy:BPASs and :FREQuency:NOTCh. The commands :FREQuency:CENTer and
:FREQuency:SPAN provide an alternate way to set the filter range. For an
overview discussion of the waveform analyzer digital filter, refer to the TVS600
& TVS600A Series Waveform Analyzers User Manual.
The :STARt frequency is ignored when you select the high-pass or low-pass
filter.
Syntax
CALCulate<n>:FILTer[:GATE]:FREQuency:STARt <start>
CALCulate<n>:FILTer[:GATE]:FREQuency:STARt?
1
<n>
Query response
Parameters
1
2
3
4
Not applicable
1
The calculate block number <n> selects one of four calculate blocks. If you omit <n>,
the default is calculate block 1.
2–39
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CALCulate Subsystem
1
<start> (Beginning frequency of range)
Query response
<NRf>
<NR3>
1
The default multiplier for the parameter <start> is HZ for hertz. You can also use the
multipliers KHZ for kilohertz, MHZ for megahertz, and GHZ for gigahertz.
Reset Value
200.0E+6
Errors and Events
Dependencies
Execution Error –222, “Data out of range”
Attempting to set start to an illegal value will generate execution error.
You can set the frequency range for the frequency filters :NOTCh and :BPASs
with either the command pair :CENTer and :SPAN or the command pair :STARt
and :STOP. Because both command pairs control the same parameters, changing
either command pair will affect the other.
Examples
Command: CALC1:FILT:FREQ:STAR 9.99E6
Query:
CALC1:FILT:FREQ:STAR?
Response: 9.99E+6
Related Commands
CALCulate:FILTer:FREQuency:STOP
CALCulate:FILTer:FREQuency:CENTer
CALCulate:FILTer:FREQuency:SPAN
2–40
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CALCulate Subsystem
CALCulate:FILTer:FREQuency:STATe
CALCulate:FILTer:FREQuency:STATe?
Sets or queries whether the selected CALCulate block performs frequency
filtering on acquisition records.
If you define an expression with CALC:PATH:EXPRession, then the value of
STATe setting is ignored.
Syntax
CALCulate<n>:FILTer[:GATE]:FREQuency:STATe <boolean>
CALCulate<n>:FILTer[:GATE]:FREQuency:STATe?
1
<n>
Query response
Parameters
1
2
3
4
Not applicable
1
The calculate block number <n> selects one of four calculate blocks. If you omit <n>,
the default is calculate block 1.
<boolean> (Set filtering on or off)
Query response
<NRf>
1 or ON
<NR1>
1
0 or OFF
0
Reset Value
Errors and Events
Dependencies
Examples
0
None
None
Command: CALC1:FILT:FREQ:STAT ON
Query:
CALC1:FILT:FREQ:STAT?
Response: 1
Related Commands
CALCulate:FILTer:FREQuency[:TYPE]
2–41
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CALCulate Subsystem
CALCulate:FILTer:FREQuency:STOP
CALCulate:FILTer:FREQuency:STOP?
Sets or queries the stop, or upper limit, frequency of the bandpass and notch
filters. :STARt and :STOP define the frequency range for the filters :FREQuen-
cy:BPASs and :FREQuency:NOTCh. The commands :FREQuency:CENTer and
:FREQuency:SPAN provide an alternate way to set the filter range.
The STOP frequency is ignored when filter type is set to high pass or low pass.
Syntax
CALCulate<n>:FILTer[:GATE]:FREQuency:STOP <stop>
CALCulate<n>:FILTer[:GATE]:FREQuency:STOP?
1
<n>
Query response
Parameters
1
2
3
4
Not applicable
1
The calculate block number <n> selects one of four calculate blocks. If you omit <n>,
the default is calculate block 1.
1
<stop> (Ending frequency of range)
Query response
<NRf>
<NR3>
1
The default multiplier for the parameter <stop> is HZ for hertz. You can also use the
multipliers KHZ for kilohertz, MHZ for megahertz, and GHZ for gigahertz.
Reset Value
300.0E+6
Errors and Events
Execution Error –222, “Data out of range”
Attempted to set stop to an illegal value.
Dependencies
Examples
You can set the frequency range for the frequency filters :NOTCh and :BPASs
with either the command pair :CENTer and :SPAN or the command pair :STARt
and :STOP. Because both command pairs control the same parameters, changing
either command pair will affect the other.
Command: CALC1:FILT:FREQ:STOP 10.01E6
Query:
CALC1:FILT:FREQ:STOP?
2–42
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CALCulate Subsystem
Response: 10.01E+6
Related Commands
CALCulate:FILTer:FREQuency:STARt
CALCulate:FILTer:FREQuency:CENTer
CALCulate:FILTer:FREQuency:SPAN
CALCulate:FILTer:FREQuency:TWIDth
CALCulate:FILTer:FREQuency:TWIDth?
Sets or queries the slope of roll off for the post-acquisition filter. The filter slope
is specified as a ratio of the absolute transition width (in Hz) to Nyquist
frequency defined as 1 / (2 × <sample interval>). A low value for transition
width produces a steep slope for the filter while a large value produces a gradual
slope or roll off. You can also specify :TWIDth in percent.
If you enter too small a value for :TWIDth, the function will generate too many
filter coefficients resulting in an execution error and termination of the filter
process. For more information, refer to the filter discussion in the TVS600 &
TVS600A Series Waveform Analyzers User Manual.
Syntax
CALCulate<n>:FILTer[:GATE]:FREQuency:TWIDth <width>
CALCulate<n>:FILTer[:GATE]:FREQuency:TWIDth?
1
<n>
Query response
Parameters
1
2
3
4
Not applicable
1
The calculate block number <n> selects one of four calculate blocks. If you omit <n>,
the default is calculate block 1.
<width> (Rate of transition in percent)
Query response
<NRf>
<NR2>
0.0004 ≤ N ≤ 1.0
MINimum
0.0004
1.0
MAXimum
Reset Value
0.1
2–43
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CALCulate Subsystem
Errors and Events
Execution Error –222, “Data out of range”
Attempted to set transition width to an illegal value.
Dependencies
Examples
None
Command: CALC1:FILT:FREQ:TWID 0.2
Query:
CALC1:FILT:FREQ:TWID?
Response: 0.2
Related Commands
CALCulate:FILTer:FREQuency:SREJection
CALCulate:FORMat
CALCulate:FORMat?
Sets or queries whether to process the acquisition record to produce a new format
from complex transform records. The available format types are:
H
H
H
COMPlex—produce an xy pair for each sample point.
MLINear—calculate the square root of the sum of the squares of x and y.
MLOGarithmic—calculate 20*log10 of the square root of the sum of the
squares of x and y.
H
H
H
NONE—produces no change in the acquisition record data.
PHASe—calculates the arctan of y over x.
POLar—calculates a pair of points r1 and r2, where r1 is the square root of
the sum of the squares of x and y and r2 is the arctan of y over x.
Setting format to NONE effectively disables the function :FORMat.
When the source waveform is not complex and format is set to something other
than NONE, the value for y in x +jy is assumed to be zero.
Syntax
CALCulate<n>:FORMat <format>
CALCulate<n>:FORMat?
2–44
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CALCulate Subsystem
1
<n>
Query response
Parameters
1
2
3
4
Not applicable
1
The calculate block number <n> selects one of four calculate blocks. If you omit <n>,
the default is calculate block 1.
<format>
Query response
COMPlex
MLINear
MLOGarithmic
NONE
PHASe
POLar
COMP
MLIN
MLOG
NONE
PHAS
POL
Reset Value
None
Errors and Events
Execution Error –141, “Invalid character data”
Attempted to set format to an illegal value.
Dependencies
Examples
None
Command: CALC1:FORM MLOG
Query:
CALC1:FORM?
Response: MLOG
Related Commands
CALCulate:TRANsform:FREQuency
2–45
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CALCulate Subsystem
CALCulate:IMMediate
CALCulate:IMMediate?
Sets or queries whether the specified CALCulate block will reprocess SENSe
data without reacquiring new data. The calculation is performed immediately
and, if the query form is sent, the resulting data is returned afterward. The query
form CALC:IMM? is semantically equivalent to CALC:IMM;DATA?. The
format of the resulting data is determined by the FORMat subsystem.
This command sets the ACQ_OPC pending flag. *WAI, *OPC, or *OPC? may
be used to synchronize the command.
Syntax
CALCulate<n>:IMMediate
CALCulate<n>:IMMediate?
1
<n>
Query response
Parameters
1
2
3
4
Not applicable
1
The calculate block number <n> selects one of four calculate blocks. If you omit <n>,
the default is calculate block 1.
<data>
Query response
Not applicable
Defined by FORMat:CALCulate
Reset Value
Not applicable
Errors and Events
The only errors are those associated with the defined measurements or calcula-
tions. Most calculation errors appear only at execution time rather than when you
define a measurement list. The most common errors are Execution Error –260,
“Expression error” and the Questionable Event errors: 2090, “Calculate1
questionable”; 2100, “Calculate2 questionable”; 2110, “Calculate3 question-
able”; 2120, “Calculate4 questionable”.
Dependencies
Examples
None
Command: CALC1:IMM
Query:
CALC1:IMM?
2–46
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CALCulate Subsystem
Response: <data>
Related Commands
CALCulate:DATA?
CALCulate:INTegral:STATe
CALCulate:INTegral:STATe?
Sets or queries whether to process the acquisition record to produce an integral
acquisition record.
The value of STATe is ignored when CALC:PATH:EXPRession is defined.
Syntax
CALCulate<n>:INTegral:STATe <boolean>
CALCulate<n>:INTegral:STATe?
1
<n>
Query response
Parameters
1
2
3
4
Not applicable
1
The calculate block number <n> selects one of four calculate blocks. If you omit <n>,
the default is calculate block 1.
<boolean> (Integral processing on or off)
Query response
<NRf>
1 or ON
<NR1>
1
0 or OFF
0
Reset Value
Errors and Events
Dependencies
Examples
0
None
None
Command: CALC1:INT:STAT ON
Query:
CALC1:INT:STAT?
Response: 1
2–47
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CALCulate Subsystem
Related Commands
CALCulate:DERivative:STATe
CALCulate:PATH
CALCulate:PATH?
Sets or queries a list of CALCulate functions to execute in the order listed upon
completion of acquisition. You specify the :PATH as a list of functions separated
by commas. The CALCulate subsystem performs the calculations in sequential
order on the source you define with CALCulate:FEED. CALCulate:PATH
supports simple post-processing measurements. When a measurement cannot be
expressed in a simple linear fashion, use the command CALC:PATH:EXPRes-
sion.
Calculations based on the CALC:PATH command are based on the SCPI
calculation model. See the TVS600 & TVS600A Series Waveform Analyzers User
Manual for a description of the SCPI model.
Syntax
CALCulate<n>:PATH <path>
CALCulate<n>:PATH?
1
<n>
Query response
Parameters
1
2
3
4
Not applicable
1
The calculate block number <n> selects one of four calculate blocks. If you omit <n>,
the default is calculate block 1.
<path> (Calculate subblocks to execute)
Query response
AAMList
DERivative
FILTer
FORMat
INTegral
SMOothing
AAML
DER
FILT
FORM
INT
SMO
TRAN
WML
1
TRANsform
WMList
1
TRANsform refers to the CALCulate:TRANsform:FREQuency commands.
Reset Value
AAML, SMO, DER, INT, FILT, TRAN, FORM, WML
2–48
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CALCulate Subsystem
Errors and Events
Command Error 108, “Parameter not allowed”
Attempted to assign more than 12 functions to PATH.
Execution Error –141, “Invalid character data”
Attempted to program an invalid function.
Other calculation errors cannot be detected until execution time.
Dependencies
Examples
None
Command: CALC1:PATH FILT,WML
Query:
CALC1:PATH?
Response: FILT,WML
Related Commands
CALCulate:AAMList
CALCulate:DERivative
CALCulate:FILTer
CALCulate:FORMat
CALCulate:INTegral
CALCulate:SMOothing
CALCulate:TRANsform:FREQuency
CALCulate:WMList
CALCulate:PATH:EXPRession
CALCulate:PATH:EXPRession?
Sets or queries a measurement expression using a “C like” programming
language. When you define an :EXPRession it will be calculated in place of any
calculation defined with the CALCulate:PATH command. The :EXPRession
command allows you to perform calculations that cannot be expressed in a linear
or sequential form.
Commands that control individual subblock operation also apply when the
subblock is called by the CALC:PATH:EXPRession. For instance, whether you
use CALC:PATH or CALC:PATH:EXPRession to call the high pass filter
(CALC:FILT:FREQ:HPAS), you must still use CALC:FILT:FREQ:HPASs
<cutoff> to set the lower limit frequency.
Sources to :EXPRession must be specified as trace names, such as CHAN1,
instead of as data aliases, such as “XTIM:VOLT 1”. The settings of CALCu-
late:PATH and the :STATe commands of the subblocks are ignored. FEED1 and
FEED2 can be accessed as %1, %2 respectively. For more information, refer to
the TVS600 & TVS600A Series Waveform Analyzers User Manual.
2–49
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CALCulate Subsystem
Calculations based on the CALC:PATH:EXPression command are based on the
SCPI Expression model. See the TVS600 & TVS600A Series Waveform
Analyzers User Manual for a description of the SCPI model.
Syntax
CALCulate<n>:PATH:EXPRession <path_expression>
CALCulate<n>:PATH:EXPRession?
1
<n>
Query response
Parameters
1
2
3
4
Not applicable
1
The calculate block number <n> selects one of four calculate blocks. If you omit <n>,
the default is calculate block 1.
<path_expression> ( algebraic syntax
expression)
Query response
<expression> (algebraic syntax expression)
<expression> (algebraic syntax expression)
Reset Value
( )
Errors and Events
Execution Error –241, “Hardware missing”
Attempted to define a path expression that requires CHAN3 or CHAN4 when the
instrument is configured with two channels.
The :CALCulate subblock cannot detect most errors until execution time. If
errors do occur, they are described with the failed :CALCulate function or with
the description of any other failed system function.
Dependencies
Examples
None
Command: CALC1:PATH:EXPR (RTIM(CHAN1+CHAN2))
Query:
CALC1:PATH:EXPR?
Response: (RTIM(CHAN1+CHAN2))
Related Commands
CALCulate:PATH
2–50
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CALCulate Subsystem
CALCulate:SMOothing
CALCulate:SMOothing?
Sets or queries whether to perform smoothing on an acquisition record.
Smoothing replaces each data point with the average for a specified number of
adjacent data points. To set the number of data points to average, use :SMOoth-
ing:POINTs.
Syntax
CALCulate<n>:SMOothing[:STATe]<boolean>
CALCulate<n>:SMOothing[:STATe]?
1
<n>
Query response
Parameters
1
2
3
4
Not applicable
1
The calculate block number <n> selects one of four calculate blocks. If you omit <n>,
the default is calculate block 1.
<boolean> (Set smoothing on or off)
Query response
<NRf>
1 or ON
<NR1>
1
0 or OFF
0
Reset Value
Errors and Events
Dependencies
Examples
0
None
None
Command: CALC1:SMO ON
Query:
CALC1:SMO?
Response: 1
Related Commands
CALCulate:SMOothing:POINts
2–51
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CALCulate Subsystem
CALCulate:SMOothing:POINts
CALCulate:SMOothing:POINts?
Sets or queries the number of adjacent points to average in the acquisition record
when smoothing is enabled. Use CALCulate:SMOothing to enable smoothing
for a particular CALCulate block.
The maximum number of data points to average is limited to one fourth the
length of the acquisition record.
Syntax
CALCulate<n>:SMOothing:POINts <points>
CALCulate<n>:SMOothing:POINts?
1
<n>
Query response
Parameters
1
2
3
4
Not applicable
1
The calculate block number <n> selects one of four calculate blocks. If you omit <n>,
the default is calculate block 1.
<points>
Query response
<NRf>
<NR1>
2 ≤ N ≤ 65536
MINimum
MAXimum
2
<record length>
Reset Value
2
Errors and Events
Execution Error –222, “Data out of range”
Attempted to set points to an illegal value.
Dependencies
Examples
None
Command: CALC1:SMO:POIN 8
Query:
CALC1:SMO:POIN?
Response: 8
2–52
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CALCulate Subsystem
Related Commands
CALCulate:SMOothing
CALCulate:TRANsform:FREQuency:STATe
CALCulate:TRANsform:FREQuency:STATe?
Sets or queries whether to perform a Fast Fourier Transform (FFT) on the
specified acquisition record to produce an equivalent frequency representation.
The FFT function produces a complex array of pairs of real and imaginary data
points. The number of data pairs in the resultant record is half the number of data
points in the original record.
You can convert the complex data produced by the FFT function into magnitude
or phase data using the CALC:FORMat block. Use the command :TRANs-
form:FREQuency:WINDow to select the type of data windowing (or shaping)
used prior to the transformation.
Syntax
CALCulate<n>:TRANsform:FREQuency:STATe<boolean>
CALCulate<n>:TRANsform:FREQuency:STATe?
1
<n>
Query response
Parameters
1
2
3
4
Not applicable
1
The calculate block number <n> selects one of four calculate blocks. If you omit <n>,
the default is calculate block 1.
<boolean> (Set FFT transform on or off)
Query response
<NRf>
1 or ON
<NR1>
1
0 or OFF
0
Reset Value
Errors and Events
Dependencies
Examples
0
None
None
Command: CALC1:TRAN:FREQ:STAT ON
2–53
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CALCulate Subsystem
Query:
CALC1:TRAN:FREQ:STAT?
Response: 1
Related Commands
CALCulate:TRANsform:FREQuency:WINDow
CALCulate:FORMat
CALCulate:TRANsform:FREQuency:WINDow
CALCulate:TRANsform:FREQuency:WINDow?
Sets or queries the type of data windowing (or shaping) to use prior to the FFT
transformation. The FFT window acts as a bandpass filter. The window types
and their typical use follow:
H
H
H
BHARris — Widest pass band and lowest side lobes. Best for viewing a
broad spectrum.
BLACkman — Best window for measuring the amplitude of frequencies but
worst at resolving frequencies.
HAMMing — Very good window for resolving frequencies that are very
close to the same value with somewhat improved amplitude accuracy over
the rectangular window.
H
H
HANNing — Very good window for measuring amplitude accuracy but
degraded for resolving frequencies.
RECTangular — Best type of window for resolving frequencies that are very
close to the same value but worst for the accuracy of amplitude for those
frequencies. Best type for measuring the frequency spectrum of nonrepetitive
signals and measuring frequency components near DC.
H
TRIangular — Least attenuation of side lobes. The triangular window is the
convolution of two rectangles half the width of the window.
For more information on the FFT function and the use of window filters, refer to
the TVS600 & TVS600A Series Waveform Analyzers User Manual.
Syntax
CALCulate<n>:TRANsform:FREQuency:WINDow <window>
CALCulate<n>:TRANsform:FREQuency:WINDow?
2–54
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CALCulate Subsystem
1
<n>
Query response
Parameters
1
2
3
4
Not applicable
1
The calculate block number <n> selects one of four calculate blocks. If you omit <n>,
the default is calculate block 1.
<window>
Query response
BHARris
BHAR
BLAC
HAMM
HANN
RECT
TRI
BLACkman
HAMMing
HANNing
RECTangular
TRIangular
Reset Value
BHAR
Errors and Events
Execution Error –141, “Invalid character data”
Attempted to set window to an illegal value.
Dependencies
Examples
None
Command: CALC1:TRAN:FREQ:WIND HAMM
Query:
CALC1:TRAN:FREQ:WIND?
Response: HAMM
Related Commands
CALCulate:TRANsform:FREQuency:STATe
2–55
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CALCulate Subsystem
CALCulate:WMList
CALCulate:WMList?
Sets or queries the list of waveform measurements to perform. Table 2–1 lists
and describes the available measurements. All selected measurements are
performed on the source chosen for the selected CALCulate block. Use the
command CALCulate:WMList:STATe to enable the measurements. Refer to
Appendix C for the measurement algorithms.
Measurement methods and reference values are specified by CALC:WMParame-
ter commands. Each CALC block has a separate set of parameters.
Table 2–1: Waveform Measurement Definitions
Measurement
Definition
AMPLitude
Amplitude — the difference between HIGH and LOW. Current vertical
units.
AREA
Area — the area across the entire acquisition record. Area above
ground is positive and area below ground is negative. Current vertical
units-seconds.
CARea
CMEan
Cycle Area — the area across the first cycle of the acquisition record.
Area above ground is positive; area below ground is negative. Current
vertical units-seconds.
Cycle Mean — the arithmetic mean of the first cycle in the acquisition
record. Current vertical units.
1
COPulse
Center Of Pulse — the arithmetic mean time of the six LREFerence,
MREFerence, and HREFerence values for both the rising and falling
edge of a pulse. Units are seconds.
1
CPARea
Positive Area of Cycle — the arithmetic area of the absolute value of
the waveform over the first cycle of the waveform. Current vertical
units-seconds.
CRMS
Cycle RMS — the root-mean-square value for the deviation from
ground of each point in the first cycle of the acquisition record. Current
vertical units.
CROSs
Time at Crossing — the time relative to the trigger point of the specified
crossing. The crossing is specified according to its sequence in the
waveform record as an Nth crossing, with positive values for N
referenced from the start and negative values referenced from the end
of the waveform record. Units are seconds.
DELay
Delay — the time between the MidRef crossing on the specified edge
of a reference waveform and the MidRef crossing on the specified edge
a target waveform. Units are seconds.
FREQuency
Frequency — the reciprocal of the period of the first cycle in the
acquisition record. Measured in Hz.
2–56
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CALCulate Subsystem
Table 2–1: Waveform Measurement Definitions (cont.)
Measurement
Definition
FTIMe
Fall Time — the time between the HREFerence crossing and the
LREFerence crossing of the first falling edge of the acquisition record.
Units are seconds.
Gain
Gain — the ratio of the amplitude of the target waveform to the
amplitude of the reference waveform. Reference waveforms with zero
amplitude return an error message. Gain has no units.
HIGH
High — the value used as 100% for calculating the HREFerence,
MREFerence, and LREFerence. Current vertical units.
LOW
Low — the value used as 0% for calculating the HREFerence,
MREFerence, and LREFerence. Current vertical units.
MAXimum
MEAN | DC
MID
Maximum — the most positive value in the acquisition record. Current
vertical units.
Mean or DC — the arithmetic mean of the entire acquisition record.
Current vertical units.
Middle — the mid-point between MINimum and MAXimum values.
Current vertical units.
MINimum
NCROSs
Minimum — the most negative value in the acquisition record. Current
vertical units.
th
Time at N Negative Crossing — the time relative to the trigger point of
the specified negative crossing. The crossing is specified according to
its sequence in the waveform record as an Nth negative crossing, with
positive values for N referenced from the start and negative values
referenced from the end of the waveform record. Positive crossings are
ignored. Units are seconds.
NDUTycycle
NWIDth
Negative Dutycycle — the ratio between NWIDth and the PERiod of
the acquisition record. No units.
Negative Width — the width of the first negative pulse in the acquisition
record. Measured in seconds.
1
OVERshoot
Overshoot of a pulse edge — the difference between the HIGH signal
level (steady state response) and the positive peak amplitude
(transient) Expressed as a percentage of the waveform amplitude.
Contrast with PREshoot.
1
PARea
Positive Area of Waveform — the arithmetic area of the absolute value
of the waveform over the full measurement zone. Current vertical
units-seconds.
th
PCROSs
Time at N Positive Crossing — the time relative to the trigger point of
the specified positive crossing. Specified according to its sequence in
the waveform record as an Nth positive crossing, with positive values
for N referenced from the start and negative values referenced from the
end of the waveform record. Negative crossings are ignored. Units are
seconds.
2–57
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CALCulate Subsystem
Table 2–1: Waveform Measurement Definitions (cont.)
Measurement
Definition
PDUTycycle
Positive Dutycycle — the ratio between PWIDth and the PERiod of the
acquisition record. No units.
PERiod
Phase
Period — the width of the first cycle in the acquisition record. Measured
in seconds.
Phase — the lead or lag in degrees between the MidRef crossing on
the specified edge of a target waveform and the MidRef crossing on
the specified edge a reference waveform. Phase is positive when target
leads reference waveform; this measurement uses period of the target
waveform when computing degrees of phase. Units are degrees.
1
PREShoot
Preshoot of a pulse edge — the difference between the LOW signal
level (steady state response) and the negative peak amplitude
(transient) immediately preceding it. Expressed as a percentage of the
waveform amplitude. Contrast with OVERshoot.
PTPeak
PWIDth
Peak To Peak — the difference between MAXimum and MINimum.
Current vertical units.
Positive Width — the width of the first positive pulse in the acquisition
record. Measured in seconds.
RMS | AC
RMS or AC — the root-mean-square value for the deviation from
ground of each point in the complete acquisition record. Current vertical
units.
RTIMe
Rise Time — the time between the LREFerence crossing and the
HREFerence crossing of the first rising edge of the acquisition record.
Measured in seconds.
SDEViation
Standard Deviation — the root-mean-square value for the deviation
from the arithmetic mean of each point in the acquisition record.
Current vertical units.
TTRig
Trigger-to-trigger time — the time between the trigger event in the main
acquistion and the trigger event of the delayed acquisition. Measured in
seconds.
1
TVS600A only
Syntax
CALCulate<n>:WMList <list>
CALCulate<n>:WMList?
2–58
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CALCulate Subsystem
1
<n>
Query response
Parameters
1
2
3
4
Not applicable
1
The calculate block number <n> selects one of four calculate blocks. If you omit <n>,
the default is calculate block 1.
<list>
Query response
AMPLitude
AREA
AMPL
AREA
CAR
CME
COP
CPAR
CRMS
CROSs
DEL
CARea
CMEan
COPulse
1
1
CPARea
CRMS
CROSs
DELay
FREQuency
FTIMe
GAIN
HIGH
LOW
MAXimum
MEAN | DC
MID
FREQ
FTIM
GAIN
HIGH
LOW
MAX
MEAN
MID
MINimum
NCRoss
NDUTycycle
NWIDth
MIN
NCR
NDUT
NWID
OVER
PAR
1
OVERshoot
1
PARea
PCRoss
PERiod
PCR
PER
PDUTycycle
PHASe
PREShoot
PTPeak
PWIDth
RMS | AC
RTIMe
PDUT
PHAS
PRES
PTP
PWID
RMS
1
RTIM
SDEV
SDEViation
2–59
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CALCulate Subsystem
<list> (cont.)
Query response (cont.)
TTRig
TTR
1
TVS600A products only.
Reset Value
MEAN
Errors and Events
Execution Error –141, “Invalid character data”
Attempted to program an illegal waveform measurement.
Dependencies
Examples
None
Command: CALC1:WML RTIM,FTIM,PWID
Query:
CALC1:WML?
Response: RTIM,FTIM,PWID
Related Commands
CALCulate:WMList:STATe
2–60
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CALCulate Subsystem
CALCulate:WMList:STATe
CALCulate:WMList:STATe?
Sets or queries whether the waveform measurement list for the specified CALC
block will execute after the next acquisition.
Syntax
CALCulate<n>:WMList:STATe <boolean>
CALCulate<n>:WMList:STATe?
1
<n>
Query response
Parameters
1
2
3
4
Not applicable
1
The calculate block number <n> selects one of four calculate blocks. If you omit <n>,
the default is calculate block 1.
<boolean>
Query response
<NRf>
1 or ON
<NF1>
1
0 or OFF
0
Reset Value
Errors and Events
Dependencies
0
None
The setting for :STATe is ignored when you
use the command CALC:PATH:EXPRession.
Examples
Command: CALC1:WML:STAT ON
Query:
CALC1:WML:STAT?
Response: 1
Related Commands
CALCulate:WMList
2–61
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CALCulate Subsystem
CALCulate:WMParameter:EDGE
CALCulate:WMParameter:EDGE?
Sets or queries the index of the edge desired for cross and delay waveform
measurements. This setting affects FTIMe, RTIMe, CROSs, NCRoss, PCRoss
DELay, and COPulse measurements. A positive <edge> value searches from the
beginning of the waveform record. A negative <edge> value searches from the
end of the waveform record. Zero <edge> is the last edge in the record.
Measurement functions with implcitly defined slope (FTIMe, RTIMe, NCRoss,
PCRoss) or explicitly defined slope (DELay) only count edges of the proper
slope. CROSs and COPulse count edges of either slope.
Syntax
CALCulate[1]:WMParameter:EDGE <edge>
CALCulate[1]:WMParameter:EDGE?
.
.
CALCulate4:WMParameter:EDGE <edge>
CALCulate4:WMParameter:EDGE?
<edge>
Query response
Parameters
<NRf>
<NR1>
Suffix Units and
Multipliers
None (default vertical units)
1
Reset Value
Errors and Events
Execution Error –222, “Data out of range”
Attempted to set EDGE to an illegal value.
Dependencies
Examples
None
Command: CALC1:WMP:EDGE 4
Query:
CALC1:WMP:EDGE?
Response: 4
Related Commands
CALCulate:WMParameter:LOW
2–62
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CALCulate Subsystem
CALCulate:WMParameter:GATE
CALCulate:WMParameter:GATE?
TVS600A Models Only
Sets or queries the state of measurement gating. Settings established with other
GATE parameters are ignored unless CALC:WMP:GATE is set to ON.
Syntax
CALCulate[1]:WMParameter:GATE <boolean>
CALCulate[1]:WMParameter:GATE?
.
.
CALCulate4:WMParameter:GATE <boolean>
CALCulate4:WMParameter:GATE?
<boolean>
Query response
Parameters
<NRf>
N ≠ 0
0
ON
OFF
<NR1>
1
0
1
0
Suffix Units and
Multipliers
None
Reset Value
Errors and Events
Dependencies
Examples
0
None
None
Command: CALC1:WMP:GATE ON
Query:
CALC1:WMP:GATE?
Response: 1
Related Commands
CALCulate:WMParameter:GATE:MODe
CALCulate:WMParameter:GATE:STARt
CALCulate:WMParameter:GATE:STOP
2–63
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CALCulate Subsystem
CALCulate:WMParameter:GATE:METHod
CALCulate:WMParameter:GATE:METHod?
TVS600A Models Only
Sets or queries the method of determining gate location for waveform measure-
ments. This setting is ignored unless CALC:WMP:GATE is set to ON.
Syntax
CALCulate[1]:WMParameter:GATE:METHod <mode>
CALCulate[1]:WMParameter:GATE:METHod?
.
.
CALCulate4:WMParameter:GATE:METHod <mode>
CALCulate4:WMParameter:GATE:METHod?
<mode>
Query response
Parameters
ABSolute
RELative
ABS
REL
Suffix Units and
Multipliers
None
Reset Value
Errors and Events
Dependencies
Examples
REL
None
None
Command: CALC1:WMP:GATE:METH ABS
Query:
CALC1:WMP:GATE:METH?
Response: ABS
Related Commands
CALCulate:WMParameter:GATE
CALCulate:WMParameter:GATE:STARt
CALCulate:WMParameter:GATE:STOP
2–64
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CALCulate Subsystem
CALCulate:WMParameter:GATE:STARt:ABSolute
CALCulate:WMParameter:GATE:STARt:ABSolute?
TVS600A Models Only
Sets or queries the absolute starting location for gated waveform measurements.
This setting is ignored unless CALC:WMP:GATE is set to ON and
CALC:WMP:GATE:METH is set to ABS.
Syntax
CALCulate[1]:WMParameter:GATE:STARt[:ABSolute] <location>
CALCulate[1]:WMParameter:GATE:STARt[:ABSolute]?
.
.
CALCulate4:WMParameter:GATE:STARt[:ABSolute] <location>
CALCulate4:WMParameter:GATE:STARt[:ABSolute]?
<location>
Query response
Parameters
<NRf>
<NR3>
Suffix Units and
Multipliers
None
Reset Value
Errors and Events
Dependencies
Examples
–9.9e+37
None
None
Command: CALC1:WMP:GATE:STAR 10.0
Query:
CALC1:WMP:GATE:STAR?
Response: 10.0E+0
Related Commands
CALCulate:WMParameter:GATE
CALCulate:WMParameter:GATE:METHod
CALCulate:WMParameter:GATE:STOP:ABSolute
2–65
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CALCulate Subsystem
CALCulate:WMParameter:GATE:STARt:RELative
CALCulate:WMParameter:GATE:STARt:RELative?
TVS600A Models Only
Sets or queries the relative starting location for gated waveform measurements.
This setting is ignored unless CALC:WMP:GATE is set to ON and
CALC:WMP:GATE:METH is set to REL.
Syntax
CALCulate[1]:WMParameter:GATE:STARt:RELative <ratio>
CALCulate[1]:WMParameter:GATE:STARt:RELative?
.
.
CALCulate4:WMParameter:GATE:STARt:RELative <ratio>
CALCulate4:WMParameter:GATE:STARt:RELative?
<ratio>
Query response
Parameters
<NRf>
<NR3>
Suffix Units and
Multipliers
PCT
0.0
Reset Value
Errors and Events
Dependencies
Examples
None
None
Command: CALC1:WMP:GATE:STAR:REL 0.0
Query: CALC1:WMP:GATE:STAR:REL?
Response: 0.0E+0
Related Commands
CALCulate:WMParameter:GATE
CALCulate:WMParameter:GATE:METHod
CALCulate:WMParameter:GATE:STOP:RELative
2–66
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CALCulate Subsystem
CALCulate:WMParameter:GATE:STOP:ABSolute
CALCulate:WMParameter:GATE:STOP:ABSolute?
TVS600A Models Only
Sets or queries the absolute stopping location for gated waveform measurements.
This setting is ignored unless CALC:WMP:GATE is set to ON and
CALC:WMP:GATE:METH is set to ABS.
Syntax
CALCulate[1]:WMParameter:GATE:STOP[:ABSolute] <location>
CALCulate[1]:WMParameter:GATE:STOP[:ABSolute]?
.
.
CALCulate4:WMParameter:GATE:STOP[:ABSolute] <location>
CALCulate4:WMParameter:GATE:STOP[:ABSolute]?
<location>
Query response
Parameters
<NRf>
<NR3>
Suffix Units and
Multipliers
None
Reset Value
Errors and Events
Dependencies
Examples
9.9e+37
None
None
Command: CALC1:WMP:GATE:STOP 10.0
Query:
CALC1:WMP:GATE:STOP?
Response: 10.0E+0
Related Commands
CALCulate:WMParameter:GATE
CALCulate:WMParameter:GATE:METHod
CALCulate:WMParameter:GATE:STARt:ABSolute
2–67
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CALCulate Subsystem
CALCulate:WMParameter:GATE:STOP:RELative
CALCulate:WMParameter:GATE:STOP:RELative?
TVS600A Models Only
Sets or queries the relative stopping location for gated waveform measurements.
This setting is ignored unless CALC:WMP:GATE is set to ON and
CALC:WMP:GATE:METH is set to REL.
Syntax
CALCulate[1]:WMParameter:GATE:STOP:RELative <ratio>
CALCulate[1]:WMParameter:GATE:STOP:RELative?
.
.
CALCulate4:WMParameter:GATE:STOP:RELative <ratio>
CALCulate4:WMParameter:GATE:STOP:RELative?
<ratio>
Query response
Parameters
<NRf>
<NR3>
Suffix Units and
Multipliers
PCT
1.0
Reset Value
Errors and Events
Dependencies
Examples
None
None
Command: CALC1:WMP:GATE:STOP:REL 1.0
Query: CALC1:WMP:GATE:STOP:REL?
Response: 1.0E+0
Related Commands
CALCulate:WMParameter:GATE
CALCulate:WMParameter:GATE:METHod
CALCulate:WMParameter:GATE:STARt:RELative
2–68
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CALCulate Subsystem
CALCulate:WMParameter:HIGH
CALCulate:WMParameter:HIGH?
Sets or queries the high (most positive) level used for time and amplitude
measurements. This setting is used only when CALC:WMP:HMEThod is set to
ABSolute. For more information, refer to the discussion of CALC:WMP:HME-
Thod. The units are those currently used for vertical magnitude.
Syntax
CALCulate<n>:WMParameter:HIGH <high>
CALCulate<n>:WMParameter:HIGH?
1
<n>
Query response
Parameters
1
2
3
4
Not applicable
1
The calculate block number <n> selects one of four calculate blocks. If you omit <n>,
the default is calculate block 1.
<high> (Absolute HIGH level)
Query response
<NRf>
<NR3>
Reset Value
0.0E+0
Errors and Events
Execution Error –222, “Data out of range”
Attempted to set HIGH to an illegal value.
Dependencies
Examples
None
Command: CALC1:WMP:HIGH 10.0
Query:
CALC1:WMP:HIGH?
Response: 10.0E+0
Related Commands
CALCulate:WMParameter:HMEThod
CALCulate:WMParameter:LOW
2–69
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CALCulate Subsystem
CALCulate:WMParameter:HMEThod
CALCulate:WMParameter:HMEThod?
Sets or queries the method for calculating the HIGH (most positive) value for
time and amplitude waveform measurements.
ABSolute — specifies that HIGH is set to the value of CALCulate:WMPara-
meter:HIGH.
AUTO — selects the MODE method of setting HIGH when the histogram
function is able to detect a consistent level above MID. Otherwise, the
PEAK method is used. This method is effective when you are not certain
what type of waveform to expect.
MODE — selects the level for HIGH based on a peak histogram function
which looks for a greater than average number of data points at a level above
MID. This method is useful to ignore spurious peaks on a digital logic
waveform, such as a TTL clock signal.
PEAK — specifies that HIGH is set to the highest amplitude data point in
the acquisition record. This method is useful for a sinewave or triangle
waveform.
Syntax
CALCulate<n>:WMParameter:HMEThod <method>
CALCulate<n>:WMParameter:HMEThod?
1
<n>
Query response
Parameters
1
2
3
4
Not applicable
1
The calculate block number <n> selects one of four calculate blocks. If you omit <n>,
the default is calculate block 1.
<method> (Select how to set HIGH)
Query response
ABSolute
AUTO
MODE
PEAK
ABS
AUTO
MODE
PEAK
Reset Value
MODE
2–70
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CALCulate Subsystem
Errors and Events
Execution Error –141, “Invalid character data,
CALC1:WMP FTM”
Attempted to set method to an illegal value.
Dependencies
Examples
None
Command: CALC1:WMP:HMET ABS
Query:
CALC1:WMP:HMET?
Response: ABS
Related Commands
CALCulate:WMParameter:LMEThod
CALCulate:WMParameter:HIGH
CALCulate:WMParameter:LOW
CALCulate:WMParameter:LOW?
Sets or queries the low (most negative) level used for time and amplitude
measurements. This setting is used only when CALC:WMP:LMEThod is set to
ABSolute. For more information, refer to the discussion of CALC:WMP:HME-
Thod. The units are those currently used for vertical magnitude.
Syntax
CALCulate<n>:WMParameter:LOW <low>
CALCulate<n>:WMParameter:LOW?
1
<n>
Query response
Parameters
1
2
3
4
Not applicable
1
The calculate block number <n> selects one of four calculate blocks. If you omit <n>,
the default is calculate block 1.
<low> (Absolute LOW level)
Query response
<NRf>
<NR3>
Reset Value
0.0E+0
2–71
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CALCulate Subsystem
Errors and Events
Execution Error –222, “Data out of range”
Attempted to set LOW to an illegal value.
Dependencies
Examples
None
Command: CALC1:WMP:LOW -10.0
Query:
CALC1:WMP:LOW?
Response: -10.0E+0
Related Commands
CALCulate:WMParameter:HIGH
CALCulate:WMParameter:LMEThod
CALCulate:WMParameter:LMEThod
CALCulate:WMParameter:LMEThod?
Sets or queries the method for calculating the LOW (most negative) value for
time and amplitude waveform measurements.
ABSolute — specifies that LOW is set to the value of CALCulate:WMPara-
meter:LOW.
AUTO — selects the MODE method of setting LOW when the histogram
function is able to detect a consistent level below MID. Otherwise, the
PEAK method is used. The AUTO method is effective when you are not
certain what type of waveform to expect.
MODE — selects the level for LOW based on a peak histogram function
which looks for a greater than average number of data points at a level below
MID. This method is useful to ignore spurious peaks on a digital logic
waveform, such as a TTL clock signal.
PEAK — specifies that LOW is set to the lowest amplitude data point in the
acquisition record. This method is useful for a sinewave or triangle
waveform.
Syntax
CALCulate<n>:WMParameter:LMEThod <method>
CALCulate<n>:WMParameter:LMEThod?
2–72
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CALCulate Subsystem
1
<n>
Query response
Parameters
1
2
3
4
Not applicable
1
The calculate block number <n> selects one of four calculate blocks. If you omit <n>,
the default is calculate block 1.
<method> (Select how to set LOW)
Query response
ABSolute
AUTO
MODE
PEAK
ABS
AUTO
MODE
PEAK
Reset Value
MODE
Errors and Events
Execution Error –141, “Invalid character data”
Attempted to set method to an illegal value.
Dependencies
Examples
None
Command: CALC1:WMP:LMET ABS
Query:
CALC1:WMP:LMET?
Response: ABS
Related Commands
CALCulate:WMParameter:HMEThod
CALCulate:WMParameter:LOW
2–73
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CALCulate Subsystem
CALCulate:WMParameter:HREFerence
CALCulate:WMParameter:HREFerence?
Sets or queries the high reference (distal) level in vertical units for time and
amplitude measurements. This setting is used when you have set
CALC:WMP:RMEThod to ABSolute.
Syntax
CALCulate<n>:WMParameter:HREFerence[:ABSolute] <hrefā>
CALCulate<n>:WMParameter:HREFerence[:ABSolute]?
1
<n>
Query response
Parameters
1
2
3
4
Not applicable
1
The calculate block number <n> selects one of four calculate blocks. If you omit <n>,
the default is calculate block 1.
<href> (Set absolute value of HREF)
Query response
<NRf>
<NR3>
Reset Value
0.0E+0
Errors and Events
Execution Error –222, “Data out of range”
Attempted to set the high reference to an illegal value.
Dependencies
Examples
None
Command: CALC1:WMP:HREF 8
Query:
CALC1:WMP:HREF?
Response: 8.0E+0
Related Commands
CALCulate:WMParameter:HREFerence:RELative
CALCulate:WMParameter:RMEThod
2–74
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CALCulate Subsystem
CALCulate:WMParameter:HREFerence:RELative
CALCulate:WMParameter:HREFerence:RELative?
Sets or queries the high reference (distal) level used for time and amplitude
measurements. The level can be expressed as a ratio or percent of the current
value for CALC:WMP:AMPLitude. This setting is used when you have set
CALC:WMP:RMEThod to RELative.
Syntax
CALCulate<n>:WMParameter:HREFerence:RELative <hrefā>
CALCulate<n>:WMParameter:HREFerence:RELative?
1
<n>
Query response
Parameters
1
2
3
4
Not applicable
1
The calculate block number <n> selects one of four calculate blocks. If you omit <n>,
the default is calculate block 1.
<href> (Set relative value of HREF)
Query response
<NRf>
<NR2>
1
0.0 v N v 1.0
MINimum
MAXimum
0.0
1.0
1
The units must be specified as PCT when setting HREFerence:RELative as a percent
of the value AMPL.
Reset Value
0.9
Errors and Events
Execution Error –222, “Data out of range”
Attempted to set the high reference to an illegal value.
Dependencies
Examples
None
Command: CALC1:WMP:HREF:REL 95 PCT
Query:
CALC1:WMP:HREF:REL?
Response: 0.95
2–75
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CALCulate Subsystem
Related Commands
CALCulate:WMParameter:HREFerence
CALCulate:WMParameter:LREFerence
CALCulate:WMParameter:LREFerence?
Sets or queries the low reference (proximal) level in vertical units for time and
amplitude measurements. This setting is used only when
CALC:WMP:RMEThod is set to ABSolute.
Syntax
CALCulate<n>:WMParameter:LREFerence[:ABSolute] <lrefā>
CALCulate<n>:WMParameter:LREFerence[:ABSolute]?
1
<n>
Query response
Parameters
1
2
3
4
Not applicable
1
The calculate block number <n> selects one of four calculate blocks. If you omit <n>,
the default is calculate block 1.
<lref> (Set absolute value of LREF)
Query response
<NRf>
<NR2>
Reset Value
0.0E+0
Errors and Events
Execution Error –222, “Data out of range”
Attempted to set the low reference to an illegal value.
Dependencies
Examples
None
Command: CALC1:WMP:LREF -8
Query:
CALC1:WMP:LREF?
Response: -8.0E+0
Related Commands
CALCulate:WMParameter:LREFerence:RELative
CALCulate:WMParameter:RMEThod
2–76
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CALCulate Subsystem
CALCulate:WMParameter:LREFerence:RELative
CALCulate:WMParameter:LREFerence:RELative?
Sets or queries the low reference (proximal) level used for time and amplitude
measurements. The level can be expressed as a ratio or percent of the current
value for CALC:WMP:AMPLitude. This setting is used only when
CALC:WMP:RMEThod is set to RELative.
Syntax
CALCulate<n>:WMParameter:LREFerence:RELative <lrefā>
CALCulate<n>:WMParameter:LREFerence:RELative?
1
<n>
Query response
Parameters
1
2
3
4
Not applicable
1
The calculate block number <n> selects one of four calculate blocks. If you omit <n>,
the default is calculate block 1.
<lref> (Set relative value of LREF)
Query response
<NRf>
<NR2>
1
0.0 v N v 1.0
MINimum
MAXimum
0.0
1.0
1
The units must be specified as PCT when setting LREFerence:RELative as a percent
of the value AMPL.
Reset Value
0.1
Errors and Events
Execution Error –222, “Data out of range”
Attempted to set the low reference to an illegal value.
Dependencies
Examples
None
Command: CALC1:WMP:LREF:REL 5 PCT
Query:
CALC1:WMP:LREF:REL?
Response: 0.5
2–77
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CALCulate Subsystem
Related Commands
CALCulate:WMParameter:LREFerence
CALCulate:WMParameter:RMEThod
CALCulate:WMParameter:MREFerence
CALCulate:WMParameter:MREFerence?
Sets or queries the middle reference (mesial) level in vertical units for time and
amplitude measurements. The MREFerence setting is effective only when
CALC:WMP:RMEThod is set to ABSolute.
Syntax
CALCulate<n>:WMParameter:MREFerence[:ABSolute] <mrefā>
CALCulate<n>:WMParameter:MREFerence[:ABSolute]?
1
<n>
Query response
Parameters
1
2
3
4
Not applicable
1
The calculate block number <n> selects one of four calculate blocks. If you omit <n>,
the default is calculate block 1.
<mref> (Set absolute value of MREF)
Query response
<NRf>
<NR3>
Reset Value
0.0E+0
Errors and Events
Execution Error –222, “Data out of range”
Attempted to set the middle reference to an illegal value.
Dependencies
Examples
None
Command: CALC1:WMP:MREF 1
Query:
CALC1:WMP:MREF?
Response: 1.0E+0
2–78
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CALCulate Subsystem
Related Commands
CALCulate:WMParameter:MREFerence:RELative
CALCulate:WMParameter:RMEThod
CALCulate:WMParameter:MREFerence:HYSTeresis
CALCulate:WMParameter:MREFerence:HYSTeresis?
Sets or queries the middle reference (mesial) hysteresis used for time and
amplitude measurements. The hysteresis can be expressed as a ratio or percent of
the current value for AMPLitude. The signal must transition beyond the vertical
range defined by :MREFerence:HYSTeresis before another crossing of
:MREFerence can be accepted for measurements such as :PERiod.
This setting is used only when CALC:WMP:RMEThod is set to RELative.
Syntax
CALCulate<n>:WMParameter:MREFerence:HYSTeresis <hyst>
CALCulate<n>:WMParameter:MREFerence:HYSTeresis?
1
<n>
Query response
Parameters
1
2
3
4
Not applicable
1
The calculate block number <n> selects one of four calculate blocks. If you omit <n>,
the default is calculate block 1.
<hyst> (Set relative value of HYST)
Query response
<NRf>
<NR2>
1
0.0 v N v 0.5
MINimum
MAXimum
0.0
0.5
1
The units must be specified as PCT when setting MREFerence:HYSTeresis as a
percent of the value AMPL.
Reset Value
0.05
Errors and Events
Execution Error –222, “Data out of range”
Attempted to set the middle reference hysteresis to an illegal value.
Dependencies
None
2–79
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CALCulate Subsystem
Examples
Command: CALC1:WMP:MREF:HYST 10 PCT
Query: CALC1:WMP:MREF:HYST?
Response: 0.1
Related Commands
CALCulate:WMParameter:MREFerence
CALCulate:WMParameter:MREFerence:RELative
CALCulate:WMParameter:MREFerence:RELative?
Sets or queries the middle reference (mesial) level used for time and amplitude
measurements. The level can be expressed as a ratio or percent of the current
value for AMPLitude. This setting is used only when CALC:WMP:RMEThod is
set to RELative.
Syntax
CALCulate<n>:WMParameter:MREFerence:RELative <mrefā>
CALCulate<n>:WMParameter:MREFerence:RELative?
1
<n>
Query response
Parameters
1
2
3
4
Not applicable
1
The calculate block number <n> selects one of four calculate blocks. If you omit <n>,
the default is calculate block 1.
<mref> (Set relative value of MREF)
Query response
<NRf>
<NR2>
1
0.0 v N v 1.0
MINimum
MAXimum
0.0
1.0
1
The units must be specified as PCT when setting MREFerence:RELative as a percent
of the value AMPL.
Reset Value
0.5
Errors and Events
Execution Error –222, “Data out of range”
Attempted to set the middle reference to an illegal value.
2–80
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CALCulate Subsystem
Dependencies
Examples
None
Command: CALC1:WMP:MREF:REL 55 PCT
Query:
CALC1:WMP:MREF:REL?
Response: 0.55
Related Commands
CALCulate:WMParameter:MREFerence
CALCulate:WMParameter:RMEThod
2–81
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CALCulate Subsystem
CALCulate:WMParameter:RMEThod
CALCulate:WMParameter:RMEThod?
Sets or queries the method for calculating the reference (high, middle, low)
values for time and amplitude measurements. Selecting ABSolute lets you set
the measurement parameters at absolute vertical levels. RELative lets you set
them as a ratio or percentage of the parameter to the vertical amplitude of the
record data.
Syntax
CALCulate<n>:WMParameter:RMEThod <method>
CALCulate<n>:WMParameter:RMEThod?
1
<n>
Query response
Parameters
1
2
3
4
Not applicable
1
The calculate block number <n> selects one of four calculate blocks. If you omit <n>,
the default is calculate block 1.
<method> (Sets reference method)
Query response
ABSolute
RELative
ABS
REL
Reset Value
REL
Errors and Events
Execution Error –141, “Invalid character data”
Attempted to set method to an illegal value.
Dependencies
Examples
None
Command: CALC1:WMP:RMET ABS
Query:
CALC1:WMP:RMET?
Response: ABS
Related Commands
CALCulate:WMParameter:HREFerence
CALCulate:WMParameter:LREFerence
CALCulate:WMParameter:MREFerence
2–82
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CALCulate Subsystem
CALCulate:WMParameter:SLOPe
CALCulate:WMParameter:SLOPe?
Sets or queries the slope of the edge desired for delay waveform measurements.
This setting only affects DELay measurements. All other edge measurements
determine the edge slope implicitly from the measurement specified. For
example, RTIMe uses positive slope.
Syntax
CALCulate[1]:WMParameter:SLOPe <slope>
CALCulate[1]:WMParameter:SLOPe?
CALCulate[2]:WMParameter:SLOPe <slope>
CALCulate[2]:WMParameter:SLOPe?.
CALCulate[3]:WMParameter:SLOPe <slope>
CALCulate[3]:WMParameter:SLOPe?.
CALCulate[4]:WMParameter:SLOPe <slope>
CALCulate[4]:WMParameter:SLOPe?
<slope>
Query response
Parameters
NEGative
POSitive
NEG
POS
Suffix Units and
Multipliers
None (default vertical units)
POS
Reset Value
Errors and Events
Execution Error –141, “Invalid character data”
Attempted to set SLOPe to an illegal value.
Dependencies
Examples
None
Command: CALC1:WMP:SLOP NEG
Query:
CALC1:WMP:SLOP?
Response: NEG
Related Commands
CALCulate:WMParameter:EDGE
2–83
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CALCulate Subsystem
2–84
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CALibration Subsystem
This section describes the commands in the CALibration subsystem. See
Figure 2–9. These commands run the waveform analyzer self-calibration
functions.
CALibration
[:ALL]
:RESults
Figure 2–9: CALibration subsystem hierarchy
2–85
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CALibration Subsystem
CALibration
CALibration?
Executes all self-calibration functions. If a failure occurs, calibration will
immediately stop. The query form runs the self-calibration functions and returns
the numeric identifier of the first failed function. A value of zero indicates there
were no failures. The command form executes the functions but returns no
results code.
Calibration functions have numeric identifiers in the range 2000 to 2999.
CALibration sets the CAL_OPC pending flag. Use the command *WAI, *OPC,
or *OPC? to synchronize the response with completion of self calibration.
To compensate probes, use the command OUTPut:PCOMpensate which enables
the probe calibration signal to the front panel.
Syntax
CALibration[:ALL]
CALibration[:ALL]?
<boolean>
Query response
Parameters
Not applicable
<NR1>
0
No failures
2000 ≤ N ≤ 2999
Reset Value
Errors and Events
Dependencies
Examples
Not applicable
None
None
Command: CAL
Query:
CAL?
Response: 0
Related Commands
CALibration:RESults?
CALibration:RESults:VERBose?
2–86
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CALibration Subsystem
CALibration:PROBe
CALibration:PROBe?
TVS600A Models Only
This command calibrates the gain of the attached active voltage probes, but
returns no results code. The query returns a value of zero if the probe is
calibrated.
This command only works with active voltage probes.
Upon successful completion of the probe cal, the calibration constants are stored
nonvolatile along with the probe identification and serial number. These cal
constants are used as long as the identification and serial numbers match the
attached probe.
1. A value of one (1) returned by the query indicates an initialized (uncali-
brated) probe.
2. A value of zero (0) indicates a calibrated probe.
3. A value of minus one (–1) indicates a probe calibration failure.
4. A value of minus two (–2) indicates a probe calibration failed because the
probe was not connected to the calibration source.
5. A value of minus three (–3) indicates a calibration failed because an
unsupported probe or no probe was installed.
The current state of the instrument is saved before the cal and restored after.
This command/query sets the CAL_OPC pending flag. *WAI, *OPC, or *OPC?
may be used to synchronize the command.
Syntax
CALibration:PROBe[1]
CALibration:PROBe[1]?
CALibration:PROBe2
CALibration:PROBe2?
CALibration:PROBe3
CALibration:PROBe3?
CALibration:PROBe4
CALibration:PROBe4?
2–87
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CALibration Subsystem
<calibration–status>
Query response
Parameters
Not applicable
<NR1>
0
1
–1
–2
–3
Suffix Units and
Multipliers
None
Reset Value
Not applicable
Errors and Events
Execution Error –240, “Hardware error”. A failed calibration occurred.
CAL:PROB? will return –1.
Execution Error –241, “Hardware missing”. Attempted to calibrate a probe with
no level 2 probe attached.
Execution Error –241, “Hardware missing”. Attempted to calibrate PROBe3 or
PROBe4 when the instrument is configured with two channels.
Dependencies
Examples
None
Command: CAL:PROB1
Query:
CAL:PROB1?
Response: 0
Related Commands
CALibration:PROBe[n]:RESults?
2–88
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CALibration Subsystem
CALibration:PROBe:RESults?
TVS600A Models Only
Returns the calibration status of connected level 2 probes.
1. A value of one (1) returned by the query indicates an initialized (uncali-
brated) probe.
2. A value of zero (0) indicates a calibrated probe.
3. A value of minus one (–1) indicates a probe calibration failure.
4. A value of minus two (–2) indicates a probe calibration failed because the
probe was not connected to the calibration source.
5. A value of minus three (–3) indicates a calibration failed because an
unsupported probe or no probe was installed.
Syntax
CALibration:PROBe[1]:RESults?
CALibration:PROBe2:RESults?
CALibration:PROBe3:RESults?
CALibration:PROBe4:RESults?
<calibration–status>
Query response
Parameters
Not applicable
<NR1>
0
1
–1
–2
–3
Reset Value
Not applicable
Errors and Events
Execution Error –241, “Hardware missing” Attempted to query PROBe3 or
PROBe4 when the instrument is configured with two channels.
Dependencies
Examples
None
Command: CAL:PROB1
Query:
CAL:PROB1?
Response: 0
2–89
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CALibration Subsystem
Related Commands
CALibration:PROBe[n]
CALibration:RESults? (Query Only)
Returns the results code for the last calibration performed. The result code is the
numeric identifier for the first function to fail. A value of zero is returned when
there are no failures and a value of –1 indicates a calibration is in progress.
Calibration functions have numeric identifiers in the range 2000 to 2999.
Because this query is not synchronized with instrument operations, you may
want to use *WAI, *OPC, or *OPC? to wait for the CAL_OPC pending flag to
clear before sending the CAL:RES? query.
Syntax
CALibration:RESults[:CODE]?
Query response
Parameters
Not applicable
<NR1>
–1
0
Calibration in progress
No failures
2000 ≤ N ≤ 2999
Reset Value
Errors and Events
Dependencies
Examples
Not applicable
None
None
Query:
CAL:RES?
Response: 0
Related Commands
CALibration
CALibration:RESults:VERBose?
2–90
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CALibration Subsystem
CALibration:RESults:VERBose? (Query Only)
Returns an ASCII string describing the results of the last calibration performed.
The returned string will include the numeric identifier for the first function that
failed. When there are no failures, the query returns a zero value and a descrip-
tion of the last executed function. When a failure occurs, the query returns the
number of the first failed function followed by detailed results information. If the
query returns a value of –1, calibration is in progress.
Calibration functions have numeric identifiers in the range 2000 to 2999.
Because this query is not synchronized with instrument operations so you may
want to use *WAI, *OPC, or *OPC? to wait for the CAL_OPC pending flag to
clear before sending the CAL:RES? query.
Syntax CALibration:RESults:VERBose?
Query response
Parameters
Not applicable
<NR1>,<string>
<NR1>:results code
–1
0
(Calibration in progress)
(No failures)
2000 ≤ N ≤ 2999
<string>:verbose results
(error specific)
Reset Value
Errors and Events
Dependencies
Examples
Not applicable
None
None
Query:
CAL:RES:VERB?
Response: "2001,CAL_1 max=444 min=222 . . ."
Related Commands
CALibration[:ALL]
CALibration:RESults?
2–91
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CALibration Subsystem
2–92
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
FORMat Subsystem
This section describes the commands in the FORMat subsystem. See
Figure 2–10. They are used to set the format of acquisition record data and
measurement data transferred out of the waveform analyzer. The primary data
transfer commands are CALCulate:DATA?, [SENse:]DATA?, and
TRACe[:DATA]?.
FORMat
:DINT
[:DATA]
:BORDer
:CALCulate
:TRACe
Figure 2–10: FORMat subsystem hierarchy
2–93
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
FORMat Subsystem
FORMat
FORMat?
Sets or queries the type of encoding used to transfer acquisition records acquired
with the SENSe subsystem. The format applies to transfer through word serial
and RS232 external interfaces. FDC transfers are always in binary format.
The number of significant digits returned by an ASCII data query is not
selectable. A setting of ASCii, 0 selects a format with a varying number of
significant digits depending on the origin of the data. Refer to the TVS600 &
TVS600A Series Waveform Analyzers User Manual for a definition of the data
formats for <type>.
Syntax
FORMat[:DATA] <type>[,<length>]
FORMat[:DATA]?
<type>[,<length>]
Query response
Parameters
ASCii[,0]
INTeger[,16]
ASC,0
INT,16
Reset Value
ASC,0
Errors and Events
Execution Error –141, “Invalid character data”
Attempted to set format to an illegal value.
Dependencies
Examples
None
Command: FORM INT
Query:
FORM?
Response: INT,16
Related Commands
[SENSe:]DATA?
TRACe[:DATA]?
FORM:BORD
2–94
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
FORMat Subsystem
FORMat:BORDer
FORMat:BORDer?
Sets or queries the byte order used to transfer binary data through all external
interfaces. The FORMat selections REAL and INTeger produce binary data. This
command has no effect when FORMat is set to ASCii.
Normal is known as “Motorola order”. Swapped is known as “Intel order”.
Syntax
FORMat:BORDer <order>
FORMat:BORDer?
<order>
Query response
Parameters
NORMal
SWAPped
(high byte–low byte)
(low byte–high byte)
NORM
SWAP
Reset Value
NORM
Errors and Events
Execution Error –141, “Invalid character data”
Attempted to set byte order to an illegal value.
Dependencies
Examples
None
Command: FORM:BORD SWAP
Query:
FORM:BORD?
Response: SWAP
Related Commands
[SENSe:]DATA?
CALCulate:DATA?
TRACe[:DATA]?
FORM
FORM:CALC
FORM:TRAC AATS
FORM:TRAC REF
2–95
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
FORMat Subsystem
FORMat:CALCulate
FORMat:CALCulate?
Sets or queries the type of data format used to transfer data produced by a CALC
block. The format applies to transfer through word serial and RS232 external
interfaces. The REAL type corresponds to a 32-bit Float type number in the C
programming language. FDC tranfers are always in binary format.
The number of significant digits returned by an ASCII data query is not
selectable. A setting of ASCii, 0 selects a format with a varying number of
significant digits depending on the origin of the data. Refer to the TVS600 &
TVS600A Series Waveform Analyzers User Manual for a definition of the data
formats for <type>.
Syntax
FORMat[:DATA]:CALCulate[n] <type>[,<length>]
FORMat[:DATA]:CALCulate[n]?
<type>[,<length>]
Query response
Parameters
ASCii[,0]
REAL,32
ASC,0
REAL,32
Reset Value
ASC,0
Errors and Events
Execution Error –224, “Illegal parameter value”
Attempted to set format to an illegal value.
Dependencies
Examples
None
Command: FORM:CALC2 REAL,32
Query:
FORM:CALC2?
Response: REAL,32
Related Commands
CALCulate:DATA?
TRACe[:DATA]?
FORM:BORD
2–96
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
FORMat Subsystem
FORMat:DINTerchange
FORMat:DINTerchange?
TVS600A Models Only
Sets or queries the data interchange switch used during transfer of data through
word serial and RS232 external interfaces. When ON is selected all data transfers
to these interfaces are wrapped in DIF expressions. For more information DIF
expressions, refer to the TVS600 & TVS600A Series Waveform Analyzers User
Manual.
This command has no effect on FDC data transfers.
Syntax
FORMat:DINTerchange <boolean>
FORMat:DINTerchange?
<boolean>
Query response
Parameters
1 or ON
0 or OFF
1
0
Suffix Units and
Multipliers
None
Reset Value
Errors and Events
Dependencies
Examples
0
None
None
Command: FORM:DINT ON
Query:
FORM:DINT?
Response: 1
Related Commands
[SENSe:]DATA?
CALCulate:DATA?
TRACe[:DATA]?
2–97
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
FORMat Subsystem
FORMat:TRACe:AATS
FORMat:TRACe:AATS?
Sets or queries the type of data format used to transfer the timestamp trace
produced by Auto Advance acquisition. The format applies to transfer through
any word serial and RS232 external interfaces. The REAL type corresponds to a
Float type number in the C programming language. FDC tranfers are always in
binary format.
The number of significant digits returned by an ASCII data query is not
selectable. A setting of zero selects a format with a varying number of significant
digits depending on the value of the data point. Refer to the TVS600 & TVS600A
Series Waveform Analyzers User Manual for a definition of the data formats for
<type>.
Syntax
FORMat[:DATA]:TRACe:AATS <type>[,<length>]
FORMat[:DATA]:TRACe:AATS?
<type>[,<length>]
Query response
Parameters
ASCii[,0]
REAL,32
ASC,0
REAL,32
Reset Value
ASC,0
Errors and Events
Execution Error –141, “Invalid character data”
Attempted to set format to an illegal value.
Dependencies
Examples
None
Command: FORM:TRAC:AATS REAL,32
Query:
FORM:TRAC:AATS?
Response: REAL,32
Related Commands
TRACe[:DATA]?
FORM:BORD
2–98
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
FORMat Subsystem
FORMat:TRACe:REF
FORMat:TRACe:REF?
TVS600A Models Only
This command sets/queries the type of encoding used to transfer a Reference
trace through word serial and RS232 external interfaces.
The number of significant digits returned by an ASCII data query is not
selectable. A setting of ASCii, 0 selects a format with a varying number of
significant digits depending on the value of the data point. Refer to the TVS600
& TVS600A Series Waveform Analyzers User Manual for a definition of the data
formats for <type>.
This command has no effect on FDC data transfers which are always REAL,32.
Syntax
FORMat[:DATA]:TRACe:REF <type>[,<length>]
FORMat[:DATA]:TRACe:REF?
<type>,<length>
Query response
Parameters
ASCii[,0]
REAL,32
ASC,0
REAL,32
Suffix Units and
Multipliers
None
Reset Value
ASC,0
Errors and Events
Command Error –141, “Invalid character data” or
Execution Error –224, “Illegal parameter value”
Attempted to set format to an illegal value.
Dependencies
Examples
None
Command: FORM:TRAC:REF REAL,32
Query:
FORM:TRAC:REF?
Response: REAL,32
Related Commands
TRACe[:DATA]?
TRACe[:DATA]:AATS?
2–99
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
FORMat Subsystem
2–100
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
FUNCtion and DATA Subsystems
This section describes the commands in the [SENSe:]FUNCtion and
[SENSe:]DATA subsystems. See Figure 2–11 and Figure 2–12. These commands
control sense functions and provide a means of accessing the data produced by
the sense functions.
[SENSe:]
:FUNCtion
:DATA?
Figure 2–11: FUNCtion and DATA hierarchy
SENSe
CH 1
INPut[1]
:VOLTage[1]
:AVERage
:FUNCtion
:DATA
:SWEep
:ROSCillator
:AADVance
CH 2
INPut2
:VOLTage2
Figure 2–12: FUNCtion and DATA functional model
2–101
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
FUNCtion and DATA Subsystems
FUNCtion[:ON]
FUNCtion[:ON]?
Sets or queries which sense functions are enabled. XTIM:VOLT n functions
acquire data from the input channel <n>. You can enable only one function at a
time when FUNCtion:CONCurrent is OFF. Set FUNCtion:CONCurrent to ON if
you want to enable more functions.
Channel names and function strings may be used interchangeably for parameters.
This is not standard SCPI practice and does not provide horizontal compatibility.
The query FUNCtion[:ON]? always returns a comma-separated list of active
sense functions. The functions are returned as a list of ASCII strings ordered by
ascending channel number.
Syntax
[SENSe:]FUNCtion[:ON] <function>{,<function>}
[SENSe:]FUNCtion[:ON]?
<function>
Query response
Parameters
<string>
“XTIMe:VOLTage[:DC] 1” or CHAN1
“XTIMe:VOLTage[:DC] 2” or CHAN2
“XTIMe:VOLTage[:DC] 3” or CHAN3
“XTIMe:VOLTage[:DC] 4” or CHAN4
“XTIM:VOLT 1”
“XTIM:VOLT 2”
“XTIM:VOLT 3”
“XTIM:VOLT 4”
Reset Value
“ ” (null string)
Errors and Events
Execution Error –221, “Settings conflict”
Attempted to enable multiple sense functions
when FUNCtion:CONCurrent is OFF.
Execution Error –224, “Illegal parameter value”
Attempted to enable an invalid sense function.
Execution Error –241, “Hardware missing”
Attempted to enable “XTIM:VOLT 3” or “XTIM:VOLT 4”
when the instrument is configured with two channels.
Dependencies
Examples
Enabling a function when FUNCtion:CONCurrent is OFF will turn off the
currently enabled function.
This command determines the number of records returned by “DATA?”.
Command: FUNC XTIM:VOLT 1"
2–102
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
FUNCtion and DATA Subsystems
Query:
FUNC?
Response: "XTIM:VOLT 1"
Related Commands
FUNCtion:OFF
FUNCtion:CONCurrent
FUNCtion[:ON]:ALL
DATA?
FUNCtion[:ON]:ALL
Enables all sense functions. XTIM:VOLT n functions acquire data from the input
channel <n>. You must first set FUNCtion:CONCurrent to ON before sending
FUNCtion:ALL to enable all functions. To enable individual functions, use
FUNCtion:[:ON].
Syntax
Data Types
[SENSe:]FUNCtion[:ON]:ALL
None
Reset Value
Not applicable
Errors and Events
Execution Error –221, “Settings conflict”
Attempted to execute this command when FUNCtion:CONCurrent is OFF.
Dependencies
Examples
This command determines the number of records returned by “DATA?”.
Command: FUNC:ALL
Related Commands
FUNCtion:OFF:ALL
FUNCtion:CONCurrent
2–103
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
FUNCtion and DATA Subsystems
FUNCtion[:ON]:COUNt? (Query Only)
Returns the number of enabled sense functions. This command is useful when
FUNCtion:CONCurrent is ON because it tells you how many responses to
expect when sending a FUNC[:ON]? or DATA? query.
Syntax
[SENSe:]FUNCtion[:ON]:COUNt?
<count>
Query response
Parameters
Not applicable
<NR1>
Reset Value
Errors and Events
Dependencies
Examples
0
None
None
Query:
FUNC:COUN?
Response: 1
Related Commands
FUNCtion:OFF:COUNt?
FUNCTion:CONCurrent
2–104
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
FUNCtion and DATA Subsystems
FUNCtion:OFF
FUNCtion:OFF?
Sets or queries which sense functions are disabled. Only active functions provide
data when you send the query DATA?. To disable all functions at once, use
FUNCtion:OFF:ALL.
The query FUNCtion:OFF? always returns a comma-separated list of the
disabled sense functions. The functions are returned as a list of ASCII strings
ordered by ascending channel number.
Channel names and function strings may be used interchangeably for parameters.
This is not standard SCPI practice and does not provide horizontal compatibility.
Syntax
[SENSe:]FUNCtion:OFF <function>{,<function>}
[SENSe:]FUNCtion:OFF?
<function>
Query response
Parameters
<string>
“XTIMe:VOLTage[:DC] 1” or CHAN1
“XTIMe:VOLTage[:DC] 2” or CHAN2
“XTIMe:VOLTage[:DC] 3” or CHAN3
“XTIMe:VOLTage[:DC] 4” or CHAN4
“XTIM:VOLT 1”
“XTIM:VOLT 2”
“XTIM:VOLT 3”
“XTIM:VOLT 4”
Reset Value
All functions
Errors and Events
Execution Error –221, “Settings conflict”
Attempted to disable a function when FUNCtion:CONCurrent is OFF.
Execution Error –224, “Illegal parameter value”
Attempted to disable an invalid sense function.
Dependencies
Examples
This command determines the number of acquisition records returned by the
query DATA?.
Command: FUNC:OFF XTIM:VOLT 1"
Query:
FUNC:OFF?
Response: "XTIM:VOLT 1"
2–105
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
FUNCtion and DATA Subsystems
Related Commands
FUNCtion[:ON]
FUNCtion:OFF:ALL
FUNCtion:CONCurrent
FUNCtion:OFF:ALL
Disables all sense functions at once without the side effects of sending the reset
command *RST. Only active functions provide data when you send the query
DATA?. To disable a single function, use FUNCtion:OFF.
Syntax
Data Types
[SENSe:]FUNCtion:OFF:ALL
None
Reset Value
Not applicable
Errors and Events
Execution Error –221, “Settings conflict”
Attempted to execute this command when FUNCtion:CONCurrent is OFF.
Dependencies
Examples
This command determines the number of records returned by the query DATA?.
Command: FUNC:OFF:ALL
Related Commands
FUNCtion[:ON]:ALL
2–106
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
FUNCtion and DATA Subsystems
FUNCtion:OFF:COUNt? (Query Only)
Returns the number of disabled sense functions. Use FUNCtion[:ON] to enable
functions.
Syntax
[SENSe:]FUNCtion:OFF:COUNt?
<count>
Query response
Parameters
Not applicable
<NR1>
Reset Value
Errors and Events
Dependencies
Examples
4
None
None
Query:
FUNC:OFF:COUN?
Response: 1
Related Commands
FUNCtion[:ON]:COUNt?
2–107
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
FUNCtion and DATA Subsystems
FUNCtion:CONCurrent
FUNCtion:CONCurrent?
Sets or queries whether more than one sense function can be enabled at a time.
When you set FUNCtion:CONCurrent from OFF to ON, the state of individual
functions does not change. All disabled functions remain off and if one function
was enabled, it remains on. While FUNCtion:CONCurrent is ON, you can
enable any and all provided functions.
When FUNCtion:CONCurrent is OFF, and you define a new function with
FUNCtion[:ON], the specified function is enabled and all others are disabled.
Syntax
[SENSe:]FUNCtion:CONCurrent <boolean>
[SENSe:]FUNCtion:CONCurrent?
<boolean>
Query response
Parameters
<NRf>
1 or ON
<NR1>
1
0 or OFF
0
Reset Value
Errors and Events
Dependencies
1
None
Setting FUNCtion:CONCurrent from ON to OFF will enable XTIM:VOLT 1 and
disable all other functions.
Examples
Command: FUNC:CONC ON
Query:
FUNC:CONC?
Response: 1
Related Commands
FUNCtion[:ON]
FUNCtion:OFF
2–108
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
FUNCtion and DATA Subsystems
FUNCtion:STATe
FUNCtion:STATe?
Sets or queries the state of a specified sense function. It operates like the
FUNCtion[:ON] and FUNCtion:OFF commands which allow you to enable or
disable a function.
Channel names and function strings may be used interchangeably for parameters.
This is not standard SCPI practice and does not provide horizontal compatibility.
Syntax
[SENSe:]FUNCtion:STATe <function>, <boolean>
[SENSe:]FUNCtion:STATe? <function>
<function>
Query response
Parameters
“XTIMe:VOLTage[:DC] 1” or CHAN1
“XTIMe:VOLTage[:DC] 2” or CHAN2
“XTIMe:VOLTage[:DC] 3” or CHAN3
“XTIMe:VOLTage[:DC] 4” or CHAN4
Not applicable
<boolean>
Query response
<NRf>
1 or ON
<NR1>
1
0 or OFF
0
Reset Value
0
Errors and Events
Execution Error –224, “Illegal parameter value”
Attempted to to enable or disable an invalid SENSe function.
Execution Error –241, “Hardware missing”
Attempted to enable or disable “XTIM:VOLT 3” or “XTIM:VOLT 4” when the
instrument is configured with two channels.
Dependencies
Examples
This command determines the number of records returned by the query DATA?.
Command: FUNC:STAT XTIM:VOLT 1", ON
Query:
FUNC:STAT? XTIM:VOLT 1"
Response: 1
2–109
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
FUNCtion and DATA Subsystems
Related Commands
FUNCtion[:ON]
FUNCtion:OFF
FUNCtion:CONCurrent
DATA? (Query Only)
Returns the results for the specified function or for all sense functions that are
enabled. If auto-advance acquisition is on, then DATA? returns all acquisition
records through AADV:RECord:COUNt, beginning with
AADV:RECord:STARt, for the specified channel. The format of the data is
determined by the FORMat subsystem. The format applies to transfer through
word serial and RS232 external interfaces only.
When you specify a sense function, DATA? returns only the results of the
specified function. When no sense function is specified, DATA? returns the
results of all sense functions that are enabled. The data is returned in ascending
channel order. You can access individual auto-advance records with commands
from the TRACe and CALCulate subsystems.
DATA? does not return data until pending acquisitions or calculations are
complete. You can use the commands *WAI, *OPC, or *OPC? to synchronize
the response in a different manner.
Channel names and function strings may be used interchangeably for parameters.
This is not standard SCPI practice and does not provide horizontal compatibility.
Syntax
[SENSe:]DATA? [<function>]
<function>
Query response
Parameters
“XTIMe:VOLTage[:DC] 1” or CHAN1
“XTIMe:VOLTage[:DC] 2” or CHAN2
“XTIMe:VOLTage[:DC] 3” or CHAN3
“XTIMe:VOLTage[:DC] 4” or CHAN4
Not applicable
<data>
Query response
Not applicable
Defined by FORMat[:DATA]
Reset Value
Not applicable
Errors and Events
Execution Error –224, “Illegal parameter value”
Attempted to query data from an invalid sense function.
2–110
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
FUNCtion and DATA Subsystems
Execution Error –230, “Data corrupt or stale.”
Attempted to query data that is invalid, incomplete or stale.
Execution Error –241, “Hardware missing”
Attempted to query data from “XTIM:VOLT 3” or “XTIM:VOLT 4” when the
instrument is configured with two channels.
Dependencies
The input channel number is used by the SENSe and TRACe subsystems
For example, the command DATA? “XTIM:VOLT 1” is equivalent to
TRAC[:DATA]? CHAN1 and both refer to the input channel 1.
Examples
Query:
DATA?
Response: <data>
Related Commands
FUNCtion[:ON]
FUNCtion:CONCurrent
FORMat[:DATA]
DATA:PREamble?
DATA:LIST
DATA:LIST?
Refer to the TRACE:LIST command and TRACE:LIST query on page 2–224.
2–111
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
FUNCtion and DATA Subsystems
DATA:PREamble? (Query Only)
Returns the data preamble for the specified function or for all enabled sense
functions. If auto-advance acquisition is on, then one preamble for each enabled
channel is returned.
When you specify a sense function, DATA:PREamble? returns only the preamble
of the specified function. When no sense function is specified,
DATA:PREamble? returns the preambles of all enabled sense functions. The
preambles are returned in ascending channel order.
DATA:PREamble? does not return data until pending acquisitions or calculations
are complete. You can use the commands *WAI, *OPC, or *OPC? to synchro-
nize the response in a different manner.
Channel names and function strings may be used interchangeably for parameters.
This is not standard SCPI practice and does not provide horizontal compatibility.
Syntax
[SENSe:]DATA:PREamble? [<function>]
<function>
Query response
Parameters
“XTIMe:VOLTage[:DC] 1” or CHAN1
“XTIMe:VOLTage[:DC] 2” or CHAN2
“XTIMe:VOLTage[:DC] 3” or CHAN3
“XTIMe:VOLTage[:DC] 4” or CHAN4
Not applicable
<preamble>
Query response
Not applicable
DIF expression
Reset Value
Not applicable
Errors and Events
Execution Error –224, “Illegal parameter value”
Attempted to query data from an invalid sense function.
Execution Error –230, “Data corrupt or stale.”
Attempted to query data that is invalid, incomplete or stale.
Execution Error –241, “Hardware missing”
Attempted to query data from “XTIM:VOLT 3” or “XTIM:VOLT 4” when the
instrument is configured with two channels.
2–112
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
FUNCtion and DATA Subsystems
Dependencies
Examples
The input channel number is used by the SENSe and TRACe subsystems
For example, the command DATA? “XTIM:VOLT 1” is equivalent to
TRAC[:DATA]? CHAN1 and both refer to the input CH 1.
Query:
DATA:PRE?
Response: DIF(VERS 1995.0 SCOP PRE)
IDEN(NAME "CHAN1" INST(NAME "TVS645A" ID "B010100"))
ENC(FORM ASC NVAL -32768 ORAN 32767 URAN -32767)
DIM=X(TYPE IMPL SCAL <nr3> OFFS <nr3> SIZE <nr1> UNIT
"S")
DIM=Y(TYPE EXPL SCAL <nr3> OFFS <nr3> SIZE <nr1> UNIT
"V")
DATA(CURV(CTYP NONE))
Related Commands
FUNCtion[:ON]
FUNCtion:CONCurrent
FORMat[:DATA]
DATA?
2–113
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
FUNCtion and DATA Subsystems
2–114
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
INITiate and ABORt Subsystems
This section describes the commands in the INITiate and ABORt subsystems.
See Figure 2–13. These commands operate with the ARM and TRIGger
subsystems to start signal acquisition.
INITiate
ABORt
[:IMMediate]
:CONTinuous
:COUNt
Figure 2–13: INITiate and ABORt subsystem hierarchy
2–115
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
INITiate and ABORt Subsystems
INITiate
Starts the acquisition and measurement systems. INITiate causes the arm/trigger
state-machine to exit the idle state and be ready for any defined ARM or
TRIGger condition. This command is essential to start waveform analyzer
acquisitions and measurements.
INITiate sets the ACQ_OPC pending flag. You may want to use *WAI, *OPC, or
*OPC? to synchronize the command. The INIT command contains an implicit
*WAI. That is, the INIT command will not begin execution until all previously
received commands have been executed and all side effects have been resolved.
Following the INIT command, especially when using FDC without a separate
*TRACe? query prior to reading the data, a *WAI should be sent before sending
any commands which change the state of the instrument. Without the *WAI, the
command may cause the acquisition task to abort before all data transfer
operations are completed. Refer to the TVS600 & TVS600A Series Waveform
Analyzers User Manual for more information.
Syntax
Data Types
INITiate[:IMMediate]
None
Reset Value
Not applicable
Errors and Events
Execution Error –213, “Init ignored”
Sent INITiate when the instrument was not in the idle state.
Dependencies
Examples
None
Command: INIT
ABORt
Related Commands
INITiate:CONTinuous
INITiate:CONTinuous?
Sets or queries whether the acquisition loop repeats continuously, including any
defined arm or trigger conditions. Use this command only when FDC is
employed to transfer data. INITiate:CONT may be difficult to interrupt once
initiated.
2–116
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
INITiate and ABORt Subsystems
NOTE. Your waveform analyzer may not respond after receiving INIT:CONT. To
end acquisition and return control, send the VXIbus word serial command
<Abort Normal Operation> then INIT:CONT OFF.
When INIT:CONTinuous is set to ON and you send a self-synchronizing
command, such as a TRACe? query, the parser does not execute subsequent
commands until the current command (INIT:CONT) completes and an OPC
occurs. OPC cannot occur until INIT:CONT terminates. When a defined trigger
event or arm event does not occur, INIT:CONT does not terminate. Unless you
have sent a data query or other self-synchronizing command, you can recover
control by sending the *RST command.
When you send INIT:CONT, acquisition continues until the instrument receives
an *RST, or VXI word serial <Abort Normal Operation> or <End Normal
Operation> command and INIT:CONT OFF. The command *RST is effective
only when you have not sent a self-synchronizing command, such as TRACe?.
You can use the command ABORt to stop the current acquisition and automati-
cally restart continuous acquisition.
The setting for INIT:COUNt is ignored when INIT:CONTinuous is set to ON.
Syntax
INITiate:CONTinuous <boolean>
INITiate:CONTinuous?
<boolean>
Query response
Parameters
<NRf>
1 or ON
<NR1>
1
0 or OFF
0
Reset Value
Errors and Events
Dependencies
0
None
Setting INIT:CONTinuous to ON performs an implicit INITiate[:IMMediate]
and, if the Fast Data Channel is active, sends a continuous stream of measure-
ment results.
Examples
Command: INIT:CONT ON
Query:
INIT:CONT?
Response: 1
2–117
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
INITiate and ABORt Subsystems
Related Commands
INITiate
ABORt
INITiate:COUNt
INITiate:COUNt?
Sets or queries the number of times to repeat the arm/trigger acquisition loop.
This command is most useful when the FDC is employed to transfer data.
For acquisition looping using FDC, you might set COUNt to a value of 10. The
instrument then cycles through ten arm/trigger loops, acquiring signals from all
active channels during each pass through the loop. The specified waveform
records and measurements are transferred at the end of each cycle. Upon
completion of the tenth loop the arm/trigger state machine returns to the idle
state. Without FDC, only the waveform record acquired on the last cycle and
measurements on it are available.
If you have defined a Fast Data Channel, setting COUNt to a value other than
one will cause the waveform analyzer to send multiple measurement results, one
for each acquisition.
Syntax
INITiate:COUNt <count>
INITiate:COUNt?
<count>
Query response
Parameters
<NRf>
<NR1>
1 ≤ N ≤ 10000
MINimum
MAXimum
1
10000
Reset Value
1
Errors and Events
Execution Error –222, “Data out of range”
Attempted to set count to an illegal value.
Dependencies
Examples
When INIT:CONTinuous is set to ON, INITiate:COUNt is ignored.
Command: INIT:COUN 10
Query:
INIT:COUN?
Response: 10
2–118
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
INITiate and ABORt Subsystems
Related Commands
INITiate
INITiate:CONTinuous
ABORt
ABORt
Stops all acquisition and measurements and returns the arm/trigger subsystem to
the idle state. Any remaining data is corrupt. When INITiate:CONTinuous is set
to ON, the current acquisition is terminated and acquisition is restarted.
Syntax
Data Types
ABORt
None
Reset Value
Not applicable
None
Errors and Events
Dependencies
Execution Error –230, “Data corrupt or stale.”
Sent the command DATA? after sending ABORt.
Examples
Command: ABOR
Related Commands
INITiate
2–119
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
INITiate and ABORt Subsystems
2–120
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
INPut Subsystem
This section describes each command and query in the INPut subsystem. The
INPut subsystem controls the parameters shown in Figure 2–14. Figure 2–15
shows the part of the waveform analyzer controlled by the INPut commands. The
input channel number, defined at the probe connector, is shared as the parameter
<n> for the INPut<n> and VOLTage<n> commands. Only the four-channel
waveform analyzers will accept INPut3 and INPut4 commands.
This section describes each command and query in the INPut subsystem. The
INPut subsystem controls the parameters shown in Figure 2–14. Figure 2–15
shows the part of the waveform analyzer controlled by the INPut commands. The
input channel number, defined at the probe connector, is shared as the parameter
<n> for the INPut<n> and VOLTage<n> commands. Only the four-channel
waveform analyzers will accept INPut3 and INPut4 commands.
INPut[1] | INPut2
:COUPling
:FILTer
:IMPedance
:PROTection
Figure 2–14: INPut subsystem hierarchy
SENSe
CH 1
INPut[1]
:VOLTage[1]
:SWEep
:ROSCillator
:AVERage
:FUNCtion
:DATA
:AADVance
CH 2
INPut2
:VOLTage2
Figure 2–15: INPut subsystem functional model
2–121
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
INPut Subsystem
INPut:COUPling
INPut:COUPling?
Sets or queries the type of signal coupling for the specified input channel. When
AC coupled and INPut:IMPedance is set to 1 MW, frequencies below 10 Hz are
attenuated. When AC coupled and INPut:IMPedance is set to 50 W, frequencies
below 200 kHz are attenuated. Setting COUPling to GROund connects the input
of the amplifier to ground and presents a high impedance to the incoming signal.
Syntax
INPut<n>:COUPling <coupling>
INPut<n>:COUPling?
1
<n> (Channel Number)
Query response
Parameters
1
2
3
4
Not applicable
1
The input channel number <n> is used by the commands INPut<n> and VOLTage<n>.
If you omit <n>, the default is channel 1.
<coupling>
Query Response
AC
DC
AC
DC
GROund
GRO
Reset Value
DC
Errors and Events
Execution Error –141, “Invalid character data, CALC1:WMC FTM”
Attempted to set coupling to an illegal value.
Execution Error –241, “Hardware missing”
Attempted to program INPut3 or INPut4 on an
instrument configured with two channels.
Dependencies
Examples
None
Command: INP1:COUP AC
Query:
INP1:COUP?
Response: AC
2–122
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
INPut Subsystem
Related Commands
None
INPut:FILTer
INPut:FILTer?
Sets or queries whether the low-pass analog noise filter is on or off for the
specified input channel. INPut:FILTer must be off to use the full bandwidth of
the waveform analyzer. To set the limit frequency of the low pass filter, use the
command INPut:FILTer:FREQuency.
Syntax
INPut<n>:FILTer[:LPASs][:STATe] <boolean>
INPut<n>:FILTer[:LPASs][:STATe]?
1
<n> (Channel Number)
Query response
Parameters
1
2
3
4
Not applicable
1
The input channel number <n> is used by the commands INPut<n> and VOLTage<n>.
If you omit <n>, the default is channel 1.
<boolean>
Query response
<NRf>
1 or ON
<NF1>
1
0 or OFF
0
Reset Value
0 (OFF)
Errors and Events
Execution Error –241, “Hardware missing”
Attempted to program INPut3 or INPut4 on an
instrument configured with two channels.
Dependencies
Examples
None
Command: INP1:FILT ON
Query:
INP1:FILT?
Response: 1
2–123
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
INPut Subsystem
Related Commands
INPut:FILTer:FREQuency
INPut:FILTer:FREQuency
INPut:FILTer:FREQuency?
Sets or queries the frequency limit of the low-pass analog noise filter for the
specified input channel. You must enable the low pass filter with the command
INPut:FILTer before the filter is effective. The filter selections are 20 MHz and
250 MHz. To use the full bandwidth of the waveform analyzer set INPut:FILTer
to OFF.
Syntax
INPut<n>:FILTer[:LPASs]:FREQuency <frequency>
INPut<n>:FILTer[:LPASs]:FREQuency?
1
<n> (Channel Number)
Query response
Parameters
1
2
3
4
Not applicable
1
The input channel number <n> is used by the commands INPut<n> and VOLTage<n>.
If you omit <n>, the default is channel 1.
1
<frequency> (Limit of Low Pass Filter)
Query response
<NRf>
20E6
250E6
MINimum
MAXimum
<NF3>
20.0E+6
250.0E+6
20.0E+6
250.0E+6
2
1
The default multiplier for the <frequency> parameter is HZ. You can also use KHZ
or MHZ.
2
When using the 250 MHz filter on the TVS621A or TVS641A input channels, the
effective system bandwidth is typically 180 MHz.
Reset Value
250.0E+6
Errors and Events
Execution Error –222, “Data out of range”
Attempted to set low pass frequency to an illegal value.
2–124
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
INPut Subsystem
Execution Error –241, “Hardware missing”
Attempted to program INPut3 or INPut4 on an
instrument configured with two channels.
Dependencies
Examples
None
Command: INP1:FILT:FREQ 20E6
Query:
INP1:FILT:FREQ?
Response: 20.0E+6
Related Commands
INPut:FILTer
INPut:IMPedance
INPut:IMPedance?
Sets or queries the input impedance of the specified input channel. The imped-
ance selections are 50 W and 1 MW. When input protection is enabled, an
overload of the 50 W input automatically sets impedance to 1 MW.
Syntax
INPut<n>:IMPedance <impedance>
INPut<n>:IMPedance?
1
<n> (Channel Number)
Query response
Parameters
1
2
3
4
Not applicable
1
The input channel number <n> is used by the commands INPut<n> and VOLTage<n>.
If you omit <n>, the default is channel 1.
1
<impedance> (Channel impedance)
Query response
<NRf>
50
1E6
MINimum
MAXimum
<NF3>
50.0E+0
1.0E+6
50.0E+0
1.0E+6
1
The default multiplier for the <impedance> parameter is OHM. You can also use
KOHM or MOHM.
2–125
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
INPut Subsystem
Reset Value
1.0E+6
Errors and Events
Execution Error –222, “Data out of range”
Attempted to set impedance to an illegal value.
Execution Error –241, “Hardware missing”
Attempted to program INPut3 or INPut4 on an
instrument configured with two channels.
Dependencies
Examples
None
Command: INP1:IMP 1E6
Response: INP1:IMP?
Query:
1.0E+6
Related Commands
INPut:PROTection:STATe
INPut:PROBe:ATTenuation?
Queries the attenuation ratio of a connected probe.
A value of 1 indicates that a 1X probe is attached or that no probe is attached.
Syntax
INPut[1]:PROBe:ATTenuation?
INPut2:PROBe:ATTenuation?
INPut3:PROBe:ATTenuation?
INPut4:PROBe:ATTenuation?
<attenuation factor>
Query response
Parameters
Not applicable
<NR1>
Suffix Units and
Multipliers
None
Reset Value
Not applicable
Errors and Events
Execution Error –241, “Hardware missing”
Attempted to query INPut3 or INPut4 when
the instrument is configured with two channels.
2–126
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
INPut Subsystem
Dependencies
Examples
None
Query:
INP1:PROB:ATT?
Response: 10
Related Commands
INPut:PROBe:IDENt?
INPut:PROBe:IDENtification?
TVS600A Models Only
Returns the identification data of a connected probe.
Identification data for level 2 probes will consist of probe type.
A null string will be returned for level 1 probes or when no probe is connected.
Syntax
INPut[1]:PROBe:IDENtification?
INPut2:PROBe:IDENtification?
INPut3:PROBe:IDENtification?
INPut4:PROBe:IDENtification?
<string>
Query response
Parameters
Not applicable
<string>
Suffix Units and
Multipliers
None
Reset Value
Not applicable
Errors and Events
Execution Error –241, “Hardware missing”
Attempted to query INPut3 or INPut4 when the
instrument is configured with two channels.
If an error occurs while reading the probe, then the query will return the string
“ERROR”.
Dependencies
Examples
None
Query:
INP1:PROB:IDEN?
2–127
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
INPut Subsystem
Response: "P6245"
Related Commands
INPut:PROBe:ATTn?
INPut:PROBe:OFFset?
INPut:PROBe:OFFSet?
TVS600A Models Only
Queries the offset scale of a connected probe.
A value of 0 indicates that a 1X probe is attached or that no probe at all is
attached.
Syntax
INPut[1]:PROBe:OFFSet?
INPut2:PROBe:OFFSet?
INPut3:PROBe:OFFSet?
INPut4:PROBe:OFFSet?
<offset scale>
Query response
Parameters
Not applicable
<NR3>
Suffix Units and
Multipliers
None
Reset Value
Not applicable
Errors and Events
Execution Error –241, “Hardware missing”
Attempted to query INPut3 or INPut4 when the
instrument is configured with two channels.
Dependencies
Examples
None
Query:
INP1:PROB:OFFS?
Response: 10.0
Related Commands
INPut:PROBe:IDENt?
INPut:PROBe:ATTenuation?
2–128
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
INPut Subsystem
INPut:PROTection:STATe
INPut:PROTection:STATe?
Sets or queries the state of the input protection circuitry for all input channels.
When protection is enabled (ON), an input overload will automatically set the
input channel impedance to 1 MW in order to protect the input.
Because the waveform analyzer stores the INPut:PROTection:STATe in
nonvolatile RAM, this setting is recalled at power-up. However, it is not saved
with a stored settings, and it is not changed by the reset command *RST. The
factory default is to enable input protection.
CAUTION. Use caution when disabling input protection. Damage may occur to
the instrument input channels if the overload condition persists or is extreme.
Syntax
INPut:PROTection:STATe <boolean>
INPut:PROTection:STATe?
<boolean>
Query response
Parameters
<NRf>
1 or ON
<NF1>
1
0 or OFF
0
Reset Value
Not applicable
Errors and Events
Execution Error –203, “Command protected”
Attempted to change the protection without first removing the restriction with
the SYSTem:PROTect command.
Device Specific Error –310, “System error”
An input overload generates a device-specific error whether or not input
protection is enabled.
Dependencies
Although other INPut commands separately control each channel, input
protection for all channels is enabled or disabled at the same time. Disabling the
protection for one channel automatically disables the protection for all channels.
2–129
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
INPut Subsystem
Examples
Command: INP:PROT:STAT ON
Query: INP:PROT:STAT?
Response: 1
Related Commands
INPut:IMPedance
SYStem:PROTect
2–130
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
MEMory Subsystem
This section describes the commands in the MEMory subsystem. See
Figure 2–16. These commands store and retrieve instrument settings. The
waveform analyzer can store the current instrument state in any of ten nonvola-
tile memory locations or in a file on your controller.
MEMory
:DATA
:NSTates?
:STATe
Figure 2–16: MEMory subsystem hierarchy
2–131
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
MEMory Subsystem
MEMory:DATA
MEMory:DATA?
Sets or queries the instrument settings (or state) for the ten on-board nonvolatile
memory locations. With the query form, you can save the current settings
(SAV0) or one or more of the on board settings (SAV1–10) to a file on your
controller. Later, you can load these settings into the on board storage locations
to run a suite of measurements based on the different instrument configurations.
Use the command *RCL to use an on board instrument setting.
You cannot load a settings file into SAV0 because it is the current or active
instrument settings. You can use the command SYSTem:SET to modify the
current settings with a settings file.
Settings data is transferred in binary format, designated <arbitrary_block_data>,
that is unique to the waveform analyzer.
Syntax
MEMory:DATA <setting>, <data>
MEMory:DATA? <setting>
<source>
Query response
Parameters
SAV0
SAV1
SAV2
.
Not applicable
.
SAV10
<data>
Query response
<arbitrary_block_data>
<arbitrary_block_data>
Reset Value
Not applicable
Errors and Events
Execution Error –141, “Invalid character data”
Attempted to set or query an invalid setting number.
Execution Error –233, “Invalid version”
Attempted to load a block of binary settings that have a different version number
than the instrument.
Dependencies
None
2–132
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
MEMory Subsystem
Examples
Command: MEM:DATA SAV1,<arb_block_data>
Query: MEM:DATA? SAV1
Response: <arb_block_data>
Related Commands
MEMory:DATA
MEMory:NSTates?
MEMory:STATe:CATalog?
MEMory:STATe:DEFine?
SYSTem:SET
*RCL
*SAV
2–133
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
MEMory Subsystem
MEMory:NSTates? (Query Only)
Returns the number of instrument settings (states) that can be stored in the
waveform analyzer. Settings locations can be used or filled with the command
*SAV and MEMory:DATA. Once stored, settings can be recalled with the
command *RCL.
Syntax
MEMory:NSTates?
<states>
Query response
Parameters
Not applicable
<NR1>
10
Reset Value
Errors and Events
Dependencies
Examples
10
None
None
Query:
MEM:NST?
Response: 10
Related Commands
MEMory:DATA?
MEMory:STATe:CATalog?
MEMory:STATe:DEFine?
SYSTem:SET
*RCL
*SAV
2–134
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
MEMory Subsystem
MEMory:STATe:CATalog? (Query Only)
Returns the list of predefined names for the on-board stored settings. The list is
composed of names as quoted strings separated by commas. Settings locations
can be used or filled with the commands *SAV and MEMory:DATA. Once
stored, settings can be recalled with the command *RCL.
Syntax MEMory:STATe:CATalog?
Parameters
Reset Value
None
Not applicable
None
Errors and Events
Dependencies
Examples
None
Query:
MEM:STAT:CAT?
Response: "SAV1,SAV2,SAV3,. . . ,SAV10"
Related Commands
MEMory:DATA
MEMory:NSTates?
MEMory:STATe:CATalog?
SYSTem:SET
*RCL
*SAV
2–135
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
MEMory Subsystem
MEMory:STATe:DEFine? (Query Only)
Returns the register number of a specified instrument settings location in the
waveform analyzer. Settings locations can be used or filled with the commands
*SAV and MEMory:DATA. Once stored, settings can be recalled with the
command *RCL.
Syntax
MEMory:STATe:DEFine? <setting>
<setting>
Query response
Parameters
SAV0
SAV1
SAV2
.
<NR1>
1
2
3
.
.
.
.
10
SAV10
Reset Value
Not applicable
Errors and Events
Execution Error –141, “Invalid character data”
Attempted to query an invalid setting.
Dependencies
Examples
None
Query:
MEM:STAT:DEF? SAV3
Response: 3
Related Commands
MEMory:DATA?
MEMory:NSTates?
MEMory:STATe:CATalog?
SYSTem:SET
*RCL
*SAV
2–136
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
OUTPut Subsystem
This section describes the commands in the OUTPut subsystem. See
Figure 2–17. These commands route signals to the VXIbus trigger lines and
enable the probe compensation signals and reference signals.
OUTPut
:ECLTrg<n> :PCOMpensate :REFerence :TTLTrg<n>
Figure 2–17: OUTPut subsystem hierarchy
2–137
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
OUTPut Subsystem
OUTPut:ECLTrg<n>
OUTPut:ECLTrg<n>?
Sets or queries whether the instrument should drive (source) the specified
VXIbus ECL trigger line when a trigger event occurs. You can choose inverted
output polarity on the ECL trigger lines.
The waveform analyzer lets you to define the source to drive each VXIbus ECL
trigger line. You can source and sense an ECL trigger line.
Syntax
OUTPut:ECLTrg<n>[:STATe] <boolean>
OUTPut:ECLTrg<n>[:STATe]?
<n> (number of VXIbus trigger signal)
Query response
Parameters
<NR1>
0 or 1
<NR1>
<boolean>
Query response
<NRf>
1 or ON
<NR1>
1
0 or OFF
0
Reset Value
Errors and Events
Dependencies
Examples
0
None
None
Command: OUTP:ECLT0 ON
Query:
OUTP:ECLT0?
Response: 1
Related Commands
OUTPUt:ECLTrg<n>:SOURce
OUTPUt:ECLTrg<n>:POLarity
2–138
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
OUTPut Subsystem
OUTPut:ECLTrg<n>:POLarity
OUTPut:ECLTrg<n>:POLarity?
Sets or queries the drive polarity for the specified VXIbus ECL trigger line.
Normally, the ECL trigger lines are asserted in the logical high state. With
INVerted polarity the trigger lines are asserted in the logical low state.
You can enable each ECL trigger line separately with the command
OUTPut:ECLTrg<n>. Use the command OUTPut:ECLTrg<n>:SOURce to
control the source driver for the ECL trigger lines.
Syntax
OUTPut:ECLTrg<n>:POLarity<polarity>
OUTPut:ECLTrg<n>:POLarity?
<n> (Line number)
Query response
Parameters
0
1
Not applicable
<polarity>
Query response
NORMal (active high)
INVerted (active low)
NORM
INV
Reset Value
NORM
Errors and Events
Execution Error –141, “Invalid character data”.
Attempted to set polarity to an illegal value.
Dependencies
Examples
Command: OUTP:ECLT0:POL INV
Query:
OUTP:ECLT0:POL?
Response: INV
Related Commands
OUTPut:ECLTrg<n>
OUTPut:ECLTrg<n>:SOURce
2–139
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
OUTPut Subsystem
OUTPut:ECLTrg<n>:SOURce
OUTPut:ECLTrg<n>:SOURce?
Sets or queries the waveform analyzer source used to drive each VXIbus ECL
trigger line.
H
H
H
H
ARM — a valid ARM event occurs which enables the TRIG:A circuit
ATR — a valid trigger event from the TRIGger A subsystem
BTR — a valid trigger event from the TRIGger B subsystem
OPC — the signal indicating the active command is complete. It is derived
from the Operation Complete bit in the Standard Event Status Register.
H
CALC — a true evaluation of the TRG function in a CALC expression has
occurred
The waveform analyzer can simultaneously source and sense an ECL trigger
line.
Syntax
OUTPut:ECLTrg<n>:SOURce <source>
OUTPut:ECLTrg<n>:SOURce?
<n> (Line number)
Query response
Parameters
0
1
Not applicable
<source>
Query response
ARMed
ATRigger
BTRigger
OPC
ARM
ATR
BTR
OPC
CALC
CALC
Reset Value
Errors and Events
Dependencies
ATR (ECLTrg1)
BTR (ECLTrg0)
Execution Error –141, “Invalid character data”.
Attempted to set source to an illegal value.
None
2–140
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
OUTPut Subsystem
Examples
Command: OUTP:ECLT0:SOUR BTR
Query: OUTP:ECLT0:SOUR?
Response: BTR
Related Commands
OUTPut:ECLTrg<n>
OUTPut:ECLTrg<n>:POLarity
OUTPut:PCOMpensate
OUTPut:PCOMpensate?
Sets or queries whether the probe compensation signal is output on the front-
panel connector PROBE COMPENSATION. Use the command
OUTPut:PCOMpensate:FUNCtion to select the type of compensation signal.
You can select either CLOCk at 1 kHz and 500 mV peak-to-peak amplitude or
VOLT with a 500 mV DC level.
When compensating probes, use the BNC-to-probe tip adapter recommended by
the probe manufacturer and connect the probe ground lead to signal ground.
Syntax
OUTPut:PCOMpensate[:STATe] <boolean>
OUTPut:PCOMpensate[:STATe]?
<boolean>
Query response
Parameters
<NRf>
1 or ON
<NR1>
1
0 or OFF
0
Reset Value
Errors and Events
Dependencies
Examples
0
None
None
Command: OUTP:PCOM ON
Query:
OUTP:PCOM?
Response: 1
2–141
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
OUTPut Subsystem
Related Commands
OUTPut:PCOMpensate:FUNC
OUTPut:PCOMpensate:FUNCtion
OUTPut:PCOMpensate:FUNCtion?
Sets or queries the source for the probe compensation signal which is output on
the front-panel connector PROBE COMPENSATION. Use the command
OUTPut:PCOMpensate to enable the signal. You can select either CLOCk at
1 kHz and 500 mV peak-to-peak amplitude or VOLT with a 500 mV DC level.
When compensating probes, use the BNC-to-probe tip adapter recommended by
the probe manufacturer and connect the probe ground lead to signal ground.
Syntax
OUTPut:PCOMpensate:FUNCtion <function>
OUTPut:PCOMpensate:FUNCtion?
<function>
Query response
Parameters
CLOCk
VOLTage
CLOC
VOLT
Reset Value
CLOC
Errors and Events
Execution Error –141, “Invalid character data”.
Attempted to set function to an illegal value.
Dependencies
Examples
None
Command: OUTP:PCOM:FUNC VOLT
Query:
OUTP:PCOM:FUNC?
Response: VOLT
Related Commands
OUTPut:PCOMpensate
2–142
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
OUTPut Subsystem
OUTPut:REFerence
OUTPut:REFerence?
Sets or queries whether a reference signal is output on the front-panel connector
REFERENCE OUTPUT. The reference signal is intended for use during
instrument verification. You can direct either of two signals to the REFERENCE
OUTPUT: the internal 10 MHz reference clock with a 1 V peak-to-peak
amplitude or the 8.0 V DC level. Use OUTPut:REFerence:FUNCtion to select
which signal appears on the output. The reference signal is turned off when you
start an acquisition or reset the instrument.
Syntax
OUTPut:REFerence[:STATe] <boolean>
OUTPut:REFerence[:STATe]?
<boolean>
Query response
Parameters
<NRf>
1 or ON
<NR1>
1
0 or OFF
0
Reset Value
Errors and Events
Dependencies
Examples
0
None
None
Command: OUTP:REF ON
Query:
OUTP:REF?
Response: 1
Related Commands
OUTPut:REFerence:FUNCtion
2–143
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
OUTPut Subsystem
OUTPut:REFerence:FUNCtion
OUTPut:REFerence:FUNCtion?
Sets or queries which reference signal is output on the connector REFERENCE
OUTPUT. The reference signal is intended for use during instrument verifica-
tion. You can direct either of two signals to the REFERENCE OUTPUT: the
internal 10 MHz reference clock with a 1 V peak-to-peak amplitude or the 8.0 V
DC level. Use OUTPut:REFerence to enable the signal output. The reference
signal output is disabled when you start acquisition or reset the instrument.
Syntax
OUTPut:REFerence:FUNCtion <function>
OUTPut:REFerence:FUNCtion?
<function>
Query response
Parameters
CLOCk
VOLTage
CLOC
VOLT
Reset Value
CLOC
Errors and Events
Execution Error –141, “Invalid character data”.
Attempted to set the calibration reference function to an illegal value.
Dependencies
Examples
None
Command: OUTP:REF:FUNC VOLT
Query:
OUTP:REF:FUNC?
Response: VOLT
Related Commands
OUTPut:REFerence
2–144
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
OUTPut Subsystem
OUTPut:TTLTrg<n>
OUTPut:TTLTrg<n>?
Sets or queries whether the instrument should drive (source) the specified
VXIbus TTL trigger lines when a trigger event occurs. You can enable each TTL
trigger line separately. Use the command OUTPut:TTLTrg<n>:SOURce to pick
the source for each TTL trigger line. Use the command
OUTPut:TTLTrg<n>:POLarity to set the polarity of the output.
Syntax
OUTPut:TTLTrg<n>[:STATe] <boolean>
OUTPut:TTLTrg<n>[:STATe]?
<n> (number of TTLTrg signal)
Query response
Parameters
<NR1>
<NR1>
0,1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, or 7
<boolean>
Query response
<NRf>
1 or ON
<NR1>
1
0 or OFF
0
Reset Value
Errors and Events
Dependencies
Examples
0
None
None
Command: OUTP:TTLT0 ON
Query:
OUTP:TTLT0?
Response: 1
Related Commands
OUTPut:TTLTrg<n>:POLarity
OUTPut:TTLTrg<n>:SOURce?
2–145
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
OUTPut Subsystem
OUTPut:TTLTrg<n>:POLarity
OUTPut:TTLTrg<n>:POLarity?
Sets or queries the drive polarity for each VXI TTLTrg trigger line. The TTL
trigger lines are normally active low. With INVerted polarity (active high), a
controller can detect when all cards in a mainframe have asserted a trigger line.
Use the command OUTPut:TTLTrg<n>:SOURce to control the source driver for
the TTL trigger lines. Use the command OUTPut:TTLTrg<n> to enable each
TTLTrg driver.
Syntax
OUTPut:TTLTrg<n>:POLarity<polarity>
OUTPut:TTLTrg<n>:POLarity?
<n> (number of TTLTrg signal)
Query response
Parameters
<NR1>
<NR1>
0,1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, or 7
<polarity>
Query response
NORMal (active low)
INVerted (active high)
NORM
INV
Reset Value
NORM
Errors and Events
Execution Error –141, “Invalid character data”.
Attempted to set polarity to an illegal value.
Dependencies
Examples
None
Command: OUTP:TTLT0:POL INV
Query:
OUTP:TTLT0:POL?
Response: INV
Related Commands
OUTPut:TTLTrg
OUTPut:TTLTrg<n>:SOURce?
2–146
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
OUTPut Subsystem
OUTPut:TTLTrg<n>:SOURce
OUTPut:TTLTrg<n>:SOURce?
Sets or queries the waveform analyzer source for each VXI TTL trigger line. The
waveform analyzer drives the VXIbus trigger lines only when they are enabled
and a valid trigger event occurs. The available waveform analyzer sources are
as follows:
H
H
H
H
ARM — a valid ARM event occurs which enables the TRIG:A circuit
ATR — a valid trigger event from the TRIGger A subsystem
BTR — a valid trigger event from the TRIGger B subsystem
OPC — the signal indicating the active command is complete. It is derived
from the Operation Complete bit in the Standard Event Status Register.
H
CALC — a true evaluation of the TRG function in a CALC expression has
occurred
Use the command OUTPut:TTLTrg<n> to enable each VXI TTLTrg line.
The waveform analyzer can simultaneously source and sense TTLTrg lines.
Syntax
OUTPut:TTLTrg<n>:SOURce <source>
OUTPut:TTLTrg<n>:SOURce?
<n> (number of TTLTrg signal)
Query response
Parameters
<NR1>
<NR1>
0,1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, or 7
<source>
Query response
ARMed
ATRigger
BTRigger
OPC
ARM
ATR
BTR
OP
CALC
CALC
Reset Value
ARM (TTLTrg0)
ATR (TTLTrg1)
BTR (TTLTrg2)
OPC (TTLTrg3)
ARM (TTLTrg4)
ATR (TTLTrg5)
BTR (TTLTrg6)
OPC (TTLTrg7)
2–147
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
OUTPut Subsystem
Errors and Events
Execution Error –141, “Invalid character data”.
Attempted to set source to an illegal value.
Dependencies
Examples
None
Query:
OUTP:TTLT0:SOUR ARM
Query: OUTP:TTLT0:SOUR?
Response: ARM
Related Commands
OUTPut:TTLTrg
OUTPut:TTLTrg<n>:POLarity
2–148
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
ROSCillator Subsystem
This section describes the commands in the SENSe:ROSCillator subsystem. See
Figure 2–18 and Figure 2–19. These commands control the source of the
reference oscillator (clock) for the :SWEep subsystem.
[SENSe:]
ROSCillator
Figure 2–18: ROSCillator subsystem
SENSe
CH 1
INPut[1]
:VOLTage[1]
:AVERage
:FUNCtion
:DATA
:SWEep
:ROSCillator
:AADVance
CH 2
INPut2
:VOLTage2
Figure 2–19: ROSCillator subsystem functional model
2–149
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
ROSCillator Subsystem
ROSCillator:SOURce
ROSCillator:SOURce?
Sets or queries the source of the 10 MHz clock reference for the acquisition
system. The choices are CLK10 which specifies the VXIbus 10 MHz reference,
and INTernal which specifies the internal waveform analyzer oscillator.
Syntax
[SENSe:]ROSCillator:SOURce <source>
[SENSe:]ROSCillator:SOURce?
<source>
Query response
Parameters
CLK10
INTernal
CLK10
INT
Reset Value
INT
Errors and Events
Execution Error –141, “Invalid character data”
Attempted to set source to an illegal value.
Dependencies
Examples
None
Command: ROSC:SOUR CLK10
Query:
ROSC:SOUR?
Response: CLK10
Related Commands
SWEep:TINTerval
2–150
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
STATus Subsystem
This section describes the commands in the STATus subsystem. See Figure 2–20.
These commands, along with several IEEE 488.2 Common Commands, control
the status and event reporting system. The STATus subsystem provides a way to
determine the state of the waveform analyzer and control what events can
interrupt the system controller. For an overview of the status and event reporting
system, refer to the TVS600 & TVS600A Series Waveform Analyzers User
Manual.
STATus
:SESR
:PRESet
:OPERation
:QUEStionable
Figure 2–20: STATus subsystem hierarchy
2–151
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
STATus Subsystem
STATus:OPERation? (Query Only)
Returns the contents of the Operation Status Register as a decimal number. The
Operation Status Register, described in Table 2–2, identifies normal events, such
as acquisition, that are in progress. Use the Operation Status Enable Register to
determine which Operation Status events can set the Operation bit (bit 7) in the
Status Byte Register.
Table 2–2: The Operation Status Register
Decimal
Value
Bit
Function
0
1
Calibrating shows that a calibration routine is in progress.
1–3
4
Not used.
16
32
64
Measuring/Acquiring shows that measurement or acquisition
is in progress.
5
6
Waiting for Trigger shows that the acquisition system is
armed and waiting for a trigger event.
Waiting for Arm shows that the acquisition system has been
initialized with INIT and is waiting to be armed.
7
8
9
Not used.
256
512
Testing shows that a self test routine is in progress.
CH 1 Probe shows that a probe is attached to the Channel 1
input.
10
1024
2048
4096
CH 2 Probe shows that a probe is attached to the Channel 2
input.
11
CH 3 Probe shows that a probe is attached to the Channel 3
input.
12
CH 4 Probe shows that a probe is attached to the Channel 4
input.
13–15
Not used.
Syntax
STATus:OPERation[:EVENt]?
<event>
Query Response
Parameters
Not applicable
<NR1>
Reset Value
Not applicable
2–152
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
STATus Subsystem
Errors and Events
Dependencies
Examples
None
None
Query:
STAT:OPER?
Response: 512
This response means that the only registered Operation is a probe
connected to input Channel 1.
Related Commands
STATus:OPERation:CONDition?
STATus:OPERation:ENABle
STATus:OPERation:PTRansition
STATus:OPERation:NTRansition
STATus:OPERation:QENable:NTRansition
STATus:OPERation:QENable:PTRansition
2–153
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
STATus Subsystem
STATus:OPERation:CONDition? (Query Only)
Returns the contents of the Operation Status Condition Register (OSCR). The
OSCR bits correspond to the Operation Status Register bits. The query response
from the Operation Status Condition Register gives the current state of the
Operation event lines prior to the Operation Transition Registers. The query
returns the current setting as a decimal number whose bits correspond to the
Operation Status Register bits. Refer to Table 2–2 on page 2–152 for a definition
of the events associated with the Operation Status Register bits. For an overview
of the status and event reporting system, refer to the TVS600 & TVS600A Series
Waveform Analyzers User Manual.
Note that reading this register does not clear it and unused bits always return
zero.
Syntax
STATus:OPERation:CONDition?
<condition>
Query Response
Parameters
Not applicable
<NR1>
Reset Value
Errors and Events
Dependencies
Examples
Not applicable
None
None
Query:
STAT:OPER:COND?
Response: 1
Related Commands
STATus:OPERation?
STATus:OPERation:ENABle
2–154
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
STATus Subsystem
STATus:OPERation:ENABle
STATus:OPERation:ENABle?
Sets or queries the contents of the Operation Status Enable Register (OSER).
The OSER allows you to individually disable any of the Operation events from
setting bit 7 in the Status Byte Register. The query returns the current setting as a
decimal number whose bits correspond to the Operation Status Register bits.
Refer to Table 2–2 on page 2–152 for a definition of the events associated with
the Operation Status Register bits. Setting unused enable bits does not generate
an error, they are ignored. For an overview of the status and event reporting
system, refer to the TVS600 & TVS600A Series Waveform Analyzers User
Manual.
STATus:PRESet sets all register bits to zero (0) which disables all Operation
events.
Syntax
STATus:OPERation:ENABle <mask>
STATus:OPERation:ENABle?
<mask>
Query response
Parameters
<NRf> | <Non-decimal numeric>
<NR1>
0 ≤ N ≤ #HFFFF
Reset Value
Not applicable
Errors and Events
Execution Error –222, “Data out of range”
Attempted to set the enable register to an illegal value.
Dependencies
Examples
None
Command: STAT:OPER:ENAB #H0010
This command, (decimal 16), enables only the Acquiring/Measuring
event.
Query:
STAT:OPER:ENAB?
Response: 16
Related Commands
STATus:OPERation?
STATus:OPERation:CONDition?
STATus:PRESet
2–155
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
STATus Subsystem
STATus:OPERation:NTRansition
STATus:OPERation:NTRansition?
Sets or queries the contents of the Operation Negative Transition Register
(ONTR). When you set an event bit true (1) in the ONTR, the ONTR reports an
event in the Operation Status Register when the Operation Status Condition
Register event line changes from true to false (1 to 0). The query returns the
current setting as a decimal number whose bits correspond to the Operation
Status Register bits. Refer to Table 2–2 on page 2–152 for a definition of the
events associated with the Operation Status Register bits. The command
STATus:OPERation:PTRansition provides similar control for positive event
transitions. For an overview of the status and event reporting system, refer to the
TVS600 & TVS600A Series Waveform Analyzers User Manual.
STATus:PRESet sets all register bits to zero (0) which disables reporting
negative event transitions. Setting unused enable bits does not generate an error,
they are ignored.
Syntax
STATus:OPERation:NTRansition <mask>
STATus:OPERation:NTRansition?
<mask>
Query response
Parameters
<NRf> | <Non-decimal numeric>
<NR1>
0 ≤ N ≤ #HFFFF
Reset Value
Not applicable
Errors and Events
Execution Error –222, “Data out of range”
Attempted to set the transition register to an illegal value.
Dependencies
Examples
None
Command: STAT:OPER:NTR #H0010
This command, (decimal 16), sets the Operation Negative Transition
Register to set the Acquiring/Measuring event bit when the current
measurement or acquisition completes.
Query:
STAT:OPER:NTR?
Response: 16
2–156
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
STATus Subsystem
Related Commands
STATus:OPERation?
STATus:OPERation:CONDition?
STATus:OPERation:PTRansition
STATus:PRESet
STATus:OPERation:PTRansition
STATus:OPERation:PTRansition?
Sets or queries the contents of the Operation Positive Transition Register
(OPTR). When you set an event bit true (1) in the OPTR, the OPTR reports an
event in the Operation Status Register when the Operation Status Condition
Register event line changes from false to true (0 to 1). The query returns the
current setting as a decimal number whose bits correspond to the Operation
Status Register bits. Refer to Table 2–2 on page 2–152 for a definition of the
events associated with the Operation Status Register bits. The command
STATus:OPERation:NTRansition provides similar control for negative event
transitions. For an overview of the status and event reporting system, refer to the
TVS600 & TVS600A Series Waveform Analyzers User Manual.
STATus:PRESet sets all register bits to one (1) which enables reporting positive
event transitions. Setting unused enable bits does not generate an error, they are
ignored.
Syntax
STATus:OPERation:PTRansition <mask>
STATus:OPERation:PTRansition?
<mask>
Query response
Parameters
<NRf> | <Non-decimal numeric>
<NR1>
0 ≤ N ≤ #HFFFF
Reset Value
Not applicable
Errors and Events
Execution Error –222, “Data out of range”
Attempted to set the transition register to an illegal value.
Dependencies
Examples
None
Command: STAT:OPER:PTR #H0010
With this parameter value, (decimal 16), the Operation Positive
Transition Register sets only the Acquiring/Measuring event bit
2–157
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
STATus Subsystem
when measurement or acquisition starts. All other positive Operation
events are disabled.
Query:
STAT:OPER:PTR?
Response: 16
Related Commands
STATus:OPERation?
STATus:OPERation:CONDition?
STATus:OPERation:NTRansition
STATus:PRESet
STATus:OPERation:QENable:NTRansition
STATus:OPERation:QENable:NTRansition?
Sets or queries the contents of the Negative Transition Queue Enable Register
(NTQER) for the Operation Status Register. When you set an event bit true (1) in
the NTQER, the corresponding event the Operation Status Condition Register
generates a message in the Status Queue when the event line changes from true
to false (1 to 0). The NTQER bits correspond to the Operation Status Register
bits. Refer to Table 2–2 on page 2–152 for a definition of the events associated
with the Operation Status Register bits. The command STATus:OPERa-
tion:QENable:PTRansition provides similar control for positive event transi-
tions. For an overview of the status and event reporting system, refer to the
TVS600 & TVS600A Series Waveform Analyzers User Manual.
STATus:PRESet sets all register bits to zero (0) which disables the reporting of
negative event transitions. Setting unused enable bits does not generate an error,
they are ignored.
Syntax
STATus:OPERation:QENable:NTRansition <mask>
STATus:OPERation:QENable:NTRansition?
<mask>
Query response
Parameters
<NRf> | <Non-decimal numeric>
<NR1>
0 ≤ N ≤ #HFFFF
Reset Value
Not applicable
Errors and Events
Execution Error –222, “Data out of range”
Attempted to set the queue enable register to an illegal value.
2–158
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
STATus Subsystem
Dependencies
Examples
None
Command: STAT:OPER:QEN:NTR #H0001
Query:
STAT:OPER:QEN:NTR?
Response: 1
Related Commands
STATus:OPERation?
STATus:OPERation:QENable:PTRansition
STATus:OPERation:CONDition?
STATus:OPERation:NTRansition
STATus:PRESet
STATus:OPERation:QENable:PTRansition
STATus:OPERation:QENable:PTRansition?
Sets or queries the contents of the Positive Transition Queue Enable Register
(PTQER) for the Operation Status Register. When you set an event bit true (1) in
the PTQER, the corresponding event the Operation Status Condition Register
generates a message in the Status Queue when the event line changes from false
to true (0 to 1). The PTQER bits correspond to the Operation Status Register
bits. Refer to Table 2–2 on page 2–152 for a definition of the events associated
with the Operation Status Register bits. The command STATus:OPERa-
tion:QENable:NTRansition provides similar control for negative event transi-
tions. For an overview of the status and event reporting system, refer to the
TVS600 & TVS600A Series Waveform Analyzers User Manual.
STATus:PRESet sets all register bits to zero (0) which disables reporting positive
event transitions. Setting unused enable bits does not generate an error, they are
ignored.
Syntax
STATus:OPERation:QENable:PTRansition <mask>
STATus:OPERation:QENable:PTRansition?
<mask>
Query response
Parameters
<NRf> | <Non-decimal numeric>
<NR1>
0 ≤ N ≤ #HFFFF
Reset Value
Not applicable
2–159
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
STATus Subsystem
Errors and Events
Execution Error –222, “Data out of range”
Attempted to set the queue enable register to an illegal value.
Dependencies
Examples
None
Command: STAT:OPER:QEN:PTR #H0001
Query:
STAT:OPER:QEN:PTR?
Response: 1
Related Commands
STATus:OPERation?
STATus:OPERation:QENable:NTRansition
STATus:OPERation:CONDition?
STATus:OPERation:NTRansition
STATus:PRESet
2–160
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
STATus Subsystem
STATus:PRESet
Presets the SCPI Enable and Transition registers, and the Status Queue enable
registers. The Operation and Questionable Enable Registers are preset to zero (all
events disabled). Refer to the register command descriptions for the effects of
STATus:PRESet on specific registers. This command does not clear SCPI Status
registers or 488.2 enable and event registers. For an overview of the status and
event reporting system, refer to the TVS600 & TVS600A Series Waveform
Analyzers User Manual.
Syntax
STATus:PRESet
None
Parameters
Reset Value
Not applicable
None
Errors and Events
Dependencies
Examples
None
Command: STAT:PRES
Related Commands
STATus:OPERation:ENABle
STATus:OPERation:NTRansition
STATus:OPERation:PTRansition
STATus:OPERation:QENable:NTRansition
STATus:OPERation:QENable:PTRansition
STATus:QUEStionable:ENABle
STATus:QUEStionable:NTRansition
STATus:QUEStionable:PTRansition
STATus:QUEStionable:QENable:NTRansition
STATus:QUEStionable:QENable:PTRansition
STATus:SESR:QENable
*CLS
STATus:QUEStionable? (Query Only)
Returns the contents of the Questionable Status Register as a decimal number.
The Questionable Status Register, defined in Table 2–3, identifies operations
whose results are questionable. Acquiring a waveform when the waveform
analyzer is in need of calibration can generate an event on bit 8. Use the
2–161
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
STATus Subsystem
Operation Status Enable Register to determine which Questionable events can set
the Questionable bit (bit 3) in the Status Byte Register. For an overview of the
status and event reporting system, refer to the TVS600 & TVS600A Series
Waveform Analyzers User Manual.
Reading this register clears it. Unused and reserved bits always return zero.
Table 2–3: The Questionable Status Register
Decimal
Value
Bit
Function
0,1,3–7
2
Not used.
4
Questionable time indicates the XOFFs or trigger position of
the acquired data is questionable.
8
256
Calibration indicates that calibration is required due a change
of greater than 5° C in ambient temperature since the last
calibration.
9
512
Calculate1 indicates that source data contained a value that
was overrange or underrange, making the results of the CALC1
block questionable.
10
11
1024
2048
4096
Calculate2 indicates that source data contained a value that
was overrange or underrange, making the results of the CALC2
block questionable.
Calculate3 indicates that source data contained a value that
was overrange or underrange, making the results of the CALC3
block questionable.
12
13–15
Calculate4 indicates that source data contained a value that
was overrange or underrange, making the results of the CALC4
block questionable.
Not used.
Syntax
STATus:QUEStionable[:EVENt]?
<event>
Query response
Parameters
Not applicable
<NR1>
Reset Value
Not applicable
None
Errors and Events
2–162
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
STATus Subsystem
Examples
Query:
STAT:QUES?
Response: 1
Related Commands
STATus:QUEStionable:CONDition?
STATus:QUEStionable:ENABle
STATus:QUEStionable:CONDition? (Query Only)
Returns the contents of the Questionable Status Condition Register (QSCR). The
QSCR bits correspond to the Questionable Status Register bits. The query
response from the Questionable Status Condition Register gives the current state
of the Questionable event lines prior to the Questionable Transition Registers.
The query returns the current setting as a 16 bit number whose bits correspond to
the Questionable Status Register bits. Refer to Table 2–3 on page 2–162 for a
definition of the events associated with the Questionable Status Register bits. For
an overview of the status and event reporting system, refer to the TVS600 &
TVS600A Series Waveform Analyzers User Manual.
Note that reading this register does not clear it and unused bits always return
zero.
Syntax
STATus:QUEStionable:CONDition?
<condition>
Query response
Parameters
Not applicable
<NR1>
Reset Value
Errors and Events
Dependencies
Examples
Not applicable
None
None
Query:
STAT:QUES:COND?
Response: 1
Related Commands
STATus:QUEStionable?
STATus:QUEStionable:ENABle
2–163
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
STATus Subsystem
STATus:QUEStionable:ENABle
STATus:QUEStionable:ENABle?
Sets or queries the contents of the Questionable Status Enable Register (QSER).
The QSER allows you to individually disable any of the Questionable events
from setting bit 3 in the Status Byte Register. The query returns the current
setting as a decimal number whose bits correspond to the Questionable Status
Register bits. Refer to Table 2–3 on page 2–162 for a definition of the events
associated with the Questionable Status Register bits. For an overview of the
status and event reporting system, refer to the TVS600 & TVS600A Series
Waveform Analyzers User Manual.
STATus:PRESet sets all register bits to zero (0) which disables all Questionable
events. Setting unused enable bits does not generate an error, they are ignored.
Syntax
STATus:QUEStionable:ENABle <mask>
STATus:QUEStionable:ENABle?
<mask>
Query response
Parameters
<NRf> | <Non-decimal numeric>
<NR1>
0 ≤ N ≤ #HFFFF
Reset Value
Not applicable
Errors and Events
Execution Error –222, “Data out of range”
Attempted to set the enable register to an illegal value.
Dependencies
Examples
None
Command: STAT:QUES:ENAB #H0001
Query:
STAT:QUES:ENAB?
Response: 1
Related Commands
STATus:PRESet
STATus:QUEStionable?
STATus:QUEStionable:CONDition?
2–164
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
STATus Subsystem
STATus:QUEStionable:NTRansition
STATus:QUEStionable:NTRansition?
Sets or queries the contents of the Questionable Negative Transition Register
(QNTR). When you set an event bit true (1) in the QNTR, the QNTR reports an
event in the Questionable Status Register when the Questionable Status
Condition Register event line changes from true to false (1 to 0). The query
returns the current setting as a decimal number whose bits correspond to the
Questionable Status Register bits. Refer to Table 2–3 on page 2–162 for a
definition of the events associated with the Questionable Status Register bits.
The command STATus:QUEStionable:PTRansition provides similar control for
positive event transitions. For an overview of the status and event reporting
system, refer to the TVS600 & TVS600A Series Waveform Analyzers User
Manual.
STATus:PRESet sets all register bits to zero (0) which disables reporting
negative event transitions. Setting unused enable bits does not generate an error,
they are ignored.
Syntax
STATus:QUEStionable:NTRansition <mask>
STATus:QUEStionable:NTRansition?
<mask>
Query response
Parameters
<NRf> | <Non-decimal numeric>
<NR1>
0 ≤ N ≤ #HFFFF
Reset Value
Not applicable
Errors and Events
Execution Error –222, “Data out of range”
Attempted to set the transition register to an illegal value.
Dependencies
Examples
None
Command: STAT:QUES:NTR #H0100
With this command, (decimal 256), the Questionable Negative
Transition Register sets the Calibration event bit when the calibra-
tion completes.
Query:
STAT:QUES:NTR?
Response: 256
2–165
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
STATus Subsystem
Related Commands
STATus:QUEStionable?
STATus:QUEStionable:CONDition?
STATus:QUEStionable:PTRansition
STATus:PRESet
STATus:QUEStionable:PTRansition
STATus:QUEStionable:PTRansition?
Sets or queries the contents of the Questionable Positive Transition Register
(QPTR). When you set an event bit true (1) in the QPTR, the QPTR reports an
event in the Questionable Status Register when the Questionable Status
Condition Register event line changes from false to true (0 to 1). The query
returns the current setting as a decimal number whose bits correspond to the
Questionable Status Register bits. Refer to Table 2–3 on page 2–162 for a
definition of the events associated with the Questionable Status Register bits.
The command STATus:QUEStionable:NTRansition provides similar control for
negative event transitions. For an overview of the status and event reporting
system, refer to the TVS600 & TVS600A Series Waveform Analyzers User
Manual.
STATus:PRESet sets all register bits to one (1) which enables reporting positive
event transitions. Setting unused enable bits does not generate an error, they are
ignored.
Syntax
STATus:QUEStionable:PTRansition <mask>
STATus:QUEStionable:PTRansition?
<mask>
Query response
Parameters
<NRf> | <Non-decimal numeric>
<NR1>
0 ≤ N ≤ #HFFFF
Reset Value
Not applicable
Errors and Events
Execution Error –222, “Data out of range”
Attempted to set the transition register to an illegal value.
Dependencies
Examples
None
Command: STAT:QUES:PTR #H0100
With this command, (decimal 256), the Questionable Positive
Transition Register sets the Calibration event bit when calibration
2–166
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
STATus Subsystem
becomes necessary. All other positive events in the Questionable
Condition Register are ignored.
Query:
STAT:QUES:PTR?
Response: 256
Related Commands
STATus:QUEStionable?
STATus:QUEStionable:CONDition?
STATus:QUEStionable:NTRansition
STATus:PRESet
STATus:QUEStionable:QENable:NTRansition
STATus:QUEStionable:QENable:NTRansition?
Sets or queries the contents of the Negative Transition Queue Enable Register
(NTQER) for the Questionable Status Register. When you set an event bit
true (1) in the NTQER, the corresponding event the Questionable Status
Condition Register generates a message in the Status Queue when the event line
changes from true to false (1 to 0). The query returns the current setting as a
decimal number whose bits correspond to the Questionable Status Register bits.
Refer to Table 2–3 on page 2–162 for a definition of the events associated with
the Questionable Status Register bits. The command STATus:QUEStion-
able:QENable:PTRansition provides similar control for positive event transi-
tions. For an overview of the status and event reporting system, refer to the
TVS600 & TVS600A Series Waveform Analyzers User Manual.
STATus:PRESet sets all register bits to zero (0) which disables reporting
negative event transitions. Setting unused enable bits does not generate an error,
they are ignored.
Syntax
STATus:QUEStionable:QENable:NTRansition <mask>
STATus:QUEStionable:QENable:NTRansition?
<mask>
Query response
Parameters
<NRf> | <Non-decimal numeric>
<NR1>
0 ≤ N ≤ #HFFFF
Reset Value
Not applicable
Errors and Events
Execution Error –222, “Data out of range”
Attempted to set the queue enable register to an illegal value.
2–167
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
STATus Subsystem
Dependencies
None
Examples
Command: STAT:QUES:QEN:NTR #H0100
Query:
STAT:QUES:QEN:NTR?
Response: 256
Related Commands
STATus:QUEStionable?
STATus:QUEStionable:QENable:PTRansition
STATus:QUEStionable:CONDition?
STATus:PRESet
STATus:QUEStionable:QENable:PTRansition
STATus:QUEStionable:QENable:PTRansition?
Sets or queries the contents of the Positive Transition Queue Enable Register
(PTQER) for the Questionable Status Register. When you set an event bit
true (1) in the PTQER, the corresponding event the Questionable Status
Condition Register generates a message in the Status Queue when the event line
changes from false to true (0 to 1). The query returns the current setting as a
decimal number whose bits correspond to the Questionable Status Register bits.
Refer to Table 2–3 on page 2–162 for a definition of the events associated with
the Questionable Status Register bits. The command STATus:QUEStion-
able:QENable:NTRansition provides similar control for negative event transi-
tions. For an overview of the status and event reporting system, refer to the
TVS600 & TVS600A Series Waveform Analyzers User Manual.
STATus:PRESet sets all register bits to zero (0) which disables reporting positive
event transitions. Setting unused enable bits does not generate an error, they are
ignored.
Syntax
STATus:QUEStionable:QENable:PTRansition <mask>
STATus:QUEStionable:QENable:PTRansition?
<mask>
Query response
Parameters
<NRf> | <Non-decimal numeric>
<NR1>
0 ≤ N ≤ #HFFFF
Reset Value
Not applicable
2–168
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
STATus Subsystem
Errors and Events
Execution Error –222, “Data out of range”
Attempted to set the queue enable register to an illegal value.
Dependencies
Examples
None
Command: STAT:QUES:QEN:PTR #H0100
Query:
STAT:QUES:QEN:PTR?
Response: 256
Related Commands
STATus:QUEStionable?
STATus:QUEStionable:QENable:NTRansition
STATus:QUEStionable:CONDition?
STATus:PRESet
2–169
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
STATus Subsystem
STATus:SESR:QENable
STATus:SESR:QENable?
Sets or returns the contents of the Event Status Enable Register (ESER). When
you set an event bit true (1) in the ESER, the corresponding event the Standard
Event Status Register generates a message in the Status Queue when the event
line changes from false to true (0 to 1).
STATus:PRESet sets the register bits to hexadecimal 3C.
Syntax
STATus:SESR:QENable <mask>
STATus:SESR:QENable?
<mask>
Query response
Parameters
<NRf> | <Non-decimal numeric>
None
0 ≤ N ≤ #HFFFF
Reset Value
Not applicable
Errors and Events
Execution Error –222, “Data out of range”
Attempted to set the queue enable register to an illegal value.
Dependencies
Examples
None
Command: STAT:SESR:QEN #H7C
Query:
STAT:SESR:QEN?
Response: 124
This response is the decimal equivalent of hexadecimal 7C.
Related Commands
*ESE
*ESR
STATus:PRESet
2–170
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SWEep Subsystem
This section describes the commands in the [SENSe:]SWEep subsystem. See
Figure 2–21 and Figure 2–22. These commands control the acquisition timebase
for all VOLTage[n] acquisitions.
[SENSe:]
SWEep
:OFFSet
:OREFerence
:POINts
:TIME
:TINTerval
Figure 2–21: SWEep subsystem hierarchy
SENSe
CH 1
INPut[1]
:VOLTage[1]
:SWEep
:ROSCillator
:AVERage
:FUNCtion
:DATA
:AADVance
CH 2
INPut2
:VOLTage2
Figure 2–22: SWEep subsystem functional model
2–171
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SWEep Subsystem
SWEep:OFFSet:POINts
SWEep:OFFSet:POINts?
Sets or queries the position of the waveform record relative to the trigger point.
SWEep:OFFSet:POINts defines the number of data points between the offset
reference point and the trigger point. You set the offset reference with
SWEep:OREFerence:LOCation. All channels use the same sweep offset.
You can think of the offset reference point as a “handle” that you place on a
specific data point in the waveform record. You position the “handle” to move
the waveform record relative to the trigger point. The command OFFSet:POINts
specifies how far and in what direction to move the “handle.” Setting OFF-
Set:POINts to a negative value positions the offset reference (the handle) before
the trigger point. A positive value positions the offset reference after the trigger
point.
For example, to set the trigger point in the middle of the waveform record, you
would first set the offset reference point to the first record point
(SWE:OREF:LOC 0.0). Then you would set SWE:OFFS:POIN to minus one
half the record length (set with SWEep:POINTs). If the record length is 1024,
then to specify the half way point you would use SWE:OFFS:POIN –512.
The range for SWEep:OFFSet:POINts depends on the record length and the
location of the offset reference point within the waveform record. Note that the
trigger point must always be within the waveform record. You can set offset as a
time interval with the command OFFSet:TIME.
The following equation defines the first point of the waveform record:
PT1time = (SWEep:OFFSet:POINts SWEep:TINTerval) –
(SWEep:OREFerence:LOCation SWEep:TIME)
For more information, refer to the TVS600 & TVS600A Series Waveform
Analyzers User Manual.
Syntax
[SENSe:]SWEep:OFFSet:POINts <offset_points>
[SENSe:]SWEep:OFFSet:POINts?
<offset_points>
Query response
Parameters
<NRf>
<NR1>
MINimum
(SWEep:OREFerence:LOCation SWEep:POINts) –
SWEep:POINts
MAXimum
(SWEep:OREFerence:LOCation SWEep:POINts)
Reset Value
0.0E+0
2–172
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SWEep Subsystem
Errors and Events
Dependencies
Examples
Execution Error –222, “Data out of range”
Attempted to set offset points to an illegal value.
Changing SWEep:OFFSet:POINts also changes SWEep:OFFSet:TIME as they
both control the parameter SWEep:OFFSet.
Command: SWE:OFFS:POIN -100
Query:
SWE:OFF:POIN?
Response: -100
Related Commands
SWEep:OREFerence:LOCation
SWEep:OFFSet:TIME
SWEep:POINts
SWEep:TINTerval
SWEep:OFFSet:TIME
SWEep:OFFSet:TIME?
Sets or queries the offset between the offset reference point and the trigger point.
You define OFFSet:TIME as a specific period. You assign a certain data point in
the record to be the offset reference point (SWEep:OREFerence:LOCation). A
negative value for offset positions the offset reference point before the trigger
point. All channels use the same sweep offset.
The range for SWEep:OFFSet:TIME depends on the record length and the
location of the offset reference point within the waveform record. Because the
trigger point must always be in the waveform record, the first point of the record
can not be placed more than one full record length before the trigger point. You
can set offset as a number of data points with the command
SWEep:OFFSet:POINts.
The following equation defines the first point of the waveform record:
PT1time = SWEep:OFFSet:TIME –
(SWEep:OREFerence:LOCation * SWEep:TIME)
For more information on setting offset, refer to the discussion of SWEep:OFF-
Set:POINts on page 2–172 and the TVS600 & TVS600A Series Waveform
Analyzers User Manual.
Syntax
[SENSe:]SWEep:OFFSet:TIME <offset_time>
[SENSe:]SWEep:OFFSet:TIME?
2–173
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SWEep Subsystem
1
<offset_time>
Query response
Parameters
<NRf>
<NR3>
MINimum
(SWEep:OREFerence:LOCation
SWEep:TIME) – (SWEep:TIME)
MAXimum
(SWEep:OREFerence:LOCation
SWEep:TIME)
1
The default multiplier for <offset_time> is S for seconds. You can also use the
multipliers MS for milliseconds, US for microseconds, NS for nanoseconds, and PS
for picoseconds.
Reset Value
0.0E+0
Errors and Events
Execution Error –222, “Data out of range”
Attempted to set offset time to an illegal value.
Dependencies
Examples
Changing SWEep:OFFSet:TIME also changes SWEep:OFFSet:POINts as they
both control the parameter SWEep:OFFSet.
Command: SWE:OFFSet:TIME -100E-6
Query:
SWE:OFFSet:TIME?
Response: -100.0E-6
Related Commands
SWEep:OREFerence:LOCation
SWEep:OFFSet:POINts
SWEep:TINTerval
SWEep:POINts
2–174
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SWEep Subsystem
SWEep:OREFerence:LOCation
SWEep:OREFerence:LOCation?
Sets or queries the location of the offset reference point in a waveform record.
When :OFFSet:TIME and :OFFSet:POINts are at zero, the reference point and
trigger point are at the same data point. For example, if you set :OREFer-
ence:LOCation to 0.5 (or 50%) and :OFFSet:TIME to zero, then the reference
point is at the middle of the waveform record as is the trigger point. Therefore,
half of the acquired data points are acquired before the trigger point and the
remainder occur after the trigger point.
An offset reference value of 0.0 selects the first point of the record; a value of 0.5
selects the mid point; and a value of 1.0 selects the last point. All concurrent
acquisitions have the same offset reference point.
You can use either of the commands SWEep:OFFSet:TIME or SWEep:OFF-
Set:POINts to position the waveform record relative to the trigger point. To
configure an acquisition in terms of percent of pre-trigger data points, set
SWEep:OFFSet:TIME to 0.0 and then set SWEep:OREFerence:LOCation to the
desired value (for example, 0.5 for 50% pre-trigger points). To configure an
acquisition in terms of time (or points) relative to the trigger point, set
SWEep:OREFerence:LOCation to 0.0 and then set SWEep:OFFSet:TIME (or
SWEep:OFFSet:POINts) to position the record. By using :OFFSet in this way,
you can acquire all data points before the trigger or all data points after the
trigger point.
For more information, refer to the TVS600 & TVS600A Series Waveform
Analyzers User Manual.
Syntax
[SENSe:]SWEep:OREFerence:LOCation <oref_location>
[SENSe:]SWEep:OREFerence:LOCation?
1
<oref_location>
Query response
Parameters
No Units:
<NRf>
<NR2>
0.0 ≤ N ≤ 1.0
MINimum
MAXimum
0.0
1.0
Units of Percent (PCT):
<NRf>
<NR2>
0 ≤ N ≤ 100
MINimum ( 0 PCT)
MAXimum (100 PCT)
0
1.0
1
The default has no units. However, you can set the reference location as a
percentage by including the unit multiplier PCT as in 50 PCT.
2–175
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SWEep Subsystem
Reset Value
0.0
Errors and Events
Execution Error –222, “Data out of range”
Attempted to set offset reference location to an illegal value.
Dependencies
Examples
None
Command: SWE:OREF:LOC 0.5
Query:
SWE:OREF:LOC?
Response: 0.5
Related Commands
SWEep:OFFSet:TIME
SWEep:OFFSet:POINts
SWEep:POINts
SWEep:POINts?
Sets or queries the number of data points in a waveform record. The number of
data points in a waveform record is its record length. The minimum record
length is 256 data points and the maximum is 15,000 real time (RT) acquisition
and 30,000 for extended real time (ERT) acquisition. All active channels share
the record length setting.
The maximum record length for calculation or measurement functions (using a
CALCulate block) or for auto-advance acquisition mode is 30,000.
Syntax
[SENSe:]SWEep:POINts <record_length>
[SENSe:]SWEep:POINts?
2–176
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SWEep Subsystem
<record_length> (Number of data points)
Query response
Parameters
<NRf>
256
<NR1>
256
512
1024
2048
4096
512
1024
2048
4096
8192
15000
30000
8192
15000
30000 (ERT mode only)
MINimum
256
MAXimum RT mode
MAXimum ERT mode
15000
30000
Reset Value
1024
Errors and Events
Execution Error –222, “Data out of range”
Attempted to set record length:
to an illegal value or
to a value > 15,000 while in real time acquisition or
to a value > 30,000 while in extended real time acquisition.
Dependencies
Examples
Changing SWEep:POINts changes SWEep:TIME if SWEep:TINTerval
remains constant. The relationship is
SWEep:TINTerval = SWEep:TIME / SWEep:POINts.
Command: SWE:POIN 1000
Query:
SWE:POIN?
Response: 1024
Related Commands
SWEep:TINTerval
SWEep:TIME
2–177
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SWEep Subsystem
SWEep:TIME
SWEep:TIME?
Sets or queries the time span or duration of the waveform record. All channels
share the same time span. Set SWEep:POINts for the desired record length
before setting the record duration with SWEep:TIME. Issuing these two
commands sets the sample interval (SWEep:TINTerval) to the nearest legal
value.
When using SWEep:POINts and SWEep:TIME to configure the acquisition, be
careful to program SWEep:POINts before SWEep:TIME, because
SWEep:POINts may modify SWEep:TIME.
SWEep:TIME is not returned in the response to the query *LRN?, since it can be
derived as follows: SWEepTIME = SWEep:POINts * SWEep:TINTerval
Syntax
[SENSe:]SWEep:TIME <time_span>
[SENSe:]SWEep:TIME?
1
<time_span>
Query response
Parameters
<NRf>
<NR3>
51.2E–9 ≤ N ≤ 6000 (seconds)
MINimum
MAXimum
256 sample interval
6000.0E+0
1
The default multiplier for <time_span> is S for seconds. You can also use the
multipliers MS for milliseconds, US for microseconds, NS for nanoseconds, and PS
for picoseconds.
Reset Value
1.024E–6
Errors and Events
Execution Error –222, “Data out of range”
Attempted to set time span to an illegal value.
Execution Error –241, “Hardware missing”
Attempted to set time span to 51.2E–9 when the instrument is a TVS621A or
TVS641A.
Execution Error –241, “Hardware missing”
Attempted to set time span to 51.2E–9 when the instrument is a TVS621A,
TVS623A, TVS643A or TVS641A or to 102E–9 when the instrument is a
TVS621A or TVS641A.
2–178
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SWEep Subsystem
Dependencies
Examples
Changing SWEep:TIME changes SWEep:TINTerval if SWEep:POINts remains
constant. The relation is SWEep:TINTerval = SWEep:TIME / SWEep:POINts.
Command: SWE:TIME 1E-3
Query:
SWE:TIME?
Response: 1.024E-3
Related Commands
SWEep:POINts
SWEep:TINTerval
2–179
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SWEep Subsystem
SWEep:TINTerval
SWEep:TINTerval?
Sets or queries the time interval between acquired data points. The reciprocal of
the time interval gives the effective sample rate. All channels are acquired with
the same time interval.
The point at which the instrument transitions from real time (RT) acquisition to
extended real time (ERT) acquisition mode is independent of instrument
configuration or settings.
RT < 100 ns ≥ ERT
Syntax
[SENSe:]SWEep:TINTerval <time_interval>
[SENSe:]SWEep:TINTerval?
1
<time_interval> (seconds)
Query response
Parameters
<NRf>
<NR3>
200.0E–12
400.0E–12
1.0E–9
2.0E–9
4.0E–9
10.0E–9
20.0E–9
40.0E–9
100.0E–9
.
200E–12 (TVS625A, TVS645A only)
400E–12 (TVS625A, TVS645A only)
1E–9
2E–9
4E–9
10E–9
20E–9
40E–9
100E–9
.
.
.
.
.
200E–3
200.0E–3
MINimum
depends on model
200.0E–3
MAXimum
1
The default multiplier for <time_interval> is S for seconds. You can also use the
multipliers MS for milliseconds, US for microseconds, NS for nanoseconds, and PS
for picoseconds.
Reset Value
1.0E–9
Errors and Events
Execution Error –222, “Data out of range”
Attempted to set time interval to an illegal value.
Execution Error –241, “Hardware missing”
Attempted to set time interval to 200E–12 or 400E–12 when the instrument is a
TVS621 or TVS641.
2–180
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SWEep Subsystem
Execution Error –241, “Hardware missing”
Attempted to set time interval to 200E–12 when the instrument is a TVS621A,
TVS641A; or to set time interval to 400E-12 when the instrument is a TVS621A
or TVS641A.
Dependencies
Changing SWEep:TINTerval changes SWEep:TIME. The relation is
SWEep:TINTerval = SWEep:TIME / SWEep:POINts.
Changing SWEep:TIMTerval to < 100 ns changes SWEep:POINts to 15,000 if
previously set to 30,000. The acquisition mode changes from extended real time
to real time mode below 100 ns/sample.
Examples
Command: SWE:TINT 1E-6
Query:
SWE:TINT?
Response: 1.0E-6
Related Commands
SWEep:POINts
SWEep:TIME
2–181
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SWEep Subsystem
2–182
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SYSTem Subsystem
This section describes each command and query in the SYSTem subsystem. See
Figure 2–23. These commands program utility functions and return version
information about the waveform analyzer.
SYSTem
:COMMunicate
:SERial
:ERRor?
:PROTect
:SECurity
:SET
:VERSion?
:IMMediate
Figure 2–23: SYSTem subsystem hierarchy
2–183
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SYSTem Subsystem
SYSTem:AUToset:SWEep
TVS600A Models Only
Sets SWEep:TINTerval to the nearest value such that an acquired record contains
2.5 cycles of the incoming signal on the specified channel.
A main-to-delay trigger timer is used to measure the period of the requested
channel. The main and delay triggers will be temporarily assigned to the
requested channel and levels set to 50% of the signal while this command is
executing. The trigger search will timeout after approximately 20ms. This
implies that the incoming signal should be a repetitive 50Hz signal or faster.
If no triggers are found then the sweep rate will be unchanged.
It is the responsibility of the host application to preset all related settings such as
bandwidth filters, couplings, vertical settings, and so on.
After autoset completes, the host application can query SWEep:TINTerval to
find out what was done.
When part of a global autoset, SYSTem:AUToset:VOLTage should be sent first.
Syntax
SYSTem:AUToset:SWEep <channel>
<channel>
Query response
Parameters
CHAN[1]
CHAN2
CHAN3
CHAN4
Not applicable
Suffix Units and
Multipliers
None
Reset Value
Not applicable
Errors and Events
Command Error –141, “Invalid character data”
Attempted to autoset IMMediate or any other illegal value.
Execution Error –221, “Settings conflict”
Attempted to autoset a channel that is not turned on.
Execution Error –241, “Hardware missing”
Attempted to autoset INTernal3 or INTernal4 when the instrument is configured
with only two channels.
2–184
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SYSTem Subsystem
Dependencies
Examples
See SWEep:TINTerval side effects.
Command: SYST:AUT:SWE CHAN1
Related Commands
SWEep:TINTerval
SYSTem:AUToset:VOLTage
SYSTem:AUToset:TRIGger
SYSTem:AUToset:TRIGger
TVS600A Models Only
This command sets the TRIGger[:A]:SOURe to <channel> and TRIGger:LEVel
to 50% of the peak to peak value of the trigger signal.
A binary search algorithm will be used with the trigger comparator to find the
peaks of the trigger signal. The trigger search will timeout after approximately
20ms. This implies that the incoming signal should be a repetitive 50Hz signal
or faster.
If no triggers are found then the trigger level will be unchanged.
It is the responsibility of the host application to preset all related settings such as
bandwidth filters, couplings, vertical settings, and so on.
After autoset completes, the host application can query TRIGger:LEVel to find
out what was done.
When part of a global autoset, SYSTem:AUToset:VOLTage should be performed
first.
Syntax
SYSTem:AUToset:TRIGger <channel>
<channel>
Query response
Parameters
CHAN[1]
CHAN2
CHAN3
CHAN4
Not applicable
Suffix Units and
Multipliers
None
Reset Value
Not applicable
2–185
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SYSTem Subsystem
Errors and Events
None
Dependencies
Examples
None
Command: SYSTem:AUT:TRIG CHAN
Related Commands
TRIGger:LEVel
SYSTem:AUToset:VOLTage
SYSTem:AUToset:SWEep
SYSTem:AUToset:VOLTage
TVS600A Models Only
Sets VOLTage:RANGe:UPPer and VOLTage:RANGe:LOWer so that the
incoming signal fills the center 90% of the peak to peak range.
Multiple acquisitions of an arbitrary period of 20ms will be acquired with peak
detect circuits enabled to find the peaks of the signal. This implies that the
incoming signal should be a repetitive 50Hz signal or faster.
It is the responsibility of the host application to preset all related settings such as
bandwidth filters, couplings, vertical settings, and so on.
After autoset completes, the host application can query VOLTage:RANGe:UPPer
and LOWer or VOLTage:RANGe PTPeak and OFFSet to find out what was
done.
Syntax
SYSTem:AUToset:VOLTage <channel>
<channel>
Query response
Parameters
CHAN[1]
CHAN2
CHAN3
CHAN4
Not applicable
Suffix Units and
Multipliers
None
Reset Value
Not applicable
Errors and Events
Command Error –141, “Invalid character data”
Attempted to autoset IMMediate or any other illegal value.
2–186
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SYSTem Subsystem
Execution Error –221, “Settings conflict”
Attempted to autoset a channel that is not turned on.
Execution Error –241, “Hardware missing”
Attempted to autoset INTernal3 or INTernal4 when the instrument is configured
with only two channels.
Dependencies
Examples
Trigger level may be affected.
Command: SYST:AUT:VOLT CHAN1
Related Commands
VOLTage:RANGe:UPPer
VOLTage:RANGe:LOWer
SYSTem:AUToset:SWEep
SYSTem:AUToset:TRIGger
2–187
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SYSTem Subsystem
SYSTem:BDATe?
SYSTem:BDATe
TVS600A Models Only
Sets and queries the battery installation date for the nonvolatile memory in the
instruments.
The date loaded is not evaluated for accuracy by the instrument. However the
year should be the complete four digit year ie. 1997 and the month should be 1
through 12 for January through December and the day should be 1 through 31
for the day of the month.
Syntax
SYSTem:BDATe?
SYSTem:BDATe <year>,<month>,<day>
<year> <month> <day>
Query response
Parameters
<NRf>, <NRf>, <NRf>
<NR1>,<NR1>,<NR1>
Suffix Units and
Multipliers
None
Reset Value
Not applicable
Errors and Events
Execution Error –203, “Command protected”
Attempted to set battery date when SYSTem:PROTect is ON.
Dependencies
Examples
None
Command: SYST:BDAT 1997,7,4
Query:
SYST:BDAT?
Response: 1997,7,4
Related Commands
SYSTem:PROTect
2–188
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SYSTem Subsystem
SYSTem:CDATe?
SYSTem:CDATe
TVS600A Models Only
Sets and queries the factory/service calibration date of the instruments.
The date loaded is not evaluated for accuracy by the instrument. However the
year should be the complete four digit year (for example, 1997), the month
should be 1 through 12 for January through December, the day should be 1
through 31 for the day of the month.
Syntax
SYSTem:CDATe?
SYSTem:CDATe <year>,<month>,<day>
<year> <month> <day>
Query response
Parameters
<NRf>, <NRf>, <NRf>
<NR1>,<NR1>,<NR1>
Suffix Units and
Multipliers
None
Reset Value
Not applicable
Errors and Events
Execution Error –203, “Command protected”
Attempted to set battery date when SYSTem:PROTect is ON.
Dependencies
Examples
None
Command: SYST:CDAT 1997,7,4
Query:
SYST:CDAT?
Response: 1997,7,4
Related Commands
SYSTem:PROTect
2–189
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SYSTem Subsystem
SYSTem:COMMunicate:SERial:BAUD
SYSTem:COMMunicate:SERial:BAUD?
Sets or queries the baud rate of the front panel RS-232 port. The baud rate is the
data transfer rate in bits per second for a serial transfer. Both transmit and receive
baud rates are set by this command. Refer to the TVS600 & TVS600A Series
Waveform Analyzers User Manual for the factory setting.
When you set :SERial:BAUD, the new value is stored in nonvolatile RAM and
is recalled at power up. However, the baud rate is not saved with stored settings
(*LRN) and it is not reset to a default value by *RST.
Syntax
SYSTem:COMMunicate:SERial:BAUD <baud_rate>
SYSTem:COMMunicate:SERial:BAUD?
<baud_rate>
Query response
Parameters
<NRf>
300
600
<NR1>
300
600
1200
2400
4800
9600
19200
1
1
38400
1
57600
MINimum
MAXimum
300
1
19200 (57600 )
1
TVS600A only
Reset Value
Not applicable
Errors and Events
Execution Error –222, “Data out of range”
Attempted to set the baud rate to an illegal value.
Dependencies
Examples
None
Command: SYST:COMM:SER:BAUD 4800
Query:
SYST:COMM:SER:BAUD?
Response: 4800
2–190
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SYSTem Subsystem
Related Commands
SYSTem:COMMunicate:SERial:PARity
SYSTem:COMMunicate:SERial:SBITs
SYSTem:COMMunicate:SERial:CONTrol:DCD
SYSTem:COMMunicate:SERial:CONTrol:DCD?
Sets or queries whether the instrument is sensitive to the front panel RS-232
DCD line. The setting ON specifies that the port ignores data unless the DCD
line is high. This mode is useful when you have a modem connected. The setting
OFF means the DCD line is ignored. Refer to the TVS600 & TVS600A Series
Waveform Analyzers User Manual for the factory setting.
When you set :SERial:CONTrol:DCD, the new value is stored in nonvolatile
RAM and is recalled at power up. However, the control mode is not saved with
stored settings (*LRN) and it is not reset to a default value by *RST.
Syntax
SYSTem:COMMunicate:SERial:CONTrol:DCD <boolean>
SYSTem:COMMunicate:SERial:CONTrol:DCD?
<boolean>
Query response
Parameters
<NRf>
1 or ON
<NR1>
1
0 or OFF
0
Reset Value
Errors and Events
Dependencies
Examples
Not applicable
None
None
Command: SYST:COMM:SER:CONT:DCD ON
Query: SYST:COMM:SER:CONT:DCD?
Response: 1
Related Commands
SYSTem:COMMunicate:SERial:CONTrol:RTS
SYSTem:COMMunicate:SERial:PACE
2–191
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SYSTem Subsystem
SYSTem:COMMunicate:SERial:CONTrol:RTS
SYSTem:COMMunicate:SERial:CONTrol:RTS?
Sets or queries the operation of the front panel RS-232 RTS and CTS lines. The
setting OFF sets the outgoing RTS line low and ignores the incoming CTS line.
The setting ON sets the outgoing RTS line high and ignores the incoming CTS
line. The setting IBFull or RFR enables the two lines for hardware flow control.
Refer to the TVS600 & TVS600A Series Waveform Analyzers User Manual for
the factory setting.
The waveform analyzer does not support DTR/DSR flow control. The instrument
holds the DTR line high and ignores the DSR line.
When you set :SERial:CONTrol:RTS, the new value is stored in nonvolatile
RAM and is recalled at power up. However, the control mode is not saved with
stored settings (*LRN) and it is not reset to a default value by *RST.
Syntax
SYSTem:COMMunicate:SERial:CONTrol:RTS <flow_control>
SYSTem:COMMunicate:SERial:CONTrol:RTS?
<flow_control>
Query response
Parameters
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
IBFull | RFR
IBF
Reset Value
Not applicable
Errors and Events
Execution Error –141, “Invalid character data”
Attempted to set the hardware flow control to an illegal value.
Dependencies
Examples
None
Command: SYST:COMM:SER:CONT:RTS IBF
Query:
SYST:COMM:SER:CONT:RTS?
Response: IBF
Related Commands
SYSTem:COMMunicate:SERial:CONTrol:DCD
SYSTem:COMMunicate:SERial:PACE
2–192
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SYSTem Subsystem
SYSTem:COMMunicate:SERial:ECHO
SYSTem:COMMunicate:SERial:ECHO?
Sets or queries whether incoming characters are echoed back to the front panel
RS-232 port. This mode is useful when you are typing commands at a connected
terminal because you can see what characters the instrument received. Refer to
the TVS600 & TVS600A Series Waveform Analyzers User Manual for the factory
setting.
When you set :SERial:ECHO, the new value is stored in nonvolatile RAM and is
recalled at power up. However, the echo mode is not saved with stored settings
(*LRN) and it is not reset to a default value by *RST.
Syntax
SYSTem:COMMunicate:SERial:ECHO <boolean>
SYSTem:COMMunicate:SERial:ECHO?
<boolean>
Query response
Parameters
<NRf>
1 or ON
<NR1>
1
0 or OFF
0
Reset Value
Errors and Events
Dependencies
Examples
Not applicable
None
None
Command: SYST:COMM:SER:ECHO OFF
Query:
SYST:COMM:SER:ECHO?
Response: 0
Related Commands
SYSTem:COMMunicate:SERial:PRESet:RAW
SYSTem:COMMunicate:SERial:PRESet:TERMinal
SYSTem:COMMunicate:SERial:ERESponse
SYSTem:COMMunicate:SERial:ERESponse?
Sets or queries whether error messages are automatically returned to the front
panel RS-232 port. When OFF, error messages are stored in the RS-232 Error
2–193
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SYSTem Subsystem
Queue. The OFF mode is appropriate when you have a computer connected to
the RS-232 connector. When ON, messages are immediately displayed. The ON
mode is most appropriate when a simple display terminal is connected to the
front panel RS-232. Refer to the TVS600 & TVS600A Series Waveform Analyzers
User Manual for the factory setting.
When you set :SERial:ERESponse, the new value is stored in nonvolatile RAM
and is recalled at power up. However, the error response mode is not saved with
stored settings (*LRN) and it is not reset to a default value by *RST.
Syntax
SYSTem:COMMunicate:SERial:ERESponse <boolean>
SYSTem:COMMunicate:SERial:ERESponse?
<boolean>
Query response
Parameters
<NRf>
1 or ON
<NR1>
1
0 or OFF
0
Reset Value
Errors and Events
Dependencies
Examples
Not applicable
None
None
Command: SYST:COMM:SER:ERES OFF
Query:
SYST:COMM:SER:ERES?
Response: 0
Related Commands
SYSTem:COMMunicate:SERial:PRESet:RAW
SYSTem:COMMunicate:SERial:PRESet:TERMinal
SYSTem:COMMunicate:SERial:LBUFfer
SYSTem:COMMunicate:SERial:LBUFfer?
Sets or queries the state of the character buffer for the front panel RS-232 port.
When ON, all input characters are queued until a newline (^J) or return (^M)
character is received; then the buffer contents are released to the command
parser. The following line editing commands let you modify the input before
entering a newline or return character:
2–194
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SYSTem Subsystem
H
H
H
^H (backspace),
^U (line-delete)
^D (end-of-file).
When OFF, characters are immediately passed to the parser, line editing is not
possible, and you must enter a newline (^J) character to terminate a command
line. When transferring binary data, always set the line buffer to OFF. When
buffering is on, return characters (^M) are converted to newlines (^J) and
outgoing newlines (^J) are converted to return-newlines (^M^J). The conversion
of termination characters causes significant problems when transferring binary
data.
When you set :SERial:LBUFfer, the new value is stored in nonvolatile RAM and
is recalled at power up. However, the buffer mode is not saved with stored
settings (*LRN) and it is not reset to a default value by *RST. Refer to the
TVS600 & TVS600A Series Waveform Analyzers User Manual for the factory
setting.
Syntax
SYSTem:COMMunicate:SERial:LBUFfer <boolean>
SYSTem:COMMunicate:SERial:LBUFfer?
<boolean>
Query response
Parameters
<NRf>
1 or ON
<NR1>
1
0 or OFF
0
Reset Value
Errors and Events
Dependencies
Examples
Not applicable
None
None
Command: SYST:COMM:SER:LBUF OFF
Query:
SYST:COMM:SER:LBUF?
Response: 0
Related Commands
SYSTem:COMMunicate:SERial:PRESet:RAW
SYSTem:COMMunicate:SERial:PRESet:TERMinal
2–195
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SYSTem Subsystem
SYSTem:COMMunicate:SERial:PACE
SYSTem:COMMunicate:SERial:PACE?
Sets or queries whether software flow control (XON/XOFF) is enabled for the
front panel RS-232 port. Both transmit and receive values are set by this
command. Refer to the TVS600 & TVS600A Series Waveform Analyzers User
Manual for the factory setting.
When you set :SERial:PACE, the new value is stored in nonvolatile RAM and is
recalled at power up. However, the flow control mode is not saved with stored
settings (*LRN) and it is not reset to a default value by *RST.
You should not use software flow control when transferring binary data.
Syntax
SYSTem:COMMunicate:SERial:PACE <flow_control>
SYSTem:COMMunicate:SERial:PACE?
<flow_control>
Query response
Parameters
NONE
XON
NONE
XON
Reset Value
Not applicable
Errors and Events
Execution Error –141, “Invalid character data”
Attempted to set the software flow control to an illegal value.
Dependencies
Examples
None
Command: SYST:COMM:SER:PACE XON
Query:
SYST:COMM:SER:PACE?
Response: XON
Related Commands
SYSTem:COMMunicate:SERial:CONTrol:DCD
SYSTem:COMMunicate:SERial:CONTrol:RTS
SYSTem:COMMunicate:SERial:PRESet:RAW
SYSTem:COMMunicate:SERial:PRESet:TERMinal
2–196
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SYSTem Subsystem
SYSTem:COMMunicate:SERial:PARity
SYSTem:COMMunicate:SERial:PARity?
Sets or queries the type of parity for the front panel RS-232 port. Parity provides
a minimum level of data security by appending one data bit to each transmitted
character to achieve an even or odd number of “1” digits. Both transmit and
receive values are set by this command. Refer to the TVS600 & TVS600A Series
Waveform Analyzers User Manual for the factory setting.
When you set :SERial:PARity, the new value is stored in nonvolatile RAM and
is recalled at power up. However, the parity mode is not saved with stored
settings (*LRN) and it is not reset to a default value by *RST.
Syntax
SYSTem:COMMunicate:SERial:PARity[:TYPE] <type>
SYSTem:COMMunicate:SERial:PARity[:TYPE]?
<type> (Select parity type)
Query response
Parameters
EVEN
NONE
ODD
EVEN
NONE
ODD
Reset Value
Not applicable
Errors and Events
Execution Error –141, “Invalid character data”
Attempted to set the parity to an illegal value.
Dependencies
Examples
None
Command: SYST:COMM:SER:PAR EVEN
Query:
SYST:COMM:SER:PAR?
Response: EVEN
Related Commands
SYSTem:COMMunicate:SERial:BAUD
SYSTem:COMMunicate:SERial:SBITs
SYSTem:COMMunicate:SERial:PRESet
These commands provide three :SERial settings that configure the RS-232 port
parameters for typical transfer modes. The default node sets all RS-232 settings
2–197
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SYSTem Subsystem
to a known state. :RAW and :TERMinal change only a subset of the RS-232
parameters. The :RAW preset is most appropriate when you connect a computer
to the RS-232 port. TERMinal should be used when you connect a display
terminal.
The command “T” followed by a newline (^J) will configure the RS-232 port for
terminal operation when it is currently in RAW mode. There are no associated
queries.
The Table 2–4 specifies the preset values for each PRESet command.
Table 2–4: Effects of :PRESet on Serial Port Parameters
SERial Port Parameter
BAUD
[:ALL]
9600
OFF
ON
:RAW
:TERMinal
1
1
NC
NC
1
1
CONTrol:DCD
CONTrol:RTS
ECHO
NC
NC
1
1
NC
NC
OFF
OFF
OFF
NONE
NONE
1
OFF
ON
ERESponse
LBUFfer
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
PACE
NONE
XON
1
1
PARity
NC
NC
1
1
SBITs
NC
NC
1
The entry NC means the value is not changed.
Syntax
SYSTem:COMMunicate:SERial:PRESet[:ALL]
SYSTem:COMMunicate:SERial:PRESet:RAW
SYSTem:COMMunicate:SERial:PRESet:TERMinal
Not applicable
Query response
Not applicable
Parameters
See Syntax
Reset Value
Errors and Events
Dependencies
Not applicable
None
None
2–198
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SYSTem Subsystem
Examples
Command: SYST:COMM:SER:PRES:TERM
Related Commands
SYSTem:COMMunicate:SERial Commands
SYSTem:COMMunicate:SERial:SBITs
SYSTem:COMMunicate:SERial:SBITs?
Sets or queries the number of stop bits sent with each character transmitted on
the front panel RS-232 port. Both transmit and receive values are set by this
command. Refer to the TVS600 & TVS600A Series Waveform Analyzers User
Manual for the factory setting.
When you set :SERial:SBITs, the new value is stored in nonvolatile RAM and is
recalled at power up. However, the number of stop bits is not saved with stored
settings (*LRN) and it is not reset to a default value by *RST.
Syntax
SYSTem:COMMunicate:SERial:SBITs <stop_bits>
SYSTem:COMMunicate:SERial:SBITs?
<stop_bits>
Query response
Parameters
<NRf>
1 or MINimum
<NR1>
1
2 or MAXimum
2
Reset Value
Not applicable
Errors and Events
Execution Error –222, “Data out of range”
Attempted to set the number of stop bits to an illegal value.
Dependencies
Examples
None
Command: SYST:COMM:SER:SBIT 2
Query:
SYST:COMM:SER:SBIT?
Response: 2
Related Commands
SYSTem:COMMunicate:SERial:BAUD
SYSTem:COMMunicate:SERial:PARity
2–199
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SYSTem Subsystem
SYSTem:ERRor? (Query Only)
This query returns the next entry from the waveform analyzer Status Queue. The
event message contains the event number and a text description of the event.
Reading an event removes it from the queue. Errors and events are cleared from
the Status Queue at power up, upon receipt of the command *CLS, and upon
reading the last item from the event queue.
Refer to the TVS600 & TVS600A Series Waveform Analyzers User Manual for a
detailed description of the Status Queue and a complete list of system events.
Syntax
SYSTem:ERRor[:NEXT]?
<event>
Query response
Parameters
Not applicable
<NR1>, <string>
Reset Value
Not applicable
Errors and Events
Device Specific Error –350, “Queue Overflow”
The error/event queue overflowed due to the execution errors of other com-
mands. The SYST:ERR? query cannot generate an error.
Dependencies
Examples
None
Query:
SYST:ERR?
Response: -221, Settings conflict"
Related Commands
STATus:OPERation:QENable:NTRansition
STATus:OPERation:QENable:PTRansition
STATus:QUEStionable:QENable:NTRansition
STATus:QUEStionable:QENable:PTRansition
STATus:PRESet
STATus:SESR:QENable
SYSTem:ERRor:ALL?
*CLS
2–200
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SYSTem Subsystem
SYSTem:ERRor:ALL? (Query Only)
Returns the list of all events stored in the waveform analyzer Status Queue. Each
event message contains the event number and a text description of the event.
Events are separated by commas. Errors and events are cleared from the Status
Queue at power up, upon receipt of the command *CLS, and upon reading the
last item from the event queue.
Refer to the TVS600 & TVS600A Series Waveform Analyzers User Manual for a
detailed description of the Status Queue and a complete list of system events.
Syntax
SYSTem:ERRor:ALL?
<event>
Query response
Parameters
Not applicable
<NR1>, <string>
Reset Value
Not applicable
0, “No error”
Errors and Events
Attempted to read an event when the queue is empty.
Device Specific Error –350, “Queue Overflow”
The Status Queue has overflowed or run out of memory.
Dependencies
Examples
None
Query:
SYST:QUE:ALL?
Response: -221, Settingsconflict",-224,"Illegal parameter
value"
Related Commands
SYSTem:ERRor?
2–201
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SYSTem Subsystem
SYSTem:ERRor:CODE? (Query Only)
Returns the next event codes stored in the waveform analyzer Status Queue. The
returned error code does not include the associated event message. Errors and
events are cleared from the Status Queue at power up, upon receipt of the
command *CLS, and upon reading the last item from the event queue. To return
all error codes use SYSTem:ERRor:CODE:ALL?. Use SYSTem:ERRor? to
return an error code and its event message.
Refer to the TVS600 & TVS600A Series Waveform Analyzers User Manual for a
detailed description of the Status Queue and a complete list of system events.
Syntax
SYSTem:ERRor:CODE[:NEXT]?
<code>
Query response
Parameters
Not applicable
<NR1>
Reset Value
Not applicable
0, “No error”
Errors and Events
Attempted to read an event when the queue is empty.
Device Specific Error –350, “Queue Overflow”
The Status Queue has overflowed or run out of memory.
Dependencies
Examples
None
Query:
SYST:ERR:CODE?
Response: -221
Related Commands
SYSTem:ERRor?
SYSTem:ERRor:CODE:ALL?
2–202
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SYSTem Subsystem
SYSTem:ERRor:CODE:ALL? (Query Only)
Returns the list of all event codes stored in the waveform analyzer Status Queue.
The returned error codes do not include their associated event messages. Event
codes are separated by commas. Use SYSTem:ERRor:CODE? to return one error
code at a time. Use SYSTem:ERRor:ALL? to return all error codes and event
messages.
Refer to the TVS600 & TVS600A Series Waveform Analyzers User Manual for a
detailed description of the Status Queue and a complete list of system events.
Syntax
SYSTem:ERRor:CODE:ALL?
<code>
Query response
Parameters
Not applicable
<NR1>
Reset Value
Not applicable
0, “No error”
Errors and Events
Attempted to read an event when the queue is empty.
Device Specific Error –350, “Queue Overflow”
The Status Queue has overflowed or run out of memory.
Dependencies
Examples
None
Query:
SYST:ERR:CODE:ALL?
Response: -221,-224
Related Commands
SYSTem:ERRor?
SYSTem:ERRor:CODE
2–203
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SYSTem Subsystem
SYSTem:ERRor:COUNt? (Query Only)
Returns the number of unread events in the Status Queue. The Status Queue is
not modified by this command. Use SYSTem:ERRor? to return the errors and
events from the Status Queue. Errors and events are cleared from the Status
Queue at power up, upon receipt of the command *CLS, and upon reading the
last item from the event queue.
Syntax
SYSTem:ERRor:COUNt?
<count>
Query response
Parameters
Not applicable
<NR1>
Reset Value
Errors and Events
Dependencies
Examples
Not applicable
None
None
Query:
SYST:ERR:COUN?
Response: 3
Related Commands
SYSTem:ERRor:ALL?
SYSTem:ERRor:CODE:ALL?
SYSTem:PROTect
SYSTem:PROTect?
Sets or queries whether protection for a group of sensitive instrument commands
is enabled. When protection is enabled (set ON, the default), the following
settings cannot be changed without first setting SYSTem:PROTect to OFF:
H
H
H
H
INPut:PROTection:STATe
SYSTem:SECurity:IMMediate
TEST:LOG:CLEar
*PUD
2–204
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SYSTem Subsystem
SYSTem:PROTect is enabled, set to ON, when you reset (*RST) or power up the
instrument.
Syntax
SYSTem:PROTect
SYSTem:PROTect?
<boolean>
Query response
Parameters
<NRf>
1 or ON
<NR1>
1
0 or OFF
0
Reset Value
Errors and Events
Dependencies
Examples
1
None
None
Command: SYST:PROT ON
Query:
SYST:PROT?
Response: 1
Related Commands
INPut:PROTection:STATe
SYSTem:SECurity:IMMediate
TEST:LOG:CLEar
*PUD
SYSTem:SECurity:IMMediate
Immediately destroys all measurement data and stored instrument settings. The
instrument writes over measurement data in acquisition memory three times with
a fixed bit pattern. Current settings are initialized to their *RST or factory default
values but critical calibration constants are retained. Set SYSTem:PROTect to
OFF before using the command SYSTem:SECurity:IMMediate.
Syntax
SYSTem:SECurity:IMMediate
Parameters
None
2–205
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SYSTem Subsystem
Reset Value
Not applicable
Errors and Events
Execution Error –203, “Command protected”
Attempted to execute this command without first removing the protection with
the command SYSTem:PROTect.
Dependencies
Examples
All measurement data and instrument settings are lost upon execution.
Command: SYST:SEC:IMM
Related Commands
*RST
SYSTem:SET
SYSTem:SET?
Sets or queries the internal state of the instrument as a binary data block. The
format of the binary data is instrument specific and should not be modified if
you intend to use it to set the instrument state. Binary settings may not be
compatible with other models or firmware versions of the TVS600 Series
Waveform Analyzers. Use the *LRN? query to get an ASCII version of the
instrument settings.
Syntax SYSTem:SET <settings>
SYSTem:SET?
<settings>
Query response
Parameters
<def_len_block> or
<indef_len_block>
<def_len_block>
Reset Value
Not applicable
Errors and Events
Execution Error –233, “Invalid version”
Attempted to load a block of binary settings that have a version number different
from that of the instrument.
Dependencies
Examples
None
Command: SYST:SET #45000 . . .
2–206
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SYSTem Subsystem
Query:
SYST:SET?
Response: #45000 . . .
Related Commands
*LRN?
*RCL
*SAV
SYSTem:VERSion? (Query Only)
Returns the SCPI version supported by the waveform analyzer. You will need
this version number if you call Tektronix for product or application support.
Syntax SYSTem:VERSion?
<version>
Query response
Parameters
Not applicable
<NR2>
1995.0
Reset Value
Errors and Events
Dependencies
Examples
Not applicable
None
None
Query:
SYST:VERS?
Response: 1995.0
Related Commands
*IDN?
2–207
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SYSTem Subsystem
2–208
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
TEST Subsystem
This section describes the commands in the TEST subsystem. See Figure 2–24.
These commands execute the internal self-tests of the waveform analyzer module
and return the pass or fail status.
TEST
[:ALL]
:RESults
Figure 2–24: TEST subsystem hierarchy
2–209
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
TEST Subsystem
TEST
TEST?
Executes all internal self-tests once. If a failure occurs, the test will stop. The
query form returns the number of the first test that fails or zero if there were no
failures. The command form executes the same tests but does not return a result
value.
Use the command *WAI, *OPC, or *OPC? to delay execution of the TEST?
command until the self test completes. Completion of the tests clears the
TESTing flag in the Operation Status register.
Upon a failure, you should refer the instrument to your Service provider for
repair. For a listing of the failure codes, refer to the TVS600 Series Waveform
Analyzers Service Manual.
Syntax
TEST[:ALL]
TEST[:ALL]?
None
Query response
Parameters
Not applicable
<NR1>
0
(no failure)
1000 – 1999
(self test failure)
Reset Value
Errors and Events
Dependencies
Examples
Not applicable
None
Command: TEST
Query:
TEST?
Response: 0
Related Commands
TEST:RESults?
TEST:RESults:VERBose?
2–210
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
TEST Subsystem
TEST:RESults? (Query Only)
Returns the failure code for the last self-test command that was executed. The
returned failure code identifies the first test that failed. See the Parameters table
for the possible responses. Use the command *WAI, *OPC, or *OPC? to delay
execution of the TEST:RESults? command until the self test completes.
Completion of the tests clears the TESTing flag in the Operation Status register.
Syntax
TEST:RESults[:CODE]?
<failure_code>
Query response
Parameters
Not applicable
<NR1>
–1
0
(test in progress)
(no failure)
1000 – 1999
(Self Test failure)
Reset Value
Errors and Events
Dependencies
Examples
Not applicable
None
None
Query:
TEST:RES?
Response: 0
Related Commands
TEST
TEST:RESults:VERBose?
2–211
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
TEST Subsystem
TEST:RESults:VERBose? (Query Only)
Returns a failure code as a string describing the last executed self-test command
and the results of the self test. The returned failure code describes the first test
that failed. See the Parameters table for the possible responses. Use the
command *WAI, *OPC, or *OPC? to delay execution of the TEST:RESults?
command until the self test completes. Completion of the tests clears the
TESTing flag in the Operation Status register.
Syntax TEST:RESults:VERBose?
<test_results>
Query response
Parameters
Not applicable
<string>
error number: <NR1>
–1
0
(test in progress)
(no failure)
1000 – 1999
(Self Test failure)
verbose message:
(error specific)
Reset Value
Errors and Events
Dependencies
Examples
Not applicable
None
None
Query:
TEST:RES:VERB?
Response: 1001,"TST_1 max=444 min=222 . . ."
Related Commands
TEST
TEST:RESults?
2–212
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
TEST Subsystem
TEST:STOP
TVS600A Models Only
This command aborts an active test sequence at the end of the currently
executing test.
There is no associated query for this command.
If no test is running this command has no effect.
Syntax
TEST:STOP
Parameters
None
Suffix Units and
Multipliers
None
Reset Value
Errors and Events
Dependencies
Not applicable
None
None
Examples
Command: TEST:STOP
Related Commands
None
2–213
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
TEST Subsystem
2–214
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
TRACe Subsystem
This section describes the commands in the TRACe subsystem which store and
retrieve acquisition and measurement results. See Figure 2–25 and Figure 2–26.
The SENSe subsystem command DATA? provides another way to transfer
acquisition records and CALC:DATA? provides an alternate way to transfer the
results of calculations.
TRACe | DATA
[:DATA]?
:CATalog? :COPY
:FEED?
:LIST
:POINts?
:PREamble?
Figure 2–25: TRACe subsystem hierarchy
“XTIM:VOLT n”
SENSe
TRACe
CHAN1..4
CALCulate1..4
AATS
CALC1..4
”CALCn”
Figure 2–26: Functions of the TRACe subsystem
2–215
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
TRACe Subsystem
TRACe
TRACe?
The command form downloads waveforms or other data to the waveform
analyzer. The query form uploads acquisition records or measurement results
from the waveform analyzer to your VXIbus controller.
Command
TRACe sends the data and preamble (offset, scale, and other information) to the
waveform analyzer. The data must be in a DIF (Data Interchange Format) to be
accepted by the waveform analyzer.
Normally, you send both data and preamble, but you can send just the data or
preamble block in your DIF block; if you do so, the rules described in Table 2–5
apply:
Table 2–5: Rules for Downloads
Destination REF doesn’t
exist
Download contains:
Destination REF exists
Preamble block and data
Overwrites existing preamble
Writes new preamble
Overwrites existing data
Overwrites existing preamble
Restructures existing data
Writes new data
Preamble block, no data
No preamble, data only
Writes new preamble
Creates new data values initi-
ated to zero
1
based on new preamble
Existing preamble has size
(only) adjusted to fit incoming
data
Creates preamble with default
scale (1.0), offset (0.0), and
size (adjusted to fit incoming
data)
Overwrites existing data
Writes new data
1
Size of existing reference trace will be truncated or zero-padded as necessary to
match incoming preamble.
Query
TRACe? returns the data in the format you specify. You set the data format for
acquisition records and measurement results using the FORMat subsystem
described on page 2–93. The query does not return data until pending acquisi-
tions or calculations complete; therefore, the synchronizing commands *WAI,
*OPC, and *OPC? are not required.
Single data records are returned unless auto-advance is on, in which case, the
AADVance:RECord:STARt and :COUNt commands determine which and how
many records are returned. This command returns raw data only; see the
TRACe[:DATA]:PREamble? query to obtain scale and offset information.
Note the following points about data sources:
2–216
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
TRACe Subsystem
H
Channels. The [SENSe:]DATA commands provide equivalent functions to
the commands in the TRACe subsystem and there are fixed feeds between
the SENSe and TRACe subsystems. [SENSe:]DATA? ”XTIM:VOLT 1” is
equivalent to TRAC? CHAN1. The feed control for CHAN1..4 is set to
ALWays (always enabled).
[:DATA] is not accepted as a default node under DATA because the
definition of [SENSe:]DATA? and DATA[:DATA]? would be ambiguous.
H
H
CALC blocks. The CALC:DATA commands provide equivalent functions to
the commands in the TRACe subsystem and there are fixed feed between the
CALC and TRACE subsystems. CALC1:DATA? is equivalent to TRAC?
CALC1. The feed control for CALC1..4 is set to ALWays (always enabled).
AATS. The source AATS is the Auto Advance Time Stamp record. The
record contains a sequence of times in seconds, from t:STARt to tn, between
auto-advance records. The value t:STARt is the record specified with the
AADV:REC:STAR command. Set the format of the AATS record to ASCII
or 32 bit REAL numbers with the command FORM:TRAC:AATS. FDC
transfers are binary only. The feed control for AATS is always enabled.
H
References. REF1..10 are reference waveform records. There are no sense
functions associated with these trace names, so there are no [SENSe:]DATA
command equivalents.
For more information on uploading and downloading, refer to the waveform I/O
discussion in the TVS600 & TVS600A Series Waveform Analyzers User Manual.
Syntax
TRACe[:DATA] <destination>,(<block> | <dif_expression> |
(<numeric_value>{,<numeric_value}))
TRACe[:DATA]? <source>
DATA:DATA <destination>,(<block> | <dif_expression> |
(<numeric_value>{,<numeric_value}))
DATA:DATA? <source>
<source>
Query response
Parameters
CHAN1
CHAN2
CHAN3
CHAN4
AATS
Not applicable
CALC1
CALC2
CALC3
CALC4
REF1 .. REF10
2–217
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
TRACe Subsystem
<destination>
Query response
REF1 .. REF10
Not applicable
<data>
Query response
Not applicable
Defined by FORMat:TRACe
Reset Value
Not applicable
Errors and Events
Execution Error –141, “Invalid character data”
Attempted to query data from an invalid trace name or attempted to send data to
a destination other than REF1 though REF10.
Execution Error –200, “DIF error”
Attempted to send a DIF expression that is not recognized by the instrument.
Execution Error –223, “Too much data”
Attempted to send a data record larger than 64536 points.
Execution Error –230, “Data corrupt or stale”
Attempted to query data that is invalid, incomplete or stale.
Execution Error –241, “Hardware missing”
Attempted to query data from CHAN3 or CHAN4 when the instrument is
configured with two channels.
Dependencies
Examples
None
Command: TRAC REF1,<dif_block>
Query:
TRAC? CHAN1
Response: <arb_block_data>
Related Commands
[SENSe:]DATA?
[SENSe:]DATA:PREamble?
CALCulate:DATA?
CALCulate:DATA:PREamble?
TRACe:PREamble?
2–218
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
TRACe Subsystem
TRACe:CATalog?
Returns list of the predefined trace names in your waveform analyzer. The trace
names are quoted strings separated by commas. CHAN1 to 4 refer to SENSe
functions “XTIM:VOLT n”. CALC1 to 4 refer to the results data from the four
CALCulate blocks. AATS refers to the Auto Advance Time Stamp record. REF1
though REF10 refers to the reference waveform records.
The CHAN3 and CHAN4 trace names are not defined when the waveform
analyzer has only two channels.
There is no associated command for this query.
Syntax
TRACe:CATalog?
DATA:CATalog?
Data Types
Reset Value
None
Not applicable
None
Errors and Events
Dependencies
Examples
None
Query:
TRAC:CAT?
Response: "CHAN1","CHAN2","CHAN3","CHAN4","AATS","CALC1",
"CALC2","CALC3","CALC4"
"REF1","REF2","REF3","REF4",
"REF5","REF6","REF7","REF8",
"REF9","REF10"
Note that CHAN3 and CHAN4 are not defined for two channel
instruments.
Related Commands
TRACe?
TRACe:PREamble?
2–219
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
TRACe Subsystem
TRACe:COPY
Copies acquisition or measurement data, or reference waveform records, to the
outgoing Fast Data Channel (FDC), or to reference waveform records (REF1 to
REF10). The CHAN1 to CHAN4 and CALC1 to CALC4 commands refer to the
corresponding input channel or CALC block result. LIST includes all traces
defined with the command TRACe:LIST. Traces with no data are copied as null
blocks. No error is generated.
There is no associated query for this command.
For more information, refer to the TVS600 & TVS600A Series Waveform
Analyzers User Manual.
Syntax
TRACe:COPY <destination>, <source>
DATA:COPY <destination>, <source>
<destination>
Query response
Parameters
FDC1
Not applicable
REF1 .. REF10
<source>
Query response
CHAN1
CHAN2
CHAN3
CHAN4
AATS
Not applicable
CALC1
CALC2
CALC3
CALC4
1
LIST
REF1 .. REF10
1
Fast Data Channel only
Reset Value
Not applicable
Errors and Events
Execution Error –141, “Invalid character data”
Attempted to copy data to or from an invalid trace name.
Execution Error –211, ”Settings conflict”
Attempted to transfer data from a trace LIST to a REF waveform.
2–220
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
TRACe Subsystem
Execution Error –241, “Hardware missing”
Attempted to copy data from CHAN3 or CHAN4 when the instrument is
configured with two channels.
Dependencies
Examples
None
Command: TRAC:COPY FDC1, CHAN1
Related Commands
TRACE:LIST
TRACe:DELete
TVS600A Models Only
This command deletes the data contents of the named reference trace.
There is no associated query for this command.
Traces with no valid data are deleted. No error is generated.
Syntax
TRACe:DELete[:NAME] <destination>
DATA:DELete[:NAME] <destination>
<destination>
Query response
Parameters
REF1 .. REF10
Not applicable
Suffix Units and
Multipliers
None
Reset Value
Not applicable
Errors and Events
Command Error –141, “Invalid character data”
Attempted to delete an invalid trace name.
Dependencies
Examples
None
Command: TRAC:DEL REF1
Related Commands
TRACe:COPY
TRACe:DATA
2–221
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
TRACe Subsystem
TRACe:DELete:ALL
TVS600A Models Only
This command deletes the data contents of all reference traces.
There is no associated query for this command.
Traces with no valid data are deleted. No error is generated.
Syntax
TRACe:DELete:ALL
DATA:DELete:ALL
Parameters
None
Suffix Units and
Multipliers
None
Reset Value
Errors and Events
Dependencies
Not applicable
None
None
Examples
Command: TRAC:DEL:ALL
Related Commands
SYST:SEC:IMM
TRACe:COPY
TRACe:DATA
2–222
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
TRACe Subsystem
TRACe:FEED?
Returns the source of data for the pre-defined trace names.
There is no associated command for this query.
Syntax
TRACe:FEED? <source>
DATA:FEED? <source>
<source>
Query response
Parameters
CHAN1
CHAN2
CHAN3
CHAN4
AATS
“XTIM:VOLT 1”
“XTIM:VOLT 2”
“XTIM:VOLT 3”
“XTIM:VOLT 4”
“AADV”
CALC1
“CALC1”
CALC2
CALC3
“CALC2”
“CALC3”
CALC4
REF1 .. REF10
“CALC4”
“REF1” .. “REF10”
Suffix Units and
Multipliers
None
Reset Value
Not applicable
Errors and Events
Execution Error –141, “Invalid character data”
Attempted to query the feed for an invalid trace name.
Dependencies
Examples
None
Query:
TRAC:FEED? CHAN1
Response: "XTIM:VOLT 1"
Related Commands
TRACe?
TRACe:PREamble?
2–223
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
TRACe Subsystem
TRACe:LIST
TRACe:LIST?
Sets or queries the list of traces to transfer through the VXI Fast Data Channel at
the completion of each INITiate command or when LIST is specified as the
source for the TRACe:COPY command.
If a trace contains no trace data, a null block is copied for that trace and no error
is generated.
Syntax
TRACe:LIST <list>
TRACe:LIST?
DATA:LIST <list>
DATA:LIST?
<list>
Query response
Parameters
CHAN1
CHAN2
CHAN3
CHAN4
AATS
CALC1
CALC2
CALC3
CALC4
REF1 .. REF10
NONE
CHAN1
CHAN2
CHAN3
CHAN4
AATS
CALC1
CALC2
CALC3
CALC4
REF1 .. REF10
NONE
Reset Value
NONE
Errors and Events
Command Error 108, “Parameter not allowed”
Attempted to assign more than 20 traces to the list.
Execution Error –141, “Invalid character data”
Attempted to include an invalid trace name in the list.
Dependencies
Examples
None
Command: TRAC:LIST CHAN1,CALC1
Query:
TRAC:LIST?
Response: CHAN1,CALC1
2–224
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
TRACe Subsystem
Related Commands
TRACE:COPY
TRACe:POINts?
Returns the number of sample points in the acquisition record or CALCulate
block record. The record length is set differently for each source:
H
H
H
CHAN<n> is set by SWEep:POINts.
AATS (Auto-advance Time Stamp) is set by AADVance:COUNt.
CALC<n> depends on the record length of the source waveform(s) and the
measurement or calculation selected.
H
H
Auto Advance is set by AADVance:RECord:STARt and AADVance:RE-
Cord:COUNt.
The query does not return until pending acquisitions/calculations are
complete. No *WAI, *OPC, or *OPC? is required unless the user wishes to
synchronize in a different manner.
H
H
H
H
H
H
H
The record length of a CHANn trace depends on the value of
SWEep:POINts.
The record length of the AATS trace depends on the value of SWEep:AAD-
Vance:COUNt.
The record length of a CALCn trace depends on the the record length of the
source waveform(s) and the measurement being performed.
The record length of a REFn trace depends on the record length of the stored
data.
If Auto Advance is on, the AADVance:RECord:STARt and :COUNt
commands determine the number of points returned by this query.
If a trace contains no valid data, a length of zero is returned. No error is
generated.
There is no associated command for this query.
If the record contains no data, a length of zero is returned.
Syntax
TRACe:POINts? <source>
DATA:POINts? <source>
2–225
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
TRACe Subsystem
<source>
Query response
Parameters
CHAN1
CHAN2
CHAN3
CHAN4
AATS
<NR1>
CALC1
CALC2
CALC3
CALC4
REF1 .. REF10
Reset Value
Not applicable
Errors and Events
Execution Error –141, “Invalid character data”
Attempted to query the record length of an invalid trace name.
Execution Error –241, “Hardware missing”
Attempted to query the record length of CHAN3 or CHAN4 when the instrument
is configured with two channels.
Dependencies
Examples
None
Query:
TRAC:POIN? CHAN1
Response: 1024
Related Commands
TRACe?
TRACE:PREamble?
SWEep:POINts
2–226
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
TRACe Subsystem
TRACe:PREamble?
Transfers the data preamble for acquisition records or measurement results from
the waveform analyzer to your VXIbus controller. The data preamble includes
scaling and length information for the associated data record. The query does not
return data until pending acquisitions or calculations complete. Hence, the
synchronizing commands *WAI, *OPC, and *OPC? are not required.
The [SENSe:]DATA:PRE and CALC:DATA:PRE commands provide equivalent
functions to the command TRACe:PRE. For example, [SENSe:]DATA:PRE?
“XTIM:VOLT 1” is equivalent to TRAC? CHAN1 and CALC1:DATA:PRE? is
equivalent to TRAC? CALC1. The feed controls for CHAN1 to CHAN4 and
CALC1 to CALC4 are always enabled.
The source AATS is the Auto Advance Time Stamp record which is not
supported by the SENSe subsystem. The feed control for AATS is always
enabled.
For more information, refer to the TVS600 & TVS600A Series Waveform
Analyzers User Manual.
There are fixed feeds between the SENSe and TRACe subsystems.
[SENSe:]DATA:PRE? ”XTIM:VOLT 1” is equivalent to TRAC:PRE? CHAN1.
The feed control for CHAN1..4 is set to ALWays.
There are fixed feeds between the CALCulate and TRACe subsystems.
CALC1:DATA:PRE? is equivalent to TRAC:PRE? CALC1. The feed control
for CALC1..4 is set to ALWays.
REF1..10 are the reference waveform records. There are no sense functions
associated with these trace names.
[:DATA] is not accepted as a default node under DATA because the definition of
[SENSe:]DATA:PRE? and DATA[:DATA]:PRE? would be ambiguous.
Syntax
TRACe[:DATA]:PREamble? <source>
DATA:DATA:PREamble? <source>
2–227
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
TRACe Subsystem
<source>
Query response
Parameters
CHAN1
CHAN2
CHAN3
CHAN4
AATS
Not applicable
CALC1
CALC2
CALC3
CALC4
REF1 .. REF10
<preamble>
Query response
Not applicable
DIF Expression
Reset Value
Not applicable
Errors and Events
Execution Error –141, “Invalid character data”
Attempted to query the preamble for an invalid trace name.
Execution Error –230, “Data corrupt or stale”
Attempted to query the preamble of data that is invalid, incomplete or stale.
Execution Error –241, “Hardware missing”
Attempted to query the preamble for CHAN3 or CHAN4 when the instrument is
configured with two channels.
Dependencies
Examples
None
Query:
TRAC:PRE? CHAN1
Response: (DIF Expression)
Related Commands
[SENSe:]DATA?
[SENSe:]DATA:PREamble?
CALCulate:DATA?
CALCulate:DATA:PREamble?
TRACe?
2–228
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
TRIGger[:A] Subsystem
This section describes the commands in the TRIGger[:A] subsystem. See
Figure 2–27. These commands operate with the ARM, INITiate, TRIGger:B and
ABORt subsystems to trigger acquisitions. The defined alias for the SCPI trigger
:SEQuence[1] is A.
TRIGger
[:A | :SEQuence[1] :STARt]
:ATRigger :COUPling :DEFine? :DELay :FILTer :HOLDoff :LEVel :SLOPe :SOURce TYPE
Figure 2–27: TRIGger:A (SCPI SEQuence1) subsystem hierarchy
2–229
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
TRIGger[:A] Subsystem
TRIGger:ATRigger
TRIGger:ATRigger?
Sets or queries whether to generate an automatic trigger when the defined trigger
does not occur within 500 ms. You should set TRIGger:ATRigger to OFF when
acquiring signals of less than 2 Hz to avoid spurious automatic triggers.
Automatic triggering works with all trigger sources.
Syntax
TRIGger[:A]:ATRigger[:STATe] <boolean>
TRIGger[:A]:ATRigger[:STATe]?
<boolean>
Query response
Parameters
<NRf>
1 or ON
<NR1>
1
0 or OFF
0
Reset Value
Errors and Events
Dependencies
Examples
0
None
None
Command: TRIG:ATR ON
Query:
TRIG:ATR?
Response: 1
Related Commands
TRIGger:SOURce
2–230
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
TRIGger[:A] Subsystem
TRIGger:COUPling
TRIGger:COUPling?
Sets or queries whether the source of the A trigger is AC or DC coupled. AC
coupling removes any DC component from the signal. DC coupling passes all
frequencies equally. This command is effective only when you set TRIG-
ger:SOURce to an INTernal source. Note that the external trigger is limited to
DC coupling only.
You may want to review the command TRIGger:COUPling:<preset> which lets
you set trigger coupling and filtering with one command. However, that
command does not adhere to the SCPI standard.
Syntax
TRIGger[:A]:COUPling <trigger_coupling>
TRIGger[:A]:COUPling?
<trigger_coupling>
Query response
Parameters
AC
DC
AC
DC
Reset Value
Errors and Events
Dependencies
DC
None
Changing trigger coupling from DC to AC sets TRIGger:FILTer[:LPASs] to OFF
and may cause TRIGger:LEVel to change if the level is out of range for AC
coupling. Changing trigger coupling from AC to DC sets TRIGger:FIL-
Ter:HPASs to OFF.
When TRIGger:A and TRIGger:B share the same SOURce, changing COUPling
for one will change COUPling for the other.
Examples
Command: TRIG:COUP AC
Query:
TRIG:COUP?
Response: AC
Related Commands
TRIGger:COUPling:<preset>
TRIGger:FILTer[:LPASs]
TRIGger:FILTer:HPASs
2–231
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
TRIGger[:A] Subsystem
TRIGger:FILTer:NREJect
TRIGger:SOURce
TRIGger:COUPling:<preset>
Sets trigger coupling and filtering with one command. It should not be used in
applications that must work on a variety of SCPI instruments. For a description
of how this command affects the four underlying SCPI commands, see Depen-
dencies on this page.
This command is effective only when you set TRIGger:SOURce to INTernal.
Note that the external trigger provides DC coupling only. There is no associated
query for this command.
Syntax
TRIGger[:A]:COUPling:AC
TRIGger[:A]:COUPling:ACNReject
TRIGger[:A]:COUPling:DC
TRIGger[:A]:COUPling:DCNReject
TRIGger[:A]:COUPling:HFReject
TRIGger[:A]:COUPling:LFReject
Parameters
Reset Value
None
Not applicable
None
Errors and Events
Dependencies
The following table describes the interactions between TRIGger:COUPling:<pre-
set> and its four underlying SCPI commands.
<preset>
AC
COUPling
AC
FILT[:LPASs]
OFF
FILT:HPAS
OFF
FILT:NREJect
OFF
ACNReject
DC
AC
OFF
OFF
ON
DC
OFF
OFF
OFF
DCNReject
HFReject
LFReject
DC
OFF
OFF
ON
DC
ON
OFF
OFF
AC
OFF
ON
OFF
2–232
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
TRIGger[:A] Subsystem
Changing trigger coupling from DC to AC may cause TRIGger:LEVel to change
if level is out of range for AC coupling.
When TRIGger:A and TRIGger:B share the same SOURce, changing COUPling
for one will change COUPling for the other.
Examples
Command: TRIG:COUP:ACNR
Related Commands
TRIGger:COUPling
TRIGger:FILTer[:LPASs]
TRIGger:FILTer:HPASs
TRIGger:FILTer:NREJect
TRIGger:DEFine? (Query Only)
This query returns the predefined SEQuence1 alias, A. ARM:DEFine? and
TRIGger:DEFine? return the same information.
Syntax
TRIGger[:SEQuence[1]]:DEFine?
<sequence_alias>
Query response
Parameters
Not applicable
<string>
“A”
Reset Value
Errors and Events
Dependencies
Examples
“A”
None
None
Query:
TRIG:DEF?
Response: "A"
Related Commands
ARM:DEFine?
TRIGger:SEQuence2:DEFine?
2–233
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
TRIGger[:A] Subsystem
TRIGger:DELay
TRIGger:DELay?
Sets or queries the trigger delay for the Trigger A circuit. Trigger delay sets the
time after the trigger event to start acquisition. TRIGger:DELay is always
positive which delays the start of acquisition a specified time after the trigger
event. Use SWEep:OFFSet:TIME to acquire pretrigger data. The mininum real
delay is 16 ns. Setting TRIGger:DELay to 0 indicates no delay and bypasses the
delay counter.
For further information, refer to the TVS600 & TVS600A Series Waveform
Analyzers User Manual.
Syntax
TRIGger[:A]:DELay <delay_time>
TRIGger[:A]:DELay?
1
<delay_time>
Query response
Parameters
<NRf>
<NR3>
16 ns ≤ N ≤ 250 s (in 4 ns steps )
MINimum
MAXimum
0.0E+0
250.0E+0
1
The default for the parameter <delay_time> is seconds (S). You can also use the
multipliers MS for milliseconds, US for microseconds, and NS for nanoseconds.
Reset Value
0.0E+0
Errors and Events
Execution Error –222, “Data out of range”
Attempted to set trigger delay to an illegal value.
Dependencies
Setting TRIGger:DELay to a value greater than 0 will cause TRIGger:B:DELay
to be set to 0. Only one trigger delay may be active.
Setting TRIGger:DELay to a value greater than 0 when TRIGger:B:SOURce is
set to INTernal<1234> or EXTernal, will set TRIGger:B:ECOunt to 1.
Examples
Command: TRIG:DEL 10E-6
Query:
TRIG:DEL?
Response: 10.0E-6
2–234
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
TRIGger[:A] Subsystem
Related Commands
SWEep:OFFSet:TIME
TRIGger:B:DELay
TRIGger:B:ECOunt
TRIGger:FILTer[:LPASs]
TRIGger:FILTer[:LPASs]?
Sets or queries the state of the 50 kHz low pass trigger filter. Components of the
trigger signal above 50 kHz are attenuated when the LPASs filter is on. It may
only be used when DC coupled and with TRIGger:SOURce set to INTernal.
The INPut:FILTer is separate from the trigger filter and is located before the
trigger pickoff in the signal path.
Syntax
TRIGger[:A]:FILTer[:LPASs][:STATe] <boolean>
TRIGger[:A]:FILTer[:LPASs][:STATe]?
<boolean>
Query response
Parameters
<NRf>
N ≠ 0 or ON
0 or OFF
<NF1>
1
0
Reset Value
Errors and Events
Dependencies
0
None
Enabling the low pass filter will set TRIGger:COUPling to DC and set TRIG-
ger:FILTer:NREJect to OFF. When TRIGger:A and TRIGger:B share the same
SOURce, changing FILTer for one will change FILTer for the other.
Examples
Command: TRIG:FILT ON
Query:
TRIG:FILT?
Response: 1
Related Commands
TRIGger:COUPling
TRIGger:FILTer:HPASs
INPut:FILTer
2–235
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
TRIGger[:A] Subsystem
TRIGger:FILTer:HPASs
TRIGger:FILTer:HPASs?
Sets or queries the state of the 50 kHz high pass trigger filter. The HPASs filter
attenuates components of the trigger signal below 50 kHz. HPASs can only be
used when AC coupled and with TRIGger:SOURce set to INTernal.
The INPut:FILTer is separate from the trigger filter and is located before the
trigger pickoff in the signal path.
Syntax
TRIGger[:A]:FILTer:HPASs[:STATe] <boolean>
TRIGger[:A]:FILTer:HPASs[:STATe]?
<boolean>
Query response
Parameters
<NRf>
N ≠ 0 or ON
0 or OFF
<NR1>
1
0
Reset Value
Errors and Events
Dependencies
0
None
Enabling the high pass filter will set TRIGger:COUPling to AC and set
TRIGger:FILTer:NREJect to OFF. When TRIGger:A and TRIGger:B share the
same SOURce, changing FILTer for one will change FILTer for the other.
Examples
Command: TRIG:FILT:HPAS ON
Query:
TRIG:FILT:HPAS?
Response: 1
Related Commands
TRIGger:COUPling
TRIGger:FILTer[:LPASs]
INPut:FILTer
2–236
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
TRIGger[:A] Subsystem
TRIGger:FILTer:NREJect
TRIGger:FILTer:NREJect?
Sets or queries whether or not the noise reject filter is enabled. This filter
provides a means of rejecting noise on the trigger signal. Only one trigger filter
(i.e., LPAS, HPAS, or NREJ) may be enabled at a time. This command is
effective only when you set TRIGger:SOURce to INTernal.
Syntax
TRIGger[:A]:FILTer:NREJect <boolean>
TRIGger[:A]:FILTer:NREJect?
<boolean>
Query response
Parameters
<NRf>
1 or ON
<NR1>
1
0 or OFF
0
Reset Value
Errors and Events
Dependencies
0
none
When TRIGger:A:SOURce and TRIGger:B:SOURce use the same signal,
changing TRIG:FILT:NREJ also changes TRIG:B:FILT:NREJ.
Examples
Command: TRIG:FILT:NREJ ON
Query:
TRIG:FILT:NREJ?
Response: 1
Related Commands
TRIGger:LEVel
2–237
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
TRIGger[:A] Subsystem
TRIGger:HOLDoff:TIME
TRIGger:HOLDoff:TIME?
Sets or queries the trigger holdoff time. Trigger holdoff determines how long
after one trigger event the event detector will ignore valid triggers. You can use
holdoff to trigger at a particular point in a recurring sequence of pulses.
Syntax
TRIGger[:A]:HOLDoff:TIME <holdoff_time>
TRIGger[:A]:HOLDoff:TIME?
1
<holdoff_time>
Query response
Parameters
<NRf>
<NR3>
250 ns ≤ N ≤ 12 s (in 8 ns steps)
MINimum
250.0E–9
12.0E+0
MAXimum
1
The default for the parameter <holdoff_time> is seconds (S). You can also use the
multipliers MS for milliseconds, US for microseconds, and NS for nanoseconds.
Reset Value
250.0E–9
Errors and Events
Execution Error –222, “Data out of range”
Attempted to set holdoff time to an illegal value.
Dependencies
Examples
None
Command: TRIG:HOLD:TIME 10E-6
Query:
TRIG:HOLD:TIME?
Response: 10.0E-6
Related Commands
None
2–238
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
TRIGger[:A] Subsystem
TRIGger:LEVel
TRIGger:LEVel?
Sets or queries the trigger level for the TRIGger[:A] subsystem. The trigger level
is a specific voltage through which the trigger signal must pass to be recognized
as a trigger event and start acquisition. The trigger level should be within the
range of the signal in order to guarantee a trigger event. TRIGger:LEVel is
effective only when you set TRIGger:SOURce to INTernal or EXTernal. Note
that the front panel TRIGD LED lights briefly when a trigger event occurs.
Attaching a probe modifies the minimum and maximum values as it does the
setting for VOLTage:RANGe:PTPeak. Multiply the minimum and maximum
limits by the attenuation factor of the probe to determine the new maximum and
minimum values.
If you experience or expect an unstable trigger point due to noise on the trigger
signal, use the noise reject feature of the trigger circuit to reduce the affects of
noise. With the command TRIGger:FILTer:NREJect you can reduce the effects
of noise on the internal trigger sources.
Syntax
TRIGger[:A]:LEVel <trigger_level>
TRIGger[:A]:LEVel?
1
<trigger_level>
Query response
Parameters
<NRf>
<NR3>
External:
–1.0 ≤ N ≤ 1.0 (2 mV steps)
MINimum
–1.0E+0
1.0E+0
MAXimum
Internal DC Coupled:
2
absolute maximum : –200.0 ≤ N ≤ 200.0
VOLT:RANG:OFFS ± VOLT:RANG:PTP
limited by ± VOLT:RANG:PTP
steps 0.002 * VOLT:RANG:PTP
2
MINimum
VOLT:RANG:OFFS – VOLT:RANG:PTP
VOLT:RANG:OFFS + VOLT:RANG:PTP
2
MAXimum
Internal AC Coupled:
2
absolute maximum : –100.0 ≤ N ≤ 100.0
± VOLT:RANG:PTP
limited by ± VOLT:RANG:PTP
steps 0.002 * VOLT:RANG:PTP
2
MINimum
– VOLT:RANG:PTP
+ VOLT:RANG:PTP
2
MAXimum
1
The default for the parameter <trigger_level> is V for volts. You can also use the
multipliers MV for millivolts and UV for microvolts.
2
When you connect a probe, the maximum limits increase just as the vertical range
increases for the input. For example, with a 1 V vertical range, connecting a 10X
probe increases the vertical range and trigger level range to 10 V.
2–239
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
TRIGger[:A] Subsystem
Reset Value
0.0E+0
Errors and Events
Execution Error –222, “Data out of range”
Attempted to set trigger level to an illegal value.
Dependencies
Examples
None
Command: TRIG:LEV 1
Query:
TRIG:LEV?
Response: 1.0E+0
Related Commands
TRIGger:SOURce
VOLTage:RANGe:PTPeak
VOLTage:RANGe:OFFSet
TRIGger:METastable:STATe
TRIGger:METastable:STATe?
TVS600A Models Only
Sets or queries the state of metastable trigger rejection. Auto metastable rejection
looks at the instrument context at acquisition time and determines whether to
reject metastable triggers.
In Auto mode, metastable trigger rejection is enabled if averaging is on and
AVERage:TYPe is SCALar or ENVelope but not PEAKdetect, or if any calc
block contains AVER(), ENV(), or vector comparison functions.
Syntax
TRIGger:[A]:METastable:STATe <parameter>
TRIGger:[A]:METastable:STATe?
<parameter>
Query response
Parameters
REJect
ACCept
AUTo
Suffix Units and
Multipliers
Not applicable
AUTo
Reset Value
2–240
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
TRIGger[:A] Subsystem
Errors and Events
Dependencies
Examples
None
None
Command: TRIG:MET:STAT AUT
Query:
TRIG:MET:STAT?
Response: AUT
Related Commands
None
TRIGger:SLOPe
TRIGger:SLOPe?
Sets or queries whether triggering occurs on the positive-going or negative-going
edge of the trigger source. This command has effect only when TRIG-
ger:SOURce is set to INTernal or EXTernal. The other trigger sources are digital
signals.
Syntax
TRIGger[:A]:SLOPe <trigger_slope>
TRIGger[:A]:SLOPe?
<trigger_slope>
Query response
Parameters
POSitive
NEGative
POS
NEG
Reset Value
POS
Errors and Events
Execution Error –141, “Invalid character data”
Attempted to set slope to an illegal value.
Dependencies
Examples
None
Command: TRIG:SLOP NEGATIVE
Query:
TRIG:SLOP?
Response: NEG
2–241
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
TRIGger[:A] Subsystem
Related Commands
TRIGger:LEVel
TRIGger:SOURce
TRIGger:SOURce?
Sets or queries the source of the trigger signal for the trigger A circuit. You can
specify only one source at a time.
Setting source to INTernal1 selects the signal from INPut1 and [SENSe:]VOLT-
age1 as the trigger source. The ECLTrg and TTLTrg sources are digital trigger
signals from the VXI P2 backplane. The EXTernal signal is from the front-panel
BNC connector labeled External Trigger Input.
Many commands in the TRIGger subsystem are dependent on the trigger source
you select. For instance, the TRIGger:LEVel setting is ignored when you set the
trigger source to TTLTrg0. The dependencies for each command are listed with
the command description.
Syntax
TRIGger[:A]:SOURce <trigger_source>
TRIGger[:A]:SOURce?
<trigger_source>
Query response
Parameters
ECLTrg0
ECLTrg1
EXTernal
INTernal1
INTernal2
ECLT0
ECLT1
EXT
INT1
INT2
INT3
INT4
TTLT0
. . .
1
INTernal3
INTernal4
1
TTLTrg0
. . .
TTLTrg7
TTLT7
1
The selections INTernal3 and INTernal4 are not valid with the TVS621 and TVS625.
Reset Value
INT1
Errors and Events
Execution Error –141, “Invalid character data”
Attempted to set trigger source to IMMediate or another illegal value.
Execution Error –241, “Hardware missing”
Attempted to set trigger source to INTernal3 or INTernal4
when the instrument has two channels.
2–242
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
TRIGger[:A] Subsystem
Dependencies
Examples
Changing the trigger source from INTernal to EXTernal or from one INTernal
source to another INTernal source with a different VOLTage:RANGe setting may
change the TRIGger:LEVel setting to accommodate a new vertical range.
Command: TRIG:SOUR INT1
Query:
TRIG:SOUR?
Response: INT1
Related Commands
ARM:SOURce
TRIGger:B:SOURce
TRIGger:TYPE
TRIGger:TYPE?
Sets or queries the type of triggering to use for the next acquisition. The
available types are as follows:
H
EDGE specifies the default triggering. A trigger event occurs when a signal
passes through a specified voltage level on the specified rising or falling
slope. The standard SCPI trigger commands control this mode.
H
H
H
H
LOGic–A trigger event occurs when the specified combination of input
signals occur. (TVS600A models only)
PULse generates a trigger event when a specified pulse is detected. It is
controlled by commands in the TRIGger[:A]:PULSe subsystem.
SHOLdtime–A trigger event occurs when the specified clock-to-data setup
and hold time is violated. (TVS600A models only)
TRANsition–A trigger event occurs when the input signal fails to transition
between two thresholds in the specified time. (TVS600A models only)
Syntax
TRIGger[:A]:TYPE <trigger_type>
TRIGger[:A]:TYPE?
<trigger_type>
Query response
Parameters
EDGE
LOGic
EDGE
LOG
PULSe
SHOLdtime
TRANsition
PULS
SHOL
TRAN
2–243
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
TRIGger[:A] Subsystem
Reset Value
EDGE
Errors and Events
Dependencies
Examples
Execution Error –141, “Invalid character data”
Attempted to set trigger type to an illegal value.
Setting TRIGger:TYPE to a value other than EDGE will set TRIG-
ger:B:SOURce to IMMediate.
Command: TRIG:TYPE PULS
Query:
TRIG:TYPE?
Response: PULS
Related Commands
None
2–244
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
TRIGger:B Subsystem
This section describes the commands in the TRIGger:B subsystem. See
Figure 2–28. These commands operate with the ARM, INITiate, TRIGger[:A]
and ABORt subsystems to trigger acquisitions. The TRIGger:B subsystem is an
alias for the SCPI SEQuence2 trigger block. The defined alias for the SCPI
trigger :SEQuence[2] is :B.
TRIGger
:B |:SEQuence2
:COUPling
:DEFine?
:DELay
:ECOunt
:FILTer
:LEVel
:SLOPe
:SOURce
Figure 2–28: TRIGger:B (SCPI SEQuence2) subsystem hierarchy
2–245
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
TRIGger:B Subsystem
TRIGger:B:COUPling
TRIGger:B:COUPling?
Sets or queries whether the source of the B trigger is AC or DC coupled. AC
coupling removes any DC component from the signal. DC coupling passes all
frequencies equally. This command is effective only when you set TRIG-
ger:SOURce to an INTernal source. Note that the external trigger is limited to
DC coupling only.
You may want to review the command TRIGger:COUPling:<preset> which lets
you set trigger coupling and filtering with one command. However, that
command does not adhere to the SCPI standard.
Syntax
TRIGger:B:COUPling <trigger_coupling>
TRIGger:B:COUPling?
<trigger_coupling>
Query response
Parameters
AC
DC
AC
DC
Reset Value
DC
Errors and Events
Execution Error –141, “Invalid character data”
Attempted to set coupling to an illegal value.
Dependencies
Changing B trigger coupling from DC to AC sets TRIGger:B:FILTer[:LPASs] to
OFF and may cause TRIGger:B:LEVel to change if the level is out range for
AC coupling.
Changing B trigger coupling from AC to DC sets TRIGger:B:FILTer:HPASs
to OFF.
Examples
Command: TRIG:B:COUP AC
Query:
TRIG:B:COUP?
Response: AC
Related Commands
TRIGger:B:COUPling:<preset>
TRIGger:B:FILTer[:LPASs]
TRIGger:B:FILTer:HPASs
2–246
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
TRIGger:B Subsystem
TRIGger:B:FILTer:NREJect
TRIGger:B:SOURce
TRIGger:B:COUPling:<preset>
This command provides a traditional way of setting the B trigger coupling and
filtering in one step. It should not be used in applications that must work on a
variety of SCPI instruments. For a description of how this command affects the
four underlying SCPI commands, see Dependencies for this command.
This command is effective only when you set TRIGger:B:SOURce to INTernal.
Note that the external trigger provides DC coupling only. There is no associated
query for this command.
Syntax
TRIGger:B:COUPling:AC
TRIGger:B:COUPling:ACNReject
TRIGger:B:COUPling:DC
TRIGger:B:COUPling:DCNReject
TRIGger:B:COUPling:HFReject
TRIGger:B:COUPling:LFReject
Parameters
Reset Value
None
Not applicable
None
Errors and Events
Dependencies
The following table describes the interactions between TRIGger:B:COU-
Pling:<preset> and its four underlying SCPI commands.
<preset>
AC
COUPling
AC
FILT[:LPASs]
OFF
FILT:HPASs
OFF
FILT:NREJect
OFF
ACNReject
DC
AC
OFF
OFF
ON
DC
OFF
OFF
OFF
DCNReject
HFReject
LFReject
DC
OFF
OFF
ON
DC
ON
OFF
OFF
AC
OFF
ON
OFF
2–247
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
TRIGger:B Subsystem
Changing trigger coupling from DC to AC may cause TRIGger:B:LEVel to
change if level is out of range for AC coupling.
Examples
Related Commands
Command: TRIG:B:COUP:ACNR
TRIGger:COUPling
TRIGger:FILTer[:LPASs]
TRIGger:FILTer:HPASs
TRIGger:FILTer:NREJect
TRIGger:SEQuence2:DEFine? (Query Only)
This query returns the predefined SEQuence2 alias, B.
Syntax
TRIGger:SEQuence2:DEFine?
<sequence_alias>
Query response
Parameters
Not applicable
<string>
“B”
Reset Value
Errors and Events
Dependencies
Examples
“B”
None
None
Query:
TRIG:SEQ2:DEF?
Response: "B"
Related Commands
ARM:DEFine?
TRIGger:DEFine?
2–248
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
TRIGger:B Subsystem
TRIGger:B:DELay
TRIGger:B:DELay?
Sets or queries the trigger delay for the Trigger B circuit. Trigger delay sets the
time after the Trigger B event to start acquisition. TRIGger:B:DELay is always
positive which delays the start of acquisition a specified time after the trigger
event. The minimum real delay is 16 ns. Setting TRIGger:DELay to 0 indicates
no delay and bypasses the delay counter. Use SWEep:OFFSet:TIME to acquire
pretrigger data.
For further information, refer to the TVS600 & TVS600A Series Waveform
Analyzers User Manual.
Syntax
TRIGger:B:DELay <delay_time>
TRIGger:B:DELay?
1
<delay_time>
Query response
Parameters
<NRf>
<NR3>
16 ns ≤ N ≤ 250 s (in 4 ns steps )
MINimum
MAXimum
0.0E+0
250.0E+0
1
The default for the parameter <delay_time> is seconds (S). You can also use the
multipliers MS for milliseconds, US for microseconds, and NS for nanoseconds.
Reset Value
0.0E+0
Errors and Events
Execution Error –222, “Data out of range”
Attempted to set B trigger delay to an illegal value.
Dependencies
Examples
Setting TRIGger:B:DELay to a value greater than 0 will cause TRIG-
ger[:A]:DELay to be set to 0. Only one of the delays may operate at a time.
Command: TRIG:B:DEL 10E-6
Query:
TRIG:B:DEL?
Response: 10.0E-6
Related Commands
SWEep:OFFSet:TIME
TRIGger[:A]:DELay
TRIGger:B:ECOunt
2–249
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
TRIGger:B Subsystem
TRIGger:B:ECOunt
TRIGger:B:ECOunt?
Sets or queries the number of B trigger events to count before starting acquisi-
tion. The number of B trigger events is ignored when you set TRIG-
ger:B:SOURce to IMMediate.
Syntax
TRIGger:B:ECOunt <delay_events>
TRIGger:B:ECOunt?
<delay_events>
Query response
Parameters
<NRf>
<NR1>
1 ≤ N ≤ 10,000,000
MINimum
1
MAXimum
10000000
Reset Value
1
Errors and Events
Execution Error –222, “Data out of range”
Attempted to set B trigger events to an illegal value.
Dependencies
Examples
Setting TRIGger:B:ECOunt to a value greater than 1 when TRIGger:B:SOURce
is set to INTernal or EXTernal sets TRIGger[:A]:DELay to 0.
Command: TRIG:B:ECO 100
Query:
TRIG:B:ECO?
Response: 100
Related Commands
TRIGger[:A]:DELay
TRIGger:B:DELay
2–250
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
TRIGger:B Subsystem
TRIGger:B:FILTer[:LPASs]
TRIGger:B:FILTer[:LPASs]?
Sets or queries the state of the 50 kHz, low-pass filter for the B trigger circuit.
Components of the trigger signal above 50 kHz are attenuated when the LPASs
filter is on. It may only be used when DC coupled and with TRIGger:SOURce
set to INTernal. Only one trigger filter (i.e., LPAS, HPAS, or NREJ) may be
enabled at a time.
The INPut:FILTer is separate from the trigger filter and is located before the
trigger pickoff in the signal path.
Syntax
TRIGger:B:FILTer[:LPASs][:STATe] <boolean>
TRIGger:B:FILTer[:LPASs][:STATe]?
<boolean>
Query response
Parameters
<NRf>
1 or ON
<NR1>
1
0 or OFF
0
Reset Value
Errors and Events
Dependencies
0
None
Enabling the low pass filter will set TRIGger:B:COUPling to DC and set
TRIGger:B:FILTer:NREJect to OFF.
When TRIGger:A:SOURce and TRIGger:B:SOURce are set to the same signal,
changing LPAS for one will change LPAS for the other.
Examples
Command: TRIG:B:FILT ON
Query:
TRIG:B:FILT?
Response: 1
Related Commands
TRIGger:B:COUPling
TRIGger:B:FILTer:HPASs
INPut:FILTer
2–251
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
TRIGger:B Subsystem
TRIGger:B:FILTer:HPASs
TRIGger:B:FILTer:HPASs?
Sets or queries the state of the 50 kHz high pass filter for the B trigger circuit.
The HPASs filter attenuates components of the trigger signal below 50 kHz.
HPASs can only be used when AC coupled and with TRIGger:SOURce set to
INTernal. Only one trigger filter (i.e., LPAS, HPAS, or NREJ) may be enabled at
a time.
The INPut:FILTer is separate from the trigger filter and is located before the
trigger pickoff in the signal path.
Syntax
TRIGger:B:FILTer:HPASs[:STATe] <boolean>
TRIGger:B:FILTer:HPASs[:STATe]?
<boolean>
Query response
Parameters
<NRf>
1 or ON
<NR1>
1
0 or OFF
0
Reset Value
Errors and Events
Dependencies
0
None
Enabling the high pass filter sets TRIGger:B:COUPling to AC and TRIG-
ger:B:FILTer:NREJect to OFF.
When TRIGger:A:SOURce and TRIGger:B:SOURce are set to the same signal,
changing HPAS for one will change HPAS for the other.
Examples
Command: TRIG:B:FILT:HPAS ON
Query:
TRIG:B:FILT:HPAS?
Response: 1
Related Commands
TRIGger:B:COUPling
TRIGger:B:FILTer[:LPASs]
TRIGger:B:FILTer:NREJect
INPut:FILTer
2–252
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
TRIGger:B Subsystem
TRIGger:B:FILTer:NREJect
TRIGger:B:FILTer:NREJect?
Sets or queries whether or not the noise reject filter is enabled. This filter
provides a means of rejecting noise on the trigger signal. Only one trigger filter
(i.e., LPAS, HPAS, or NREJ) may be enabled at a time. This command is
effective only when you set TRIGger:SOURce to INTernal
Syntax
TRIGger:B:FILTer:NREJect <boolean>
TRIGger:B:FILTer:NREJect?
<boolean>
Query response
Parameters
<NRf>
1 or ON
<NR1>
1
0 or OFF
0
Reset Value
Errors and Events
Dependencies
0
None
Enabling NREJ sets HPAS and LPAS trigger filters to OFF.
When TRIGger:A:SOURce and TRIGger:B:SOURce are set to the same signal,
changing NREJ for one will change NREJ for the other.
Examples
Command: TRIG:B:FILT:NREJ ON
Query:
TRIG:B:FILT:NREJ?
Response: 1
Related Commands
TRIGger:B:LEVel
2–253
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
TRIGger:B Subsystem
TRIGger:B:LEVel
TRIGger:B:LEVel?
Sets or queries the trigger level for the TRIGger:B subsystem. The trigger level
is a specific voltage through which the trigger signal must pass to be recognized
as a trigger event and start acquisition. The trigger level should be within the
range of the signal in order to guarantee a trigger event. TRIGger:LEVel is
effective only when you set TRIGger:SOURce to INTernal or EXTernal. Note
that the front panel TRIGD LED lights briefly when a trigger event occurs.
Attaching a probe modifies the minimum and maximum values as it does the
setting for VOLTage:RANGe:PTPeak. Multiply the minimum and maximum
limits by the attenuation factor of the probe to determine the new maximum and
minimum values.
If you experience or expect an unstable trigger point due to noise on the trigger
signal, use the noise reject feature of the trigger circuit to reduce the affects of
noise. With the command TRIGger:B:FILTer:NREJect you can reduce the effects
of noise on the internal trigger sources.
Syntax
TRIGger:B:LEVel <trigger_level>
TRIGger:B:LEVel?
1
<trigger_level>
Query response
Parameters
<NRf>
<NR3>
External:
–1.0 ≤ N ≤ 1.0 (2 mV steps)
MINimum
–1.0E+0
1.0E+0
MAXimum
Internal DC Coupled:
2
absolute maximum : –200.0 ≤ N ≤ 200.0
VOLT:RANG:OFFS ± VOLT:RANG:PTP
limited by ± VOLT:RANG:PTP
steps 0.002 * VOLT:RANG:PTP
MINimum
VOLT:RANG:OFFS – VOLT:RANG:PTP
VOLT:RANG:OFFS + VOLT:RANG:PTP
MAXimum
Internal AC Coupled:
absolute maximum: –100.0 ≤ N ≤ 100.0
limited by ± VOLT:RANG:PTP
steps 0.002 * VOLT:RANG:PTP
MINimum
± VOLT:RANG:PTP
– VOLT:RANG:PTP
+ VOLT:RANG:PTP
MAXimum
1
The default for the parameter <trigger_level> is V for volts. You can also use the
multipliers MV for millivolts and UV for microvolts.
2
When you connect a probe, the maximum limits increase just as the vertical range
increases for the input. For example, with a 1 V vertical range, connecting a 10X
probe increases the vertical range and trigger level range to 10 V.
2–254
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
TRIGger:B Subsystem
Reset Value
0.0E+0
Errors and Events
Execution Error –222, “Data out of range”
Attempted to set B trigger level to an illegal value.
Dependencies
Examples
None
Command: TRIG:B:LEV 1
Query:
TRIG:B:LEV?
Response: 1.0E+0
Related Commands
TRIGger:B:FILTer:NREJect
TRIGger:B:SOURce
VOLTage:RANGe:PTPeak
VOLTage:RANGe:OFFSet
2–255
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
TRIGger:B Subsystem
TRIGger:B:SLOPe
TRIGger:B:SLOPe?
Sets or queries whether triggering occurs on the positive-going or negative-going
edge of the trigger B signal source. This command has effect only when
TRIGger:B:SOURce is set to INTernal or EXTernal. The other trigger sources
are digital signals.
Syntax
TRIGger:B:SLOPe <trigger_slope>
TRIGger:B:SLOPe?
<trigger_slope>
Query response
Parameters
POSitive
NEGative
POS
NEG
Reset Value
POS
Errors and Events
Execution Error –141, “Invalid character data”
Attempted to set slope to an illegal value.
Dependencies
Examples
None
Command: TRIG:B:SLOP NEGATIVE
Query:
TRIG:B:SLOP?
Response: NEG
Related Commands
TRIGger:B:LEVel
2–256
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
TRIGger:B Subsystem
TRIGger:B:SOURce
TRIGger:B:SOURce?
Sets or queries the source of the trigger signal for the trigger B circuit. You can
specify only one source at a time.
Setting source to INTernal1 selects the signal from INPut1 and [SENSe:]VOLT-
age1 as the trigger source. The EXTernal signal is from the front-panel BNC
connector labeled External Trigger Input. Setting the source to IMMediate will
bypass event detection in the trigger B circuit forcing a trigger B event.
Many commands in the TRIGger subsystem are dependent on the trigger source
you select. For instance, the TRIGger:B:COUPling setting is ignored when you
set the trigger source to EXTernal. The dependencies for each command are
listed with the command description.
Syntax
TRIGger:B:SOURce <trigger_source>
TRIGger:B:SOURce?
<trigger_source>
Query response
Parameters
EXTernal
IMMediate
INTernal1
INTernal2
INTernal3
INTernal4
EXT
IMM
INT1
INT2
INT3
INT4
Reset Value
IMM
Errors and Events
Execution Error –141, “Invalid character data”
Attempted to set the trigger source to an illegal value.
Execution Error –221, “Settings conflict.”
Attempted to set trigger source to a value other than IMMediate when TRIG-
ger:TYPE is set to PULSe.
Execution Error –241, “Hardware missing”
Attempted to set the trigger source to INTernal3 or INTernal4 when the
instrument has two channels.
Dependencies
Changing the trigger B source from INTernal to EXTernal or from one INTernal
source to another INTernal source with a different VOLTage:RANGe setting may
change the TRIGger:B:LEVel setting to accommodate a new vertical range.
2–257
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
TRIGger:B Subsystem
Setting TRIGger:B:SOURce to INTernal[1, 2, 3, 4] or EXTernal when TRIG-
ger:B:ECOunt is greater than 1 sets TRIGger[:A]:DELay to 0.
Examples
Command: TRIG:B:SOUR INTERNAL1
Query:
TRIG:B:SOUR?
Response: INT1
Related Commands
ARM:SOURce
TRIGger[:A]:SOURce
2–258
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
TRIGger:LOGic Subsystem (TVS600A Models Only)
This section describes each command and query in the TRIGger:LOGic
subsystem. See Figure 2–29. These commands are used to control pattern and
state triggering.
TRIGger
[:A | :SEQuence[1]]
:LOGic
:PATTern
:CLASs
:FUNCtion
:STATe
:THReshold
:QUALify
:WIDTh
:CONDition
:SLOPe
Figure 2–29: TRIGger:LOGic subsystem hierarchy
2–259
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
TRIGger:LOGic Subsystem
TRIGger:LOGic:CLASs
TRIGger:LOGic:CLASs?
TVS600A Models Only
Sets or queries the class of logic triggering selected. PATTern: the instrument
triggers when the specified logical combination of channels 1, 2, 3 and 4 are met.
STATe: the instrument triggers when the specified conditions of channels 1, 2
and 3 are met at the same time a transition occurs on channel 4.
:A is a predefined alias for :SEQuence[1].
This command only has effect when TRIGger:TYPE is LOGic.
TRIGger:LOGic:CLASs STATE is not available when the instrument is
configured with two channels.
Syntax
TRIGger[:A]:LOGic:CLASs <logic_class>
TRIGger[:A]:LOGic:CLASs?
<logic_class>
Query response
Parameters
PATTern
STATe
PATT
STAT
Suffix Units and
Multipliers
None
PATT
Reset Value
Errors and Events
Command Error –141, “Invalid character data”
Attempted to set class to an illegal value.
Execution Error –241, “Hardware missing”
Attempted to set class to STATe when the
instrument is configured with two channels.
Dependencies
Examples
None
Command: TRIG:LOG:CLAS STATe
Query:
TRIG:LOG:CLAS?
Response: STAT
2–260
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
TRIGger:LOGic Subsystem
Related Commands
TRIGger:TYPE
TRIGger:LOGic:CONDition
TRIGger:LOGic:CONDition?
TVS600A Models Only
Sets or queries the trigger condition for each channel when logic triggering is
selected. The pattern argument refers to the two or four channels of the instru-
ment in a left to right syntax for channel 4(2) through channel 1. A “1” indicates
a High, a “0” indicates a Low, and an “X” indicates a Don’t Care is selected.
:A is a predefined alias for :SEQuence[1].
This command only has effect when TRIGger:TYPE is set to LOGic.
The condition of channel 4 is ignored when TRIGger:LOGic:CLASs is set to
STATe.
The condition of Bits 3 and 4 are ignored when the instrument is configured with
two channels.
Syntax
TRIGger[:A]:LOGic:CONDition <pattern>
TRIGger[:A]:LOGic:CONDition?
<paggern>
Query response
Parameters
LCXXX0
LCXXX1
....
LCXXX0
LCXXX1
LCM1111
LCM1111
Suffix Units and
Multipliers
None
Reset Value
LC0000
Errors and Events
Command Error –141, “Invalid character data”
Attempted to set either condition parameter to an illegal value.
Dependencies
Examples
None
Command: TRIG:LOG:COND LC1100
2–261
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
TRIGger:LOGic Subsystem
Query:
TRIG:LOG:COND?
Response: LC1X10
Related Commands
TRIGger:TYPE
TRIGger:LOGic:CLASs
2–262
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
TRIGger:LOGic Subsystem
TRIGger:LOGic:FUNCtion
TRIGger:LOGic:FUNCtion?
TVS600A Models Only
Sets or queries the logical combination of the input channels for the main logic
trigger. When TRIGger:LOGic:CLASs is set to PATTern, this command applies
to channel 1, 2, 3 and 4. When TRIGger:LOGic:CLASs is set to STATe, only
channels 1, 2 and 3 are logically combined.
:A is a pre–defined alias for :SEQuence[1].
This command only has effect when TRIGger:TYPE is set to LOGic.
Syntax
TRIGger[:A]:LOGic:FUNCtion <logic_func>
TRIGger[:A]:LOGic:FUNCtion?
<logic_fun>
Query response
Parameters
AND
NAND
NOR
OR
AND
NAND
NOR
OR
Suffix Units and
Multipliers
None
AND
Reset Value
Errors and Events
Command Error –141, “Invalid character data”
Attempted to set FUNCtion to an illegal value.
Dependencies
Examples
None
Command: TRIG:LOG:FUNC NOR
Query:
TRIG:LOG:FUNC?
Response: NOR
Related Commands
TRIGger:TYPE
TRIGger:LOGic:CLASs
2–263
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
TRIGger:LOGic Subsystem
TRIGger:LOGic:PATTern:QUALify
TRIGger:LOGic:PATTern:QUALify?
TVS600A Models Only
Sets or queries the type of time qualification performed when pattern logic
triggering is selected. OFF means that there is no time qualification. LT means
that the trigger occurs when the pattern is true less than the specified width. GT
means that the trigger occurs when the pattern is true greater than the specified
width.
:A is a predefined alias for :SEQuence[1].
This command only has effect when TRIGger:TYPE is set to LOGic and
TRIGger:LOGic:CLASs is PATTern.
Syntax
TRIGger[:A]:LOGic:PATTern:QUALify <type>
TRIGger[:A]:LOGic:PATTern:QUALify?
<type>
Query response
Parameters
GT
LT
OFF
GT
LT
OFF
Suffix Units and
Multipliers
None
OFF
Reset Value
Errors and Events
Command Error –141, “Invalid character data”
Attempted to set QUALify to an illegal value.
Dependencies
Examples
None
Command: TRIG:LOG:PATT:QUAL GT
Query:
TRIG:LOG:PATT:QUAL?
Response: GT
Related Commands
TRIGger:TYPE
TRIGger:LOGic:CLASs
TRIGger:LOGic:PATTern:WIDTh
2–264
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
TRIGger:LOGic Subsystem
TRIGger:LOGic:PATTern:WIDTh
TRIGger:LOGic:PATTern:WIDTh?
TVS600A Models Only
Sets or queries the width of the pattern when time qualification is enabled.
:A is a predefined alias for :SEQuence[1].
This command only has effect when TRIGger:TYPE is LOGic, TRIGger:LOG-
ic:CLASs is PATTern, and TRIGger:LOGic:PATTern:QUALify is LT or GT.
Syntax
TRIGger[:A]:LOGic:PATTern:WIDTh <time>
TRIGger[:A]:LOGic:PATTern:WIDTh?
<time>
Query response
Parameters
<NRf>
<NR3>
MINimum
MAXimum
2.0E–9
1.0E+0
Suffix Units and
Multipliers
S (default), MS, US, NS, or PS
5.0E–9
Reset Value
Errors and Events
Execution Error –222, “Data out of range”
Attempted to set WIDTh to an illegal value.
Dependencies
Examples
None
Command: TRIG:LOG:PATT:WIDT 0.001
Query:
TRIG:LOG:PATT:WIDT?
Response: 1.0E-3
Related Commands
TRIGger:TYPE
TRIGger:LOGic:CLASs
TRIGger:LOGic:PATTern:QUALify
2–265
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
TRIGger:LOGic Subsystem
TRIGger:LOGic:STATe:SLOPe
TRIGger:LOGic:STATe:SLOPe?
TVS600A Models Only
Sets or queries the slope of the clock (Channel 4) for logic state triggering.
:A is a predefined alias for :SEQuence[1].
This command only has effect when TRIGger:TYPE is LOGic and TRIG-
gger:LOGic:CLASs is STATe.
Syntax
TRIGger[:A]:LOGic:STATe:SLOPe <slope>
TRIGger[:A]:LOGic:STATe:SLOPe?
<slope>
Query response
Parameters
NEGative
POSitive
NEG
POS
Suffix Units and
Multipliers
None
POS
Reset Value
Errors and Events
Command Error –141, “Invalid character data”
Attempted to set SLOPe to an illegal value.
Dependencies
Examples
None
Command: TRIG:LOG:STAT:SLOP NEG
Query:
TRIG:LOG:STAT:SLOP?
Response: NEG
Related Commands
TRIGger:TYPE
TRIGger:LOGic:CLASs
2–266
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
TRIGger:LOGic Subsystem
TRIGger:LOGic:THReshold
TRIGger:LOGic:THReshold?
TVS600A Models Only
Sets or queries the trigger threshold for each channel when logic triggering is
selected.
:A is a predefined alias for :SEQuence[1].
The minimum and maximum values for threshold are VOLT:RANG:OFFS +/–
VOLT:RANG:PTP (in VOLT:RANG:PTP * 0.002 steps).
This command only has effect when TRIGger:TYPE is LOGic.
TRIGger:LOGic:THReshold1 is associated with INPut1, etc.
Syntax
TRIGger[:A]:LOGic:THReshold[1] <level>
TRIGger[:A]:LOGic:THReshold[1]?
TRIGger[:A]:LOGic:THReshold2 <level>
TRIGger[:A]:LOGic:THReshold2?
TRIGger[:A]:LOGic:THReshold3 <level>
TRIGger[:A]:LOGic:THReshold3?
TRIGger[:A]:LOGic:THReshold4 <level>
TRIGger[:A]:LOGic:THReshold4?
<level>
Query response
Parameters
<NRf>
<NR3>
MINimum
MAXimum
<See comments>
<See comments>
Suffix Units and
Multipliers
V (default), MV, or UV
0.0V
Reset Value
Errors and Events
Execution Error –222, “Data out of range”
Attempted to set threshold to an illegal value.
Execution Error –241, “Hardware missing”
Attempted to program THReshold3 or THReshold4
when the instrument is configured with two channels.
Dependencies
None
2–267
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
TRIGger:LOGic Subsystem
Examples
Command: TRIG:LOG:THR2 1.0
Query: TRIG:LOG:THR2?
Response: 1.0E+0
Related Commands
TRIGger:TYPE
2–268
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
TRIGger:PULSe Subsystem
This section describes the commands in the TRIGger:PULSe subsystem. See
Figure 2–30. The pulse trigger commands provide the capability to trigger when
a pulse occurs that is outside specified parameters.
TRIGger
[:A | :SEQuence[1]]
:PULSe
:CLASs
:GLITch
:SOURce
:THReshold
:WIDTh
Figure 2–30: TRIGger:PULSe subsystem hierarchy
2–269
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
TRIGger:PULSe Subsystem
TRIGger:PULSe:CLASs
TRIGger:PULSe:CLASs?
Sets or queries the class of pulse triggering to use for the next acquisition. The
trigger classes are as follows:
H
H
H
GLITch — the trigger event occurs when the instrument detects a pulse that
is either narrower or wider than a specified duration or width.
TIMEout —the trigger event occurs when the pulse width timer expires on
pulses wider than the specified duration
WIDTh — the trigger event occurs when the instrument detects a pulse that
is either inside or outside a specified duration or width.
This command has effect only when you set TRIGger:TYPE to PULSe. The
defined alias for the SCPI trigger :SEQuence[1] is A.
Syntax
TRIGger[:A]:PULSe:CLASs <pulse_class>
TRIGger[:A]:PULSe:CLASs?
<pulse_class>
Query response
Parameters
GLITch
TIMEout
WIDTh
GLIT
TIME
WIDT
1
1
TVS600A models only
Reset Value
GLITch
Errors and Events
Execution Error –224, “Illegal parameter value”
Attempted to set class to an illegal value.
Dependencies
Examples
None
Command: TRIG:PULS:CLAS WIDTH
Query:
TRIG:PULS:CLAS?
Response: WIDT
Related Commands
TRIGger:TYPE
2–270
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
TRIGger:PULSe Subsystem
TRIGger:PULSe:GLITch:POLarity
TRIGger:PULSe:GLITch:POLarity?
Sets or queries the polarity of the event pulse for pulse glitch triggering. Before
this command will be effective, you must set TRIGger:TYPE to PULSe and
TRIGger:PULSe:CLASs to GLITch. Refer to the discussion of TRIG-
ger:PULSe:CLASs on page 2–270.
Syntax
TRIGger[:A]:PULSe:GLITch:POLarity <polarity>
TRIGger[:A]:PULSe:GLITch:POLarity?
<polarity>
Query response
Parameters
EITHer
NEGative
POSitive
EITH
NEG
POS
Reset Value
POS
Errors and Events
Execution Error –224, “Illegal parameter value”
Attempted to set polarity to an illegal value.
Dependencies
Examples
None
Command: TRIG:PULS:GLIT:POL NEG
Query:
TRIG:PULS:GLIT:POL?
Response: NEG
Related Commands
TRIGger:TYPE
TRIGger:PULSe:CLASs
2–271
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
TRIGger:PULSe Subsystem
TRIGger:PULSe:GLITch:QUALify
TRIGger:PULSe:GLITch:QUALify?
Sets or queries the type of time qualification for pulse glitch triggering. LT
specifies that the trigger event occurs when the glitch width is less than the
specified time. GT specifies that the trigger event occurs when the glitch width is
greater than the specified time.
Before this command will be effective, you must set TRIGger:TYPE to PULSe
and TRIGger:PULSe:CLASs to GLITch. Refer to the discussion of TRIG-
ger:PULSe:CLASs on page 2–270.
Syntax
TRIGger[:A]:PULSe:GLITch:QUALify <type>
TRIGger[:A]:PULSe:GLITch:QUALify?
<type>
Query response
Parameters
GT
LT
GT
LT
Reset Value
LT
Errors and Events
Execution Error –224, “Illegal parameter value”
Attempted to set qualify to an illegal value.
Dependencies
Examples
None
Command: TRIG:PULS:GLIT:QUAL GT
Query:
TRIG:PULS:GLIT:QUAL?
Response: GT
Related Commands
TRIGger:TYPE
TRIGger:PULSe:CLASs
TRIGger:PULSe:GLITch:WIDTh
2–272
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
TRIGger:PULSe Subsystem
TRIGger:PULSe:GLITch:WIDTh
TRIGger:PULSe:GLITch:WIDTh?
Sets or queries the width of the pulse used for pulse glitch triggering. Use the
command TRIGger:PULSe:GLITch:QUALify to set whether the trigger event is
for pulses less than or greater than the WIDTh you specify.
Before this command will be effective, you must set TRIGger:TYPE to PULSe
and TRIGger:PULSe:CLASs to GLITch. Refer to the discussion of TRIG-
ger:PULSe:CLASs on page 2–270. The defined alias for the SCPI trigger
:SEQuence[1] is A.
Syntax
TRIGger[:A]:PULSe:GLITch:WIDTh <width>
TRIGger[:A]:PULSe:GLITch:WIDTh?
1
<width>
Query response
Parameters
<NRf>
<NR3>
MINimum
MAXimum
2.0E–9
1.0E+0
1
The default for the parameter <delay_time> is seconds (S). You can also use the
multipliers MS for milliseconds, US for microseconds, NS for nanoseconds, and PS
for picoseconds.
Reset Value
2.0E–9
Errors and Events
Execution Error –222, “Data out of range”
Attempted to set width to an illegal value.
Dependencies
Examples
None
Command: TRIG:PULS:GLIT:WIDT 1.0
Query:
TRIG:PULS:GLIT:WIDT?
Response: 1.0E+0
Related Commands
TRIGger:TYPE
TRIGger:PULSe:CLASs
TRIGger:PULSe:GLITch:QUALify
2–273
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
TRIGger:PULSe Subsystem
TRIGger:PULSe:SOURce
TRIGger:PULSe:SOURce?
Sets or queries the source of the trigger signal used for all pulse triggering. To
activate pulse triggering, you must set TRIGger:TYPE to PULSe.
Setting source to INTernal1 selects the signal from INPut1 and [SENSe:]VOLT-
age1 to be the trigger source. The defined alias for the SCPI trigger :SE-
Quence[1] is A.
Syntax
TRIGger[:A]:PULSe:SOURce <source>
TRIGger[:A]:PULSe:SOURce?
<source>
Query response
Parameters
INTernal[1]
INTernal2
INTernal3
INTernal4
INT
INT2
INT3
INT4
Reset Value
INT
Errors and Events
Execution Error –224, “Illegal parameter value”
Attempted to set source to an illegal value.
Dependencies
Examples
None
Command: TRIG:PULS:SOUR INT3
Query:
TRIG:PULS:SOUR?
Response: INT3
Related Commands
TRIGger:TYPE
2–274
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
TRIGger:PULSe Subsystem
TRIGger:PULSe:THReshold
TRIGger:PULSe:THReshold?
Sets or queries the voltage threshold used for pulse triggering. The threshold is
the voltage level that the pulse trigger source must cross to mark the beginning
and end of a pulse. To set positive or negative pulse polarity use the command
TRIG:PULS:WIDT:POL or TRIG:GLIT:WIDT:POL, depending on the selected
type of pulse triggering.
Syntax
TRIGger[:A]:PULSe:THReshold <level>
TRIGger[:A]:PULSe:THReshold?
1
<level>
Query response
Parameters
<NRf>
<NR3>
Internal DC Coupled:
2
absolute maximum : –200.0 ≤ N ≤ 200.0
VOLT:RANG:OFFS ± VOLT:RANG:PTP
limited by ± VOLT:RANG:PTP
steps 0.002 * VOLT:RANG:PTP
2
MINimum
VOLT:RANG:OFFS – VOLT:RANG:PTP
VOLT:RANG:OFFS + VOLT:RANG:PTP
2
MAXimum
1
The default for the parameter <level> is V for volts. You can also use the multipliers
MV for millivolts and UV for microvolts.
2
When you connect a probe, the maximum limits increase just as the vertical range
increases for the input. For example, with a 1 V vertical range, connecting a 10X
probe increases the vertical range and trigger level range to 10 V.
Reset Value
0.0E+0
Errors and Events
Execution Error –222, “Data out of range”
Attempted to set threshold to an illegal value.
Dependencies
Examples
None
Command: TRIG:PULS:THR 1.0
Query:
TRIG:PULS:THR?
Response: 1.0E+0
Related Commands
TRIGger:TYPE
2–275
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
TRIGger:PULSe Subsystem
TRIGger:PULSe:TIMEout:POLarity
TRIGger:PULSe:TIMEout:POLarity?
TVS600A Models Only
Sets or queries the polarity for pulse timeout triggering.
:A is a pre–defined alias for :SEQuence[1].
This command only has effect when TRIGger:TYPE is set to PULSe and
TRIGgger:PULSe:CLASs is set to TIMEout.
Syntax
TRIGger[:A]:PULSe:TIMEout:POLarity <polarity>
TRIGger[:A]:PULSe:TIMEout:POLarity?
<polarity>
Query response
Parameters
NEGative
POSitive
NEG
POS
Suffix Units and
Multipliers
None
POS
Reset Value
Errors and Events
Command Error –141, “Invalid character data”
Attempted to set polarity to an illegal value.
Dependencies
Examples
None
Command: TRIG:PULS:TIME:POL NEG
Query:
TRIG:PULS:TIME:POL?
Response: NEG
Related Commands
TRIGger:TYPE
TRIGger:PULSe:CLASs
TRIGger:PULSe:TIMEout:WIDTh
2–276
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
TRIGger:PULSe Subsystem
TRIGger:PULSe:TIMEout:WIDTh
TRIGger:PULSe:TIMEout:WIDTh?
TVS600A Models Only
Sets or queries the width of the pulse.
:A is a pre–defined alias for :SEQuence[1].
This command only has effect when TRIGger:TYPE is set to PULSe and
TRIGger:PULSe:CLASs is set to TIMEout.
Syntax
TRIGger[:A]:PULSe:TIMEout:WIDTh <width>
TRIGger[:A]:PULSe:TIMEout:WIDTh?
<width>
Query response
Parameters
<NRf>
<NR3>
MINimum
MAXimum
2.0E–9
1.0E+0
Suffix Units and
Multipliers
S (default), MS, US, NS, or PS
2.0E–9
Reset Value
Errors and Events
Execution Error –222, “Data out of range”
Attempted to set width to an illegal value.
Dependencies
Examples
None
Command: TRIG:PULS:TIME:WIDT 1.0
Query:
TRIG:PULS:TIME:WIDT?
Response: 1.0E+0
Related Commands
TRIGger:TYPE
TRIGger:PULSe:CLASs
TRIGger:PULSe:TIMEout:POLarity
2–277
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
TRIGger:PULSe Subsystem
TRIGger:PULSe:WIDTh:HLIMit
TRIGger:PULSe:WIDTh:HLIMit?
Sets or queries the high or longest valid pulse width for to qualify for pulse
triggering. After a pulse on the trigger source begins, it cannot take longer than
:WIDTh:HLIMit to cross the TRIGger:PULSe:THReshold level. HLIMit must
be longer than :LLIMit. To activate pulse width triggering, set TRIGger:TYPE to
PULSe and TRIGger:PULSe:CLASs to WIDTh.
Syntax
TRIGger[:A]:PULSe:WIDTh:HLIMit <hlimit>
TRIGger[:A]:PULSe:WIDTh:HLIMit?
1
<hlimit>
Query response
Parameters
<NRf>
<NR3>
MIN
MAX
2.0E–9
1.0E+0
1
The default for the parameter <hlimit> is seconds (S). You can also use the
multipliers MS for milliseconds, US for microseconds, NS for nanoseconds, and PS
for picoseconds.
Reset Value
4.0E–9
Errors and Events
Execution Error –222, “Data out of range”
Attempted to set high limit to an illegal value.
Dependencies
Examples
None
Command: TRIG:PULS:WIDT:HLIM 1.0
Query:
TRIG:PULS:WIDT:HLIM?
Response: 1.0E+0
Related Commands
TRIGger:TYPE
TRIGger:PULSe:CLASs
TRIGger:PULSe:WIDTh:LLIMit
2–278
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
TRIGger:PULSe Subsystem
TRIGger:PULSe:WIDTh:LLIMit
TRIGger:PULSe:WIDTh:LLIMit?
Sets or queries the lower or minimum valid pulse width to qualify for pulse
triggering. The pulse on the trigger source must take longer than the :WIDTh
value to cross the TRIGger:PULSe:THReshold level. To activate this command,
set TRIGger:TYPE to PULSe and TRIGger:PULSe:CLASs to WIDTh.
Syntax
TRIGger[:A]:PULSe:WIDTh:LLIMit <llimit>
TRIGger[:A]:PULSe:WIDTh:LLIMit?
1
<llimit>
Query response
Parameters
<NRf>
<NR3>
MIN
MAX
2.0E–9
1.0E+0
1
The default for the parameter <llimit> is seconds (S). You can also use the
multipliers MS for milliseconds, US for microseconds, NS for nanoseconds, and PS
for picoseconds.
Reset Value
2.0E–9
Errors and Events
Execution Error –222, “Data out of range”
Attempted to set lower limit to an illegal value.
Dependencies
Examples
None
Command: TRIG:PULS:WIDT:LLIM 0.1
Query:
TRIG:PULS:WIDT:LLIM?
Response: 100.0E-3
Related Commands
TRIGger:TYPE
TRIGger:PULSe:CLASs
TRIGger:PULSe:WIDTh:HLIMit
2–279
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
TRIGger:PULSe Subsystem
TRIGger:PULSe:WIDTh:POLarity
TRIGger:PULSe:WIDTh:POLarity?
Sets or queries the polarity of the pulse used for pulse width triggering. Use the
command TRIGger:PULSe:WIDTh:QUALify to set whether the trigger event is
for pulses inside or outside the limits (LLIMit and HLIMit).
This command is active only when you set TRIGger:TYPE to PULSe and
TRIGger:PULSe:CLASs to WIDTh.
Syntax
TRIGger[:A]:PULSe:WIDTh:POLarity<polarity>
TRIGger[:A]:PULSe:WIDTh:POLarity?
<polarity>
Query response
Parameters
NEGative
POSitive
NEG
POS
Reset Value
POS
Errors and Events
Execution Error –224, “Illegal parameter value”
Attempted to set polarity to an illegal value.
Dependencies
Examples
None
Command: TRIG:PULS:WIDT:POL NEG
Query:
TRIG:PULS:WIDT:POL?
Response: NEG
Related Commands
TRIGger:TYPE
TRIGger:PULSe:CLASs
2–280
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
TRIGger:PULSe Subsystem
TRIGger:PULSe:WIDTh:QUALify
TRIGger:PULSe:WIDTh:QUALify?
Sets or queries the type of time qualification for pulse width triggering. The type
IN triggers when the measured pulse width is within the specified lower and
higher limits. OUT triggers when the pulse width is outside the specified lower
and upper limits.
This command is active only when you set TRIGger:TYPE to PULSe and
TRIGger:PULSe:CLASs to WIDTh.
Syntax
TRIGger[:A]:PULSe:WIDTh:QUALify <type>
TRIGger[:A]:PULSe:WIDTh:QUALify?
<type>
Query response
Parameters
IN
OUT
IN
OUT
Reset Value
IN
Errors and Events
Execution Error –224, “Illegal parameter value”
Attempted to set qualify to an illegal value.
Dependencies
Examples
None
Command: TRIG:PULS:WIDT:QUAL OUT
Query:
TRIG:PULS:WIDT:QUAL?
Response: OUT
Related Commands
TRIGger:TYPE
TRIGger:PULSe:CLASs
TRIGger:PULSe:WIDTh:LLIMit
TRIGger:PULSe:WIDTh:HLIMit
2–281
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
TRIGger:PULSe Subsystem
2–282
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
TRIGger:SHOLdtime Subsystem (TVS600A Models Only)
This section describes each command and query in the TRIGger:SHOLdtime
subsystem. See Figure 2–31. These commands are used to control setup and hold
time violation triggering.
TRIGger
[:A | :SEQuence[1]]
:SHOLdtime
:CLOCk
:DATA
:HTIMe
:STIMe
:POLarity
:SOURce
:THReshold
:SOURce
:THReshold
Figure 2–31: TRIGger:SHOLdtime subsystem hierarchy
2–283
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
TRIGger:SHOLdtime Subsystem
TRIGger:SHOLdtime:CLOCk:POLarity
TRIGger:SHOLdtime:CLOCk:POLarity?
TVS600A Models Only
Sets or queries which edge of the clock to use in checking setup and hold time
violations.
:A is a predefined alias for :SEQuence[1].
This command only has effect when TRIGger:TYPE is SHOLdtime.
Syntax
TRIGger[:A]:SHOLdtime:CLOCk:POLarity <polarity>
TRIGger[:A]:SHOLdtime:CLOCk:POLarity?
<polarity>
Query response
Parameters
NEGative
POSitive
NEG
POS
Suffix Units and
Multipliers
None
POS
Reset Value
Errors and Events
Command Error –141, “Invalid character data”
Attempted to set clock polarity to an illegal value.
Dependencies
Examples
None
Command: TRIG:SHOL:CLOC:POL NEG
Query:
TRIG:SHOL:CLOC:POL?
Response: NEG
Related Commands
TRIGger:TYPE
TRIGger:SHOLdtime:CLOCk:SOURce
2–284
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
TRIGger:SHOLdtime Subsystem
TRIGger:SHOLdtime:CLOCk:SOURce
TRIGger:SHOLdtime:CLOCk:SOURce?
TVS600A Models Only
Sets or queries the clock source channel.
:A is a predefined alias for :SEQuence[1].
This command only has effect when TRIGger:TYPE is SHOLdtime.
Syntax
TRIGger[:A]:SHOLdtime:CLOCk:SOURce <source>
TRIGger[:A]:SHOLdtime:CLOCk:SOURce?
<source>
Query response
Parameters
INTernal1
INTernal2
INTernal3
INTernal4
INT1
INT2
INT3
INT4
Suffix Units and
Multipliers
None
INT2
Reset Value
Errors and Events
Command Error –141, “Invalid character data”
Attempted to set clock source to an illegal value.
Dependencies
Examples
None
Command: TRIG:SHOL:CLOC:SOUR INT3
Query:
TRIG:SHOL:CLOC:SOUR?
Response: INT3
Related Commands
TRIGger:TYPE
TRIGger:SHOLdtime:DATA:SOURce
2–285
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
TRIGger:SHOLdtime Subsystem
TRIGger:SHOLdtime:CLOCk:THReshold
TRIGger:SHOLdtime:CLOCk:THReshold?
TVS600A Models Only
Sets or queries the trigger threshold for the clock when setup and hold time
violation triggering is selected.
:A is a predefined alias for :SEQuence[1].
The minimum and maximum values for threshold are VOLT:RANG:OFFS +/–
VOLT:RANG:PTP (in VOLT:RANG:PTP * 0.002 steps).
This command only has effect when TRIGger:TYPE is SHOLdtime.
Syntax
TRIGger[:A]:SHOLdtime:CLOCk:THReshold <level>
TRIGger[:A]:SHOLdtime:CLOCk:THReshold?
<level>
Query response
Parameters
<NRf>
<NR3>
MINimum
MAXimum
<See Comments>
<See Comments>
Suffix Units and
Multipliers
V (default), MV, or UV
0.0E+0
Reset Value
Errors and Events
Execution Error –222, “Data out of range”
Attempted to set threshold to an illegal value.
Dependencies
Examples
None
Command: TRIG:SHOL:CLOC:THR 1.0
Query:
TRIG:SHOL:CLOC:THR?
Response: 1.0E+0
Related Commands
TRIGger:TYPE
TRIGger:SHOLdtime:CLOCk:SOURce
2–286
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
TRIGger:SHOLdtime Subsystem
TRIGger:SHOLdtime:DATA:SOURce
TRIGger:SHOLdtime:DATA:SOURce?
TVS600A Models Only
Sets or queries the data source channel.
:A is a predefined alias for :SEQuence[1].
This command only has effect when TRIGger:TYPE is SHOLdtime.
Syntax
TRIGger[:A]:SHOLdtime:DATA:SOURce <source>
TRIGger[:A]:SHOLdtime:DATA:SOURce?
<source>
Query response
Parameters
INTernal1
INTernal2
INTernal3
INTernal4
INT1
INT2
INT3
INT4
Suffix Units and
Multipliers
None
INT1
Reset Value
Errors and Events
Command Error –141, “Invalid character data”
Attempted to set data source to an illegal value.
Dependencies
Examples
None
Command: TRIG:SHOL:DATA:SOUR INT3
Query:
TRIG:SHOL:DATA:SOUR?
Response: INT3
Related Commands
TRIGger:TYPE
TRIGger:SHOLdtime:CLOCk:SOURce
2–287
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
TRIGger:SHOLdtime Subsystem
TRIGger:SHOLdtime:DATA:THReshold
TRIGger:SHOLdtime:DATA:THReshold?
TVS600A Models Only
Sets or queries the trigger threshold for the data when setup and hold time
violation triggering is selected.
:A is a predefined alias for :SEQuence[1].
The minimum and maximum values for threshold are VOLT:RANG:OFFS +/–
VOLT:RANG:PTP (in VOLT:RANG:PTP * 0.002 steps).
This command only has effect when TRIGger:TYPE is SHOLdtime.
Syntax
TRIGger[:A]:SHOLdtime:DATA:THReshold <level>
TRIGger[:A]:SHOLdtime:DATA:THReshold?
<level>
Query response
Parameters
<NRf>
<NR3>
MINimum
MAXimum
<See comments>
<See comments>
Suffix Units and
Multipliers
V (default), MV, or UV
0.0E+0
Reset Value
Errors and Events
Execution Error –222, “Data out of range”
Attempted to set threshold to an illegal value.
Dependencies
Examples
None
Command: TRIG:SHOL:DATA:THR 1.0
Query:
TRIG:SHOL:DATA:THR?
Response: 1.0E+0
Related Commands
TRIGger:TYPE
TRIGger:SHOLdtime:DATA:SOURce
2–288
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
TRIGger:SHOLdtime Subsystem
TRIGger:SHOLdtime:HTIMe
TRIGger:SHOLdtime:HTIMe?
TVS600A Models Only
Sets or queries the hold time that violations will be checked against.
:A is a predefined alias for :SEQuence[1].
Positive values for hold time occur after the clock edge; negative values occure
before the clock edge.
Keep hold time to at least 2ns less than the clock period or the trigger will not
occur.
Positive values for both setup and hold times create a time zone that spans the
clocking edge.
Negative setup and positive hold times create a time zone that follows the
clocking edge.
Positive setup and negative hold times create a time violation zone that precedes
the clocking edge.
The sum of the setup and hold times can not be less than 2ns. Setting one time
will change the other time if this restriction is violated.
This command only has effect when TRIGger:TYPE is SHOLdtime.
Syntax
TRIGger[:A]:SHOLdtime:HTIMe <holdtime>
TRIGger[:A]:SHOLdtime:HTIMe?
<holdtime>
Query response
Parameters
<NRf>
<NR3>
MINimum
MAXimum
–1.0E–9
102.0E–9
Suffix Units and
Multipliers
S (default), MS, US, NS, or PS
2.0E–9
Reset Value
Errors and Events
Execution Error –222, “Data out of range”
Attempted to set hold time to an illegal value.
2–289
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
TRIGger:SHOLdtime Subsystem
Dependencies
Examples
None
Command: TRIG:SHOL:HTIM 1.0
Query: TRIG:SHOL:HTIM?
Response: 1.0E+0
Related Commands
TRIGger:TYPE
TRIGger:SHOLdtime:CLOCk:POLarity
2–290
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
TRIGger:SHOLdtime Subsystem
TRIGger:SHOLdtime:STIMe
TRIGger:SHOLdtime:STIMe?
TVS600A Models Only
Sets or queries the setup time that violations will be checked against.
:A is a predefined alias for :SEQuence[1].
Positive values for setup time occur before the clock edge; negative values
occure after the clock edge.
Positive values for both setup and hold times create a time zone that spans the
clocking edge.
Negative setup and positive hold times create a time zone that follows the
clocking edge.
Positive setup and negative hold times create a time violation zone that precedes
the clocking edge.
The sum of the setup and hold times can not be less than 2ns. Setting one time
will change the other time if this restriction is violated.
This command only has effect when TRIGger:TYPE is SHOLdtime.
Syntax
TRIGger[:A]:SHOLdtime:STIMe <setuptime>
TRIGger[:A]:SHOLdtime:STIMe?
<setup time>
Query response
Parameters
<NRf>
<NR3>
MINimum
MAXimum
–100.0E–9
100.0E–9
Suffix Units and
Multipliers
S (default), MS, US, or PS
4.0E–9
Reset Value
Errors and Events
Execution Error –222, “Data out of range”
Attempted to set setup time to an illegal value.
Dependencies
None
2–291
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
TRIGger:SHOLdtime Subsystem
Examples
Command: TRIG:SHOL:STIM 1.0
Query: TRIG:SHOL:STIM?
Response: 1.0E+0
Related Commands
TRIGger:TYPE
TRIGger:SHOLdtime:CLOCk:POLarity
2–292
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
TRIGger:TRANsition Subsystem
This section describes each command and query in the TRIGger:TRANsition
subsystem. See Figure 2–32. These commands are used to control runt, slewrate,
and combination triggering.
TRIGger
[:A | :SEQuence[1]]
:TRANsition
:SOURce
:THReshold
:RUNT
:SLEW
:CLASs
:TIME
:QUALify
:SLOPe
:QUALify
:SLOPe
:HIGH
:LOW
Figure 2–32: TRIGger:TRANsition subsystem hierarchy
2–293
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
TRIGger:TRANsition Subsystem
TRIGger:TRANsition:CLASs
TRIGger:TRANsition:CLASs?
TVS600A Models Only
Sets or queries the class of transition triggering selected. RUNT: the instrument
triggers when a pulse crosses one of two thresholds but does not cross the second
threshold before recrossing the first. SLEWrate: the instrument triggers when an
edge crosses two thresholds. All classes may be time qualified.
:A is a predefined alias for :SEQuence[1].
This command only has effect when TRIGger:TYPE is TRANsition.
Syntax
TRIGger[:A]:TRANsition:CLASs <transition_class>
TRIGger[:A]:TRANsition:CLASs?
<transition_class>
Query response
Parameters
RUNT
SLEWrate
RUNT
SLEW
Suffix Units and
Multipliers
None
Reset Value
RUNT
Errors and Events
Command Error –141, “Invalid character data”
Attempted to set class to an illegal value.
Dependencies
Examples
None
Command: TRIG:TRAN:CLAS SLEWRATE
Query:
TRIG:TRAN:CLAS?
Response: SLEW
Related Commands
TRIGger:TYPE
2–294
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
TRIGger:TRANsition Subsystem
TRIGger:TRANsition:RUNT:QUALify
TRIGger:TRANsition:RUNT:QUALify?
TVS600A Models Only
Sets or queries the type of time qualification for RUNT transition triggering.
OFF means there is no time qualification. GT means the trigger occurs when the
transition time is greater than the specified time.
:A is a predefined alias for :SEQuence[1].
This command only has effect when TRIGger:TYPE is TRANsition, and
TRIGger:TRANsition:CLASs is RUNT.
Syntax
TRIGger[:A]:TRANsition:RUNT:QUALify <type>
TRIGger[:A]:TRANsition:RUNT:QUALify?
<type>
Query response
Parameters
GT
OFF
GT
OFF
Suffix Units and
Multipliers
None
OFF
Reset Value
Errors and Events
Command Error –141, “Invalid character data”
Attempted to set QUALify to an illegal value.
Dependencies
Examples
None
Command: TRIG:TRAN:RUNT:QUAL GT
Query:
TRIG:TRAN:RUNT:QUAL?
Response: GT
Related Commands
TRIGger:TYPE
TRIGger:TRANsition:CLASs
TRIGger:TRANsition:TIME
2–295
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
TRIGger:TRANsition Subsystem
TRIGger:TRANsition:RUNT:SLOPe
TRIGger:TRANsition:RUNT:SLOPe?
TVS600A Models Only
Sets or queries the slope for RUNT transition triggering class.
:A is a predefined alias for :SEQuence[1].
This command only has effect when TRIGger:TYPE is TRANsition, and
TRIGger:TRANsition:CLASs is RUNT.
Syntax
TRIGger[:A]:TRANsition:RUNT:SLOPe <slope>
TRIGger[:A]:TRANsition:RUNT:SLOPe?
<slope>
Query response
Parameters
EITHer
NEGative
POSitive
EITH
NEG
POS
Suffix Units and
Multipliers
None
POS
Reset Value
Errors and Events
Command Error –141, “Invalid character data”
Attempted to set slope to an illegal value.
Dependencies
Examples
None
Command: TRIG:TRAN:RUNT:SLOP NEG
Query:
TRIG:TRAN:RUNT:SLOP?
Response: NEG
Related Commands
TRIGger:TYPE
TRIGger:TRANsition:CLASs
2–296
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
TRIGger:TRANsition Subsystem
TRIGger:TRANsition:SLEW:QUALify
TRIGger:TRANsition:SLEW:QUALify?
TVS600A Models Only
Sets or queries the type of time qualification for SLEW transition triggering. LT
means the trigger occurs when the transition time is less than the specified time.
GT means the trigger occurs when the transition time is greater than the specified
time.
:A is a predefined alias for :SEQuence[1].
This command only has effect when TRIGger:TYPE is TRANsition, and
TRIGger:TRANsition:CLASs is SLEW.
Syntax
TRIGger[:A]:TRANsition:SLEW:QUALify <type>
TRIGger[:A]:TRANsition:SLEW:QUALify?
<type>
Query response
Parameters
GT
LT
GT
LT
Suffix Units and
Multipliers
None
LT
Reset Value
Errors and Events
Command Error –141, “Invalid character data”
Attempted to set qualify to an illegal value.
Dependencies
Examples
None
Command: TRIG:TRAN:SLEW:QUAL GT
Query:
TRIG:TRAN:SLEW:QUAL?
Response: GT
Related Commands
TRIGger:TYPE
TRIGger:TRANsition:CLASs
TRIGger:TRANsition:TIME
2–297
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
TRIGger:TRANsition Subsystem
TRIGger:TRANsition:SLEW:SLOPe
TRIGger:TRANsition:SLEW:SLOPe?
TVS600A Models Only
Sets or queries the slope for SLEW transition triggering class.
:A is a predefined alias for :SEQuence[1].
This command only has effect when TRIGger:TYPE is TRANsition, and
TRIGger:TRANsition:CLASs is SLEW.
Syntax
TRIGger[:A]:TRANsition:SLEW:SLOPe <slope>
TRIGger[:A]:TRANsition:SLEW:SLOPe?
<slope>
Query response
Parameters
NEGative
POSitive
NEG
POS
Suffix Units and
Multipliers
None
POS
Reset Value
Errors and Events
Command Error –141, “Invalid character data”
Attempted to set slope to an illegal value.
Dependencies
Examples
None
Command: TRIG:TRAN:SLEW:SLOP NEG
Query:
TRIG:TRAN:SLEW:SLOP?
Response: NEG
Related Commands
TRIGger:TYPE
TRIGger:TRANsition:CLASs
2–298
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
TRIGger:TRANsition Subsystem
TRIGger:TRANsition:SOURce
TRIGger:TRANsition:SOURce?
TVS600A Models Only
Sets or queries the trigger source for all transition triggering classes.
:A is a predefined alias for :SEQuence[1].
This command only has effect when TRIGger:TYPE is TRANsition.
Setting source to INTernal1 causes the signal from INPut1 and [SENSe:]VOLT-
age1 to be the trigger source.
Syntax
TRIGger[:A]:TRANsition:SOURce <source>
TRIGger[:A]:TRANsition:SOURce?
<source>
Query response
Parameters
INTernal
INT
INTernal1
INTernal2
INTernal3
INTernal4
INT1
INT2
INT3
INT4
Suffix Units and
Multipliers
None
INT
Reset Value
Errors and Events
Command Error –141, “Invalid character data”
Attempted to set source to an illegal value.
Dependencies
Examples
None
Command: TRIG:TRAN:SOUR INT3
Query:
TRIG:TRAN:SOUR?
Response: INT3
Related Commands
TRIGger:TYPE
2–299
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
TRIGger:TRANsition Subsystem
TRIGger:TRANsition:THReshold:HIGH
TRIGger:TRANsition:THReshold:HIGH?
TVS600A Models Only
Sets or queries the high threshold for transition triggering.
:A is a predefined alias for :SEQuence[1].
The minimum and maximum values for threshold are VOLT:RANG:OFFS +/–
VOLT:RANG:PTP (in VOLT:RANG:PTP * 0.002 steps).
This command only has effect when TRIGger:TYPE is TRANsition.
Syntax
TRIGger[:A]:TRANsition:THReshold:HIGH <level>
TRIGger[:A]:TRANsition:THReshold:HIGH?
<level>
Query response
Parameters
<NRf>
<NR3>
MINimum
MAXimum
<See comments>
<See comments>
Suffix Units and
Multipliers
V (default), MV, or UV
0.0E+0
Reset Value
Errors and Events
Execution Error –222, “Data out of range”
Attempted to set threshold to an illegal value.
Dependencies
Examples
None
Command: TRIG:TRAN:THR:HIGH 1.0
Query:
TRIG:TRAN:THR:HIGH?
Response: 1.0E+0
Related Commands
TRIGger:TYPE
TRIGger:TRANsition:THReshold:LOW
2–300
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
TRIGger:TRANsition Subsystem
TRIGger:TRANsition:THReshold:LOW
TRIGger:TRANsition:THReshold:LOW?
TVS600A Models Only
Sets or queries the low threshold for transition triggering.
:A is a predefined alias for :SEQuence[1].
The minimum and maximum values for threshold are VOLT:RANG:OFFS +/–
VOLT:RANG:PTP (in VOLT:RANG:PTP * 0.002 steps).
This command only has effect when TRIGger:TYPE is TRANsition.
Syntax
TRIGger[:A]:TRANsition:THReshold:LOW <level>
TRIGger[:A]:TRANsition:THReshold:LOW?
<level>
Query response
Parameters
<NRf>
<NR3>
MINimum
MAXimum
<See comments>
<See comments>
Suffix Units and
Multipliers
V (default), MV, UV
0.0E+0
Reset Value
Errors and Events
Execution Error –222, “Data out of range”
Attempted to set threshold to an illegal value.
Dependencies
Examples
None
Command: TRIG:TRAN:THR:LOW -1.0
Query:
TRIG:TRAN:THR:LOW?
Response: -1.0E+0
Related Commands
TRIGger:TYPE
TRIGger:TRANsition:THReshold:HIGH
2–301
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
TRIGger:TRANsition Subsystem
TRIGger:TRANsition:TIME
TRIGger:TRANsition:TIME?
TVS600A Models Only
Sets or queries the transition qualification time.
:A is a predefined alias for :SEQuence[1].
This command only has effect when TRIGger:TYPE is TRANsition and
TRIGger:TRANsition:QUALify is LT or GT.
Syntax
TRIGger[:A]:TRANsition:TIME <time>
TRIGger[:A]:TRANsition:TIME?
<time>
Query response
Parameters
<NRf>
<NR3>
MINimum
MAXimum
2.0E–9
1.0E+0
Suffix Units and
Multipliers
S (default), MS, US, or PS
2.0E–9
Reset Value
Errors and Events
Execution Error –222, “Data out of range”
Attempted to set time to an illegal value.
Dependencies
Examples
None
Command: TRIG:TRAN:TIME 1.0
Query:
TRIG:TRAN:TIME?
Response: 1.0E+0
Related Commands
TRIGger:TYPE
TRIGger:TRANsition:QUALify
2–302
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
VOLTage Subsystem
This section describes each command and query in the [SENSe:]VOLTage
subsystem. Figure 2–33 shows the command tree for the VOLTage subsystem.
Figure 2–34 shows the part of the waveform analyzer controlled by the VOLTage
commands. The input channel number, defined at the probe connector, is shared
as the parameter <n> for the INPut<n> and VOLTage<n> commands. Only the
four channel TVS641A and TVS645A will accept VOLTage3 and VOLTage4
commands.
[SENSe:]
VOLTage[1] | VOLTage2
[:DC]
:RANGe
:OFFSet
:PTPeak
[:UPPer]
:LOWer
Figure 2–33: VOLTage subsystem hierarchy
SENSe
CH 1
INPut[1]
:VOLTage[1]
:AVERage
:FUNCtion
:DATA
:SWEep
:ROSCillator
:AADVance
CH 2
INPut2
:VOLTage2
Figure 2–34: VOLTage subsystem functional model
2–303
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
VOLTage Subsystem
VOLTage:RANGe[:UPPer]
VOLTage:RANGe[:UPPer]?
Sets or queries the most positive end of the amplifier voltage range. You should
set the amplifier voltage range to match the signal amplitude you expect to
acquire with the digitizer. The string :UPPer may be omitted as shown in the
examples that follow.
The range of permitted values for <upper> depends on the attached probe.
Attached probes modify the full-scale range by the attenuation factor of the
probe. For example, a 10X probe will cause the 100 mV range to become a 1 V
range. This in turn causes the minimum and maximum offset values to change
from ±1 V to ±10 V.
Syntax
[SENSe:]VOLTage<n>[:DC]:RANGe[:UPPer] <upper>
[SENSe:]VOLTage<n>[:DC]:RANGe[:UPPer]?
1
<n> (Channel number)
Query response
Parameters
1
2
3
4
Not applicable
1
The input channel number <n> is used by the commands INPut<n> and VOLTage<n>.
If you omit <n>, the default is channel 1.
1
<upper> (Upper limit of voltage range)
Query response
<NRf>
<NR3>
1
The default multiplier for the <upper> parameter is V for volts. You can also use MV
for millivolts.
Reset Value
0.5E+0
Errors and Events
Execution Error –222, “Data out of range”
Attempted to set upper to an illegal value.
Execution Error –241, “Hardware missing”
Attempted to program VOLTage3 or VOLTage4 on an instrument configured
with only two channels.
2–304
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
VOLTage Subsystem
Dependencies
VOLTage:RANGe[:UPPer] and VOLTage:RANGe:LOWer operate as a pair.
Changing one will not cause the other to change. However, a change in the
voltage range will change VOLTage:RANGe:PTPeak and VOLT-
age:RANGe:OFFSet so they describe the new voltage range.
VOLTage:RANGe:LOWer is not returned in the response to *LRN? because the
voltage range is returned as VOLT:RANG:PTP and VOLT:RANG:OFFS.
Examples
Command: VOLT1:RANG 2
Query:
VOLT1:RANG?
Response: 2.0E+0
Related Commands
VOLTage:RANGe:LOWer
VOLTage:RANGe:OFFSet
VOLTage:RANGe:PTPeak
VOLTage:RANGe:LOWer
VOLTage:RANGe:LOWer?
Sets or queries the most negative end of the amplifier voltage range. You should
set the amplifier voltage range to match the signal amplitude you expect to
acquire with the digitizer.
The range of permitted values for <lower> depends on the attached probe. An
attached probe modifies the full-scale range by the attenuation factor of the
probe. For example, a 10X probe causes the 100 mV range to become a 1 V
range and the minimum and maximum offset values to change from ±1 V
to ±10 V.
Syntax
[SENSe:]VOLTage<n>[:DC]:RANGe:LOWer<lower>
[SENSe:]VOLTage<n>[:DC]:RANGe:LOWer?
1
<n> (Channel number)
Query response
Parameters
1
2
3
4
Not applicable
1
The input channel number <n> is used by the commands INPut<n> and VOLTage<n>.
If you omit <n>, the default is channel 1.
2–305
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
VOLTage Subsystem
1
<lower> (Lower limit of voltage range)
Query response
<NRf>
<NR3>
1
The default multiplier for the <lower> parameter is V for volts. You can also use MV
for millivolts.
Reset Value
–0.5E+0
Errors and Events
Execution Error –222, “Data out of range”
Attempted to set low pass frequency to an illegal value.
Execution Error –241, “Hardware missing”
Attempted to program VOLTage3 or VOLTage4 on an instrument configured
with only two channels.
Dependencies
VOLTage:RANGe[:UPPer] and VOLTage:RANGe:LOWer operate as a pair.
Changing one will not cause the other to change. However, a change in the
voltage range will change VOLTage:RANGe:PTPeak and VOLT-
age:RANGe:OFFSet so they describe the new voltage range.
VOLTage:RANGe:LOWer is not returned in the response to *LRN? because the
voltage range is returned as VOLT:RANG:PTP and VOLT:RANG:OFFS.
Examples
Command: VOLT1:RANG:LOW -2
Query:
VOLT1:RANG:LOW?
Response: -2.0E+0
Related Commands
VOLTage:RANGe[:UPPer]
VOLTage:RANGe:OFFSet
VOLTage:RANGe:PTPeak
2–306
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
VOLTage Subsystem
VOLTage:RANGe:OFFSet
VOLTage:RANGe:OFFSet?
Sets or queries the voltage offset of the specified input amplifier. The offset
value is subtracted from the input signal which allows you to move the signal up
or down into the amplifier vertical range. A positive value removes positive DC
offset from the signal and a negative offset value removes negative DC offset. A
common use of offset is to subtract the DC component of a signal so you can
acquire the AC portion at higher vertical resolution. Measurement results do not
change when you change offset.
The range of permitted values and the smallest increment for offset depend on
the setting of the peak-to-peak range (VOLTage:RANGe:PTPeak) and on the
attached probe. An attached probe modifies the full-scale range by the attenua-
tion factor of the probe. For example, a 10X probe causes the 100 mV range to
become a 1 V range and the minimum and maximum offset values to change
from ±1 V to ±10 V.
Syntax
[SENSe:]VOLTage<n>[:DC]:RANGe:OFFSet <offset>
[SENSe:]VOLTage<n>[:DC]:RANGe:OFFSet?
1
<n> (Channel number)
Query response
Parameters
1
2
3
4
Not applicable
1
The input channel number <n> is used by the commands INPut<n> and VOLTage<n>.
If you omit <n>, the default is channel 1.
1
<offset> (Value subtracted from signal)
Query response
<NRf>
<NR3>
PTPeak 10 mV – 1 V
±1.0 (in 1 mV steps)
MINimum
–1.0E+0
1.0E+0
MAXimum
PTPeak 1.01 V – 10 V
±10.0 (in 10 mV steps)
MINimum
–10.0E+0
10.0E+0
MAXimum
2–307
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
VOLTage Subsystem
1
<offset> (Value subtracted from signal)
Query response
PTPeak 10.1 V – 100 V
±100.0 (in 100 mV steps)
MINimum
–100.0E+0
100.0E+0
MAXimum
1
The default multiplier for the <offset> parameter is V for volts. You can also use MV
for millivolts.
Reset Value
0.0E+0
Errors and Events
Execution Error –222, “Data out of range”
Attempted to set offset to an illegal value.
Execution Error –241, “Hardware missing”
Attempted to program VOLTage3 or VOLTage4
on an instrument configured with two channels.
Dependencies
Examples
VOLTage:RANGe:PTPeak and VOLTage:RANGe:OFFSet operate as a pair.
Changing the voltage range, changes VOLTage:RANGe[:UPPer] and VOLT-
age:RANGe:LOWer so they describe the new voltage range.
Command: VOLT1:RANG:OFFS 1
Query:
VOLT1:RANG:OFFS?
Response: 1.0E+0
Related Commands
VOLTage:RANGe:PTPeak
VOLTage:RANGe:LOWer
VOLTage:RANGe[:UPPer]
2–308
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
VOLTage Subsystem
VOLTage:RANGe:PTPeak
VOLTage:RANGe:PTPeak?
Sets or queries the peak-to-peak (full-scale) voltage range of the specified input
amplifier. The range of permitted values and the smallest increment for offset
depend on the setting of the peak-to-peak range (VOLTage:RANGe:PTPeak).
For specific values, see the listing of <range> values under Parameters.
The values permitted for <range> also depend on the attached probe. An attached
probe modifies the full-scale range by the attenuation factor of the probe. For
example, a 10X probe changes the 10 mV range to the 100 mV range.
Syntax
[SENSe:]VOLTage<n>[:DC]:RANGe:PTPeak <range>
[SENSe:]VOLTage<n>[:DC]:RANGe:PTPeak?
1
<n> (Channel number)
Query response
Parameters
1
2
3
4
Not applicable
1
The input channel number <n> is used by the commands INPut<n> and VOLTage<n>.
If you omit <n>, the default is channel 1.
1
<range> (Range for vertical amplifier)
Query response
<NRf>
<NR3>
10 mV – 20 mV (100 mV steps)
20 mV – 50 mV (200 mV steps)
50 mV – 100 mV (500 mV steps)
100 mV – 200 mV (1 mV steps)
200 mV – 500 mV (2 mV steps)
500 mV – 1 V (5 mV steps)
1 V – 2 V (10 mV steps)
2 V – 5 V (20 mV steps)
5 V – 10 V (50 mV steps)
10 V – 20 V (100 mV steps)
20 V – 50 V (200 mV steps)
50 V – 100 V (500 mV steps)
MINimum
MAXimum
10.0E–3
100.0E+0
1
The default multiplier for the <offset> parameter is V for volts. You can also use MV
for millivolts.
Reset Value
1.0E+0
2–309
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
VOLTage Subsystem
Errors and Events
Execution Error –222, “Data out of range”
Attempted to set range to an illegal value.
Execution Error –241, “Hardware missing”
Attempted to program VOLTage3 or VOLTage4
on an instrument configured with two channels.
Dependencies
VOLTage:RANGe:PTPeak and VOLTage:RANGe:OFFSet together define what
part of the input signal to acquire. Changing the voltage range with VOLT-
age:RANGe:PTPeak does change VOLTage:RANGe[:UPPer] and VOLT-
age:RANGe:LOWer, because together they provide an alternate way to query, or
define, the voltage range for acquisition.
Examples
Command: VOLT1:RANG:PTP 100
Query:
VOLT1:RANG:PTP?
Response: 100.0E+0
Related Commands
VOLTage:RANGe:OFFSet
VOLTage:RANGe:[UPPer]
VOLTage:RANGe:LOWer
2–310
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
IEEE 488.2 Common Commands
This section describes the IEEE 488.2 common commands. Figure 2–35 shows
the common syntax for these commands. The program mnemonics are described
in alphabetical order in this section.
*<program mnemonic>[?]
Figure 2–35: IEEE 488.2 Common Command Syntax
2–311
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
IEEE 488.2 Common Commands
*CAL? (Query Only)
Initiates internal calibration and returns a failure code. If more than one failure
occurs, the response includes only the number of the first failure. You can obtain
additional test results with the command CALibration:RESult:VERBose?.
*CAL? and CALibration? perform the same function.
Syntax
*CAL?
<failure_code>
Query response
Parameters
Not applicable
<NR1>
0
(No failures)
2000 to 2999
(Calibration failure)
Reset Value
Errors and Events
Dependencies
Examples
Not applicable
None
None
Query:
*CAL?
Response: 0
Related Commands
CALibration
CALibration:RESults:VERBose?
2–312
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
IEEE 488.2 Common Commands
*CLS
Clears, or nulls, the SCPI and IEEE 488.2 event registers and the Status Queue.
However, the SCPI and IEEE 488.2 enable registers are not cleared. For more
information on the Status Queue and the event registers, refer to the TVS600 &
TVS600A Series Waveform Analyzers User Manual.
Syntax
Parameters
*CLS
None
Reset Value
Not applicable
None
Errors and Events
Dependencies
Examples
None
Command: *CLS
STATus:PRESet
Related Commands
2–313
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
IEEE 488.2 Common Commands
*ESE
*ESE?
Sets or queries the Event Status Enable Register (ESER). The ESER determines
which events in the Standard Event Status Register can set the Event Status bit
(bit 5) in the Status Byte Register. The bits in the ESER correspond to the bits in
the Standard Event Status Register, which are defined in Table 2–6 on page
2–315.
The STATus:PRESet command does not change the Event Status Enable
Register. For more information on the Status and Events reporting system, refer
to the TVS600 & TVS600A Series Waveform Analyzers User Manual.
Syntax
*ESE <mask>
*ESE?
<mask>
Query response
Parameters
<NRf> | <Non-decimal number>
<NR1>
0 ≤ N ≤ #HFF
Reset Value
Errors and Events
Dependencies
Examples
Not applicable
None
None
Command: *ESE #H40
This command enables only the User Request bit (bit6) in the
Standard Event Status Register. No other events can set the Event
Status bit in the Status Byte Register.
Query:
*ESE?
Response: 64
Related Commands
*ESR?
2–314
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
IEEE 488.2 Common Commands
*ESR? (Query Only)
Returns the contents of the Standard Event Status Register as a decimal number.
More than one event may be reported at the same time. The Status Queue
contains a chronological record of the events. Table 2–6 describes the bit
assignments in the Standard Event Status Register. Reading this register clears it.
For more information on the Status and Events reporting system, refer to the
TVS600 & TVS600A Series Waveform Analyzers User Manual.
Table 2–6: The Standard Event Status Register
Decimal
Value
Bit
Function
0
1
Operation Complete shows that the operation is complete. This bit
is set when all pending operations complete following an *OPC
command.
1
2
2
4
Request Control (not used)
Query Error shows that the waveform analyzer attempted to read
the Output Queue when no data was present or pending, or that
data in the Output Queue was lost.
3
4
8
Device Dependent Error shows that a device error occurred. Refer
to Status and Events in the TVS600 & TVS600A Series Waveform
Analyzers User Manual for device error messages.
16
Execution Error shows that an error occurred while the waveform
analyzer was executing a command or query. Refer to Status and
Events in the TVS600 & TVS600A Series Waveform Analyzers User
Manual for execution error messages.
5
32
Command Error shows that an error occurred while the waveform
analyzer was parsing a command or query. Refer to Status and
Events in the TVS600 & TVS600A Series Waveform Analyzers User
Manual for command error messages.
6
7
64
User Request indicates that a probe ID button was pressed.
128
Power On shows that the waveform analyzer was powered on.
Syntax
*ESR?
<event>
Query response
Parameters
Not applicable
<NR1>
Reset Value
Not applicable
None
Errors and Events
2–315
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
IEEE 488.2 Common Commands
Dependencies
Reading this register clears it.
Examples
Query:
*ESR?
Response: 40
Related Commands
*ESE
*IDN? (Query Only)
Returns the waveform analyzer identification message. The fourth field of the
identification message includes both the SCPI and firmware version numbers.
Syntax
*IDN?
<id_message>
Query response
Parameters
Not applicable
Manufacturer, model number, serial number,
SCPI and firmware version numbers
(syntax defined by IEEE 488.2)
Reset Value
Errors and Events
Dependencies
Examples
Not applicable
None
None
Query:
*IDN?
Response: TEKTRONIX,TVS641A,B020100,SCPI:95.0 FVER:2.0.25
Related Commands
SYStem:VERSion?
2–316
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
IEEE 488.2 Common Commands
*LRN? (Query Only)
Returns the current state of the waveform analyzer as a sequence of ASCII
settings. You can store and return these settings as a group to the waveform
analyzer to place it in a known state. Command headers and parameters in the
returned settings are in the short form.
Syntax
*LRN?
<ascii_setting>
Query response
Parameters
Not applicable
<Program Message Unit>
{,<Program Message Unit>}
Reset Value
Errors and Events
Dependencies
Examples
Not applicable
None
None
Query:
*LRN?
Response: INP1:COUP DC;FILT 1;
FILT:FREQ 20.0E+6;
IMP 50.0E+0;:INP2 ....
Related Commands
SYSTem:SET
*RCL
*SAV
2–317
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
IEEE 488.2 Common Commands
*OPC
*OPC?
Synchronizes command execution with the controller. *OPC causes an Operation
Complete event to be generated when the active command finishes. *OPC?
causes an ASCII “1” to be placed in the output queue when the command
completes.
Syntax
*OPC
*OPC?
Parameters
Reset Value
None
Not applicable
None
Errors and Events
Dependencies
Examples
None
Command: *OPC
Query:
*OPC?
Response: 1
Related Commands
*WAI
2–318
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
IEEE 488.2 Common Commands
*OPT? (Query Only)
Returns the options installed in the instrument as a comma-separated list.
A zero response indicates no option is installed.
Syntax
*OPT?
<options>
Query response
<arbitrary ascii response data>
Parameters
Not applicable
Reset Value
Errors and Events
Dependencies
Examples
Not applicable
None
None
Query:
*OPT?
Response: 0
Related Commands
*IDN?
2–319
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
IEEE 488.2 Common Commands
*PUD
*PUD?
Sets or queries the protected user data stored in the waveform analyzer. The user
data can not exceed 1023 characters. You can use *PUD to provide a corporate
identification or name for your waveform analyzer. You must set
SYSTem:PROTect to OFF before attempting to modify the user data with *PUD.
The query form may be used at any time.
Syntax
*PUD <data>
*PUD?
<data>
Query response
Parameters
<string> (up to 1023 characters)
<string>
Reset Value
Not applicable
Errors and Events
Execution Error –203, “Command protected”
Attempted to set PUD without first removing the
restriction with the SYSTem:PROTect command.
Execution Error –223, “Too much data”
Attempted to set PUD to a string longer than 1023 characters.
Dependencies
Examples
None
Command: *PUD WA 4-1"
Query:
*PUD?
Response: "WA 4-1"
Related Commands
SYSTem:PROTect
2–320
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
IEEE 488.2 Common Commands
*RCL
Recalls the specified instrument setting from one of the ten non-volatile memory
locations in the waveform analyzer. You save settings to these locations with the
*SAV command.
Syntax
*RCL <location>
<location>
Query response
Parameters
<NRf>
1 to 10
Not applicable
Reset Value
Not applicable
Errors and Events
Execution Error –221, “Settings conflict”
Attempted to recall an instrument setting from an empty memory location.
Execution Error –224, “Illegal parameter value”
Attempted to recall an instrument setting from an illegal memory location.
Dependencies
Examples
None
Command: *RCL 4
Related Commands
SYSTem:SET
*LRN?
*SAV
2–321
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
IEEE 488.2 Common Commands
*RST
Resets instrument settings to a default state. Each command description includes
a reset value if appropriate. Many settings in the SYSTem and STATus subsys-
tems are not reset by this command.
Syntax
Parameters
*RST
None
Reset Value
Not applicable
None
Errors and Events
Dependencies
Examples
None
Command: *RST
Related Commands
STATus:PRESet
*CLS
2–322
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
IEEE 488.2 Common Commands
*SAV
Saves the current instrument settings in one of the ten nonvolatile memory
locations in the waveform analyzer. You can recall these settings at a later time
with the *RCL command.
Syntax
*SAV <location>
<location>
Query response
Parameters
<NRf>
1 to10
Not applicable
Reset Value
Not applicable
Errors and Events
Execution Error -224, “Illegal parameter value”
Attempted to save instrument settings to an illegal memory location.
Dependencies
Examples
None
Command: *SAV 4
Related Commands
SYSTem:SET
*LRN?
*RCL
2–323
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
IEEE 488.2 Common Commands
*SRE
*SRE?
Sets or queries the Service Request Enable Register (SRER). The SRER
determines which events in the Status Byte Register can generate an interrupt to
the system controller. The SRER bits correspond to the bits in the Status Byte
Register, which are described in Table 2–7 on page 2–325.
STATus:PRESet does not change the Service Request Enable Register. For more
information on the Status and Events reporting system, refer to the TVS600 &
TVS600A Series Waveform Analyzers User Manual.
Syntax
*SRE <mask>
*SRE?
<mask>
Query response
Parameters
<NRf> | <Non-decimal numeric>
<NR1>
0 ≤ N ≤ #HFF
Reset Value
Errors and Events
Dependencies
Examples
Not applicable
None
None
Command: *SRE #H60
Query:
*SRE?
Response: 96
Related Commands
*STB?
2–324
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
IEEE 488.2 Common Commands
*STB? (Query Only)
Returns the contents of the Status Byte Register as a decimal sum of all set
events. You can get a chronological list of events from the Status Queue using
the SYSTem:ERRor? query. Table 2–7 describes the bit assignments in the
Status Byte Register. For a complete description of the status and events
reporting system, see the TVS600 & TVS600A Series Waveform Analyzers User
Manual.
Table 2–7: The Status Byte Register
Decimal
Value
Bit
0–1
2
Function
–
4
Not used.
Error/Event Queue not empty indicates that the error/event queue
contains information and is waiting to be read.
3
8
Questionable Event Status indicates that the quality of result data
or of an operation is questionable.
4
16
32
64
128
Message Available (MAV) shows that data is available in the
Output Queue.
5
Event Status Bit indicates that one or more events have occurred
in the Standard Event Status Register.
6
Master Summary Status (MSS) is a summary bit that indicates
other bits in the Status Byte Register are set.
7 (MSB)
Operation Event Register indicates that the waveform analyzer is
busy performing a normal operation such as acquiring a waveform.
Syntax
*STB?
<event>
Query response
Parameters
Not applicable
<NR1>
Reset Value
Errors and Events
Dependencies
Examples
Not applicable
None
Reading this register does not clear it.
Query:
*STB?
2–325
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
IEEE 488.2 Common Commands
Response: 96
This response indicates the MAV and the MSS bits are set.
Related Commands
*SRE
*TRG
Arms the waveform analyzer to accept triggers from the VXIbus. Before using
*TRG, you must start the Arm/Trigger system with the INITiate command and
use ARM:SOURce to select BUS.
Syntax
Parameters
*TRG
None
Reset Value
Not applicable
Errors and Events
Execution Error –212, “Arm ignored”
Sent the *TRG command or the VXIbus word serial command <Trigger> when
ARM:SOURce was not set to BUS or when the instrument was not in the
“Waiting for Arm” state.
Dependencies
Examples
None
Command: *TRG
Related Commands
INITIATE
ARM:SOURCE
2–326
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
IEEE 488.2 Common Commands
*TST? (Query Only)
Initiates an internal self-test and returns a failure code. If more than one failure
occurred, only the test number of the first failure is reported. A value of zero
indicates there were no failures. This query is only valid when looping is
disabled. Detailed test results are available with the TEST:RESult:VERBose?
command.
*TST? and TEST? perform the same function.
Syntax
*TST?
<failure_code>
Query response
Parameters
Not applicable
<NR1>
0
(no failure)
1000 – 1999
2000 – 2999
(Self-test failure)
(Calibration failure)
Reset Value
Not applicable
Errors and Events
Execution Error –221, “Settings conflict”
Executed *TST? when TEST:CONTrol:LOOP is ON.
Dependencies
Examples
None
Query:
*TST?
Response: 0
Related Commands
TEST
TEST:RESults:VERBose?
2–327
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
IEEE 488.2 Common Commands
*WAI
Synchronizes command execution with the system controller. *WAI prevents the
waveform analyzer from executing further commands until the active command
completes execution.
Syntax
Parameters
*WAI
None
Reset Value
Not applicable
None
Errors and Events
Dependencies
Examples
None
Command: *WAI
*OPC
Related Commands
2–328
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Appendices
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Appendix A: Expression Syntax
Expression Syntax
The syntax for CALCulate expressions is defined in the following BNF
description (for meanings of BNF forms, see Table 1–2 BNF Symbols and
Meanings on page 1–7). Note that TVS600 models cannot use elements that refer
to TVS600A features only.
<statement> ::=
expr“;”
<statement><statement>
/* epsilon */
<expr>
::=
<statement><expr>
<factor>
<expr><binop><expr>
<expr><logop><expr>
<expr><relop><expr>
<lval><asgnop><expr>
<lval>“#=”<accumop>“(”<arg_list>“)”
<lval>“:=”<expr>
<expr>“..”<expr>
<expr>{“<?”“|”“>?”}<expr>
!<expr>
“{”<statement>“}”
/* epsilon */
factor
::=
[–<number>|{+}<number>]{<unit>}
AATS
[CHAN1|CHAN2|CHAN3|CHAN4]{“[”<nrx>“]”}
<meas>
<parameter>
<ref>
“(”<expr>“)”
<lval>
<meas>
::=
::=
<ref>|<parameter>
<func>“(”<arg_list>“)”
<meas_func>“(”<m_arg_list>“)”
<expr>{[, <expr>]...}
<arg_list>
::=
<m_arg_list> ::=
<wmp_expr> ::=
<parameter> ::=
<wmp_expr> {[, wmp_expr>]...}
{WMP1:|WMP2:|WMP3:|WMP4:} <expr>
%1|%2|%3|%4|%5|%6|%7|%8|%9
REF1|REF2|REF3|REF4|REF5|REF6|REF7|REF8|REF9|REF10|REF
“[”<nrx>“]”
<ref>
::=
<binop>
<asgnop>
<logop>
<relop>
<accumop>
::=
::=
::=
::=
::=
+|–|*|/
+=|–=|*=|/=||=|&=|^=
&|||^|AND|OR
==|!=|>|>=|<|<=|><|<>|EQ|NE|GT|GE|LT|LE|INSide|OUTside
AVERage|ENVelope|VECTor|STATistics
A–1
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Appendix A: Expression Syntax
<meas_func> ::=
AAMList|AC|ACRMS|AMPLitude|AREA|DC|DELay
|CARea|CMEan|COPulse|CPARea|CRMS|CROss
||FTIMe|FREQuency|GAIN|HIGH|LOW|MAXimum
|MEAN|MID|MINimum|NCRoss|NDUTycycle|NWIDth
|OVERshoot|PARea|PCRoss|PDUTycycle|PERiod|PHASe
|PREShoot|PTPeak|PWIDth|RMS|RTIMe|SDEViation|TTRig|WMList
<func>
::=
ABSolute|AVERage|BAT|DERivative|ENVelope|EVT|FFT|
FILTer|FORMat|HLT|INTegral|SEGMent|SMOothing|SRQ|
STATistics|TRANsform|TRG|VECTor|XDURation|XOFFset|XSCale|
XSIZe
<nrx>
<unit>
<number>
::=
::=
::=
<number>{<unit>}
PCT|XUnit|Second|PS|NS|US|MS
[0–9]...{.[0–9]...}{[E|e]{+|–}[0–9]...}
An example of the expression syntax follows:
CALC1:PATH:EXPR (FORM(TRAN(FILT(CHAN1))))
This command performs frequency filtering on CHAN1, then performs an FFT
transform, and finally formats the result, perhaps in a logarithmic magnitude
format.
The settings for CALC:FILTer, :TRANsform, and :FORMat functions must be
completed in separate command statements prior to starting acquisition. The
settings might include enabling the low-pass filter with CALC:FILT:FREQ:LPAS,
setting the TRANsform WINDow type, and setting the result format for the
resulting FFT waveform record with CALC:FORM MLOG.
The following example produces a waveform with an average value of zero and
an amplitude normalized to one:
CALC2:PATH:EXPR ((CHAN1-MEAN(CHAN1))/AMPL(CHAN1))
A–2
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Appendix B: ASCII Character Chart
Table B–1: ASCII Code Chart
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
B7
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
B6
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
B5
BITS
NUMBERS
SYMBOLS
B4 B3 B2 B1
CONTROL
UPPER CASE
LOWER CASE
0
20
40
60
100
120
140
160
NUL
SOH
STX
ETX
EOT
ENQ
ACK
BEL
BS
DLE
DC1
DC2
DC3
DC4
NAK
SYN
ETB
CAN
EM
SP
!
0
@
A
B
C
D
E
F
P
p
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
0
0
0
0
1
1
0 0
0 1
1 0
1 1
0 0
0 1
1 0
1 1
0 0
0 1
1 0
1 1
0 0
0 1
60
96
0
1
0
1
10
21
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
20
41
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
30
61
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
40
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
50
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
70
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
101
121
141
161
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
:
Q
R
S
T
U
V
W
X
Y
Z
[
a
b
c
d
e
f
q
1
2
11
22
21
42
31
62
41
51
61
97
98
71
102
122
142
162
r
s
t
"
#
2
3
2
12
23
22
43
32
63
42
52
62
72
103
123
143
163
3
4
3
13
24
23
44
33
64
43
53
63
99
73
104
124
144
164
$
4
5
4
14
25
24
45
34
65
44
54
64
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
74
105
125
145
165
%
&
'
(
u
v
w
x
y
z
{
5
6
5
15
26
25
46
35
66
45
55
65
75
106
126
146
166
6
7
6
16
27
26
47
36
67
46
56
66
76
107
127
147
167
G
H
I
g
h
i
7
7
17
30
27
50
37
70
47
57
67
77
10
110
130
150
170
8
8
18
31
28
51
38
71
48
58
68
78
11
111
131
151
171
HT
)
9
9
19
32
29
52
39
72
49
59
69
79
12
112
132
152
172
LF
SUB
ESC
FS
J
j
*
+
,
A
10
11
12
13
14
15
1A
33
2A
53
3A
73
4A
5A
6A
7A
13
113
133
153
173
;
VT
K
L
k
l
B
1B
34
2B
54
3B
74
4B
5B
6B
7B
123
124
14
114
134
154
174
FF
<
=
>
?
\
7C
C
1C
35
2C
55
3C
75
4C
5C
6C
15
115
135
155
175
CR
GS
–
.
M
N
O
]
m
n
o
}
D
1D
36
2D
56
3D
76
4D
5D
6D
7D
125
126
16
116
136
156
176
^
–
SO
RS
1
1
1
0
~
E
1E
37
2E
57
3E
77
4E
5E
6E
7E
17
117
137
157
177
RUBOUT
(DEL)
SI
US
/
1
1
1
1
F
1F
2F
3F
4F
5F
6F
7F
127
REF: ANSI STD X3.4-1977
IEEE STD 488.1-1987
ISO STD 646-2973
5
octal
hex
Tektronix
KEY
ENQ
ASCII character
decimal
5
5
B–1
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Appendix B: ASCII Character Chart
B–2
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Appendix C: Algorithms
The waveform analyzer can take many automatic measurements and perform a
variety of other calculations. By knowing how they make these calculations, you
may better understand how to use your waveform analyzer and how to interpret
the results.
Measurement Variables
The waveform analyzer uses a variety of variables in its calculations. This
section discusses each variable and how to set it.
High and Low
High is the value used as the 100% level in measurements such as fall time and
rise time. For example, if you request the 10% to 90% rise time, then the
waveform analyzer calculates 10% and 90% as percentages with High represent-
ing 100%.
Low is the value used as the 0% level in measurements such as fall time and
rise time.
The exact meaning of High and Low depends on which calculation method you
choose. To set the method used to determine High you use the CALCu-
late:WMParameter:HMEThod command. To set the method used to determine
Low you use the CALCulate:WMParameter:LMEThod command. The methods
are PEAK, MODE, AUTO, and ABSolute.
PEAK defines the 0% and the 100% waveform levels as the lowest amplitude
(most negative) and the highest amplitude (most positive) samples. The PEAK
method is useful for measuring frequency, width, and period for many types of
signals. PEAK is sensitive to waveform ringing and spikes, however, and does
not always accurately measure rise time, fall time, overshoot, and undershoot.
MODE attempts to find the highest density of points above and below the
waveform midpoint. It attempts to ignore ringing and spikes when determining
the 0% and 100% levels. This method works well when measuring square waves
and pulse waveforms.
The waveform analyzer calculates the histogram-based High and Low values
as follows:
1. It makes a histogram of the record with 256 bins.
C–1
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Appendix C: Algorithms
2. It splits the histogram into two sections at the halfway point between Min
and Max (also called Mid).
3. The level with the most points in the upper histogram is the High value, and
the level with the most points in the lower histogram is the Low value.
(Choose the levels where the histograms peak for High and Low.)
If Mid gives the largest peak value within the upper or lower histogram, then
return the Mid value for both High and Low (this is probably a very low
amplitude waveform).
If more than one histogram level (bin) has the maximum value, choose the
bin farthest from Mid.
This algorithm does not work well for two-level waveforms with greater than
about 100% overshoot.
AUTO attempts to use the MODE method but will switch to the PEAK method if
the histogram does not show an obvious consistent high level. For example, the
MODE histogram operating on a triangle wave would not find significant High
and Low levels so AUTO would select PEAK. On a square wave AUTO would
pick the MODE method.
ABSolute uses the absolute value set with the commands CALCulate:WMPara-
meter:HIGH or CALCulate:WMParameter:LOW.
Measurement Reference
Levels
You can set the various reference levels used to take the automated measure-
ments. You can choose to set reference levels in absolute vertical units or in
relative units of percent or ratio. Use the command CALCulate:WMParame-
ter:RMEThod to choose the reference method. The reference levels are
as follows:
HREFerence the waveform high reference or distal level. Used in fall time and
rise time calculations. In the RELative mode, you use the command CALCu-
late:WMParameter:HREFerence:RELative to set it from 0% to 100%, with a
reset value of 90%. You can set it to a voltage level with the command CALCu-
late:WMParameter:HREFerence.
MREFerence the waveform middle reference or mesial level. In the RELative
mode, you use the command CALCulate:WMParameter:MREFerence:RELative
to set MREFerence from 0% to 100%, with a reset value of 50%. You can set it
to a voltage level with the command CALCulate:WMParameter:MREFerence.
You can also specify a hysteresis value for the MREFerence that reduces the
effects of noise on measurements. The HYSTeresis value is a percent or ratio of
the AMPLitude value.
C–2
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Appendix C: Algorithms
LREFerence the waveform low reference or proximal level. Used in fall time and
rise time calculations. In the RELative mode, you use the command CALCu-
late:WMParameter:LREFerence:RELative to set it from 0% to 100%, with a
reset value of 10%. You can set it to a voltage level with the command CALCu-
late:WMParameter:LREFerence.
Other Variables
The waveform analyzer also measures several values itself that it uses to help
calculate measurements.
RecordLength is the number of data points in the waveform record.
Hysteresis reduces the effects of noise on measurements by providing a guard
band of 5% (the default) of the waveform amplitude, above and below the
midpoint value. Hysteresis can be set in the range 0% to 50%. It is used in
MCross1, MCross2, and MCross3 calculations.
For example, once a crossing has been measured in a negative direction, the
waveform data must fall below 5% of the amplitude from the MidRef point
before the measurement system is armed and ready for a positive crossing.
Similarly, after a positive MidRef crossing, waveform data must exceed 5% of
the amplitude before a negative crossing can be measured. Hysteresis is useful
when you are measuring noisy signals, because it allows the waveform analyzer
to ignore minor fluctuations in the signal.
MCross Calculations
MCross1, MCross2, and MCross3 refer to the first, second, and third MidRef
cross times, respectively. (See Figure C–1.)
The polarity of the crossings does not matter for these variables, but the
crossings alternate in polarity; that is, MCross1 could be a positive or negative
crossing, but if MCross1 is a positive crossing, MCross2 will be a negative
crossing.
The waveform analyzer calculates these values as follows:
1. Find the first MidRefCrossing in the waveform record (or the gated region).
This is MCross1.
2. Continuing from MCross1, find the next MidRefCrossing in the waveform
record (or the gated region) of the opposite polarity of MCross1. This
is MCross2.
3. Continuing from MCross2, find the next MidRefCrossing in the waveform
record (or the gated region) of the same polarity as MCross1. This
is MCross3.
C–3
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Appendix C: Algorithms
MCross1Polarity is the polarity of first crossing (no default). It can be rising or
falling.
StartCycle is the starting time for cycle measurements. It is a floating-point
number with values between 0.0 and (RecordLength – 1.0), inclusive.
StartCycle = MCross1
EndCycle is the ending time for cycle measurements. It is a floating-point
number with values between 0.0 and (RecordLength – 1.0), inclusive.
EndCycle = MCross3
MCross1
(StartCycle)
MCross3
(EndCycle)
MCross2
MidRef + (Hysteresis x Amplitude)
MidRef
MidRef – (Hysteresis x Amplitude)
Figure C–1: MCross Calculations
Waveform[<0.0 ... RecordLength–1.0>] — holds the acquired data.
Measurement Zone and Edge Selection
The waveform analyzer can take measurements over the entire waveform or over
a user-specified measurement zone. Some measurements also require that the
user specify the waveform edge to be measured. Usage of the commands needed
to specify zoned (also called gated) measurements is discussed in the section
Measurements in chapter 3. This section briefly describes each zoned measure-
ments and waveform edge selection.
Zoned Measurements
The CALCulate<n>:WMParameter:GATE commands control whether zoned
measurements are on or off:
H
When CALC<n>:WMP:GATE is set to ON, measurements are taken within a
measurement zone defined using other parameters to the :GATE commands.
C–4
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Appendix C: Algorithms
H
When CALC<n>:WMP:GATE is set to OFF, the measurement zone becomes the
entire waveform record. The measurement zone defined by the :GATE
command parameters is ignored.
All measurements included in the CALC block are affected by these commands,
but gating for each CALC block is settable independently.
Edge Selection
The CALCulate<n>:WMParameter:EDGE command selects the waveform edge
that the measurement is taken on for these edge-based measurements:
H
H
H
H
CROSs, NCROSs, and PCROSs
DELay
FTIMe and RTIMe
COPulse
The CALCulate<n>:WMParameter:SLOPE command selects the polarity of the
edges used in DELay measurements; the polarity of the edge used for the other
edge measurements is determined implicitly (for example, RTIME use positive
slope, etc.).
When CALC:WFM:GATE is set to OFF, the waveform analyzer finds the edge within
the entire waveform record; when set to ON, the waveform analyzer finds the
edge with in the measurement zone.
Measurement Algorithms
The automated measurements are defined and calculated as follows.
Amplitude
Amplitude = High – Low
C–5
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Appendix C: Algorithms
Area
The arithmetic area of one waveform or of its measurement zone. Remember that
one waveform is not necessarily equal to one cycle. For cyclical data you may
prefer to use the cycle area rather than the arithmetic area.
if Start = End then return the (interpolated) value at Start.
Otherwise,
End
ŕ
Waveform(t)dt
Area=
Start
For details of the integration algorithm, see page C–17.
COPulse
Center-Of-Pulse timing-measurement. Returns the average of the times, relative
to the trigger point, of the three measurement reference levels on the pulse
leading edge that contains MCRoss1 and the three levels on the pulse trailing
edge containing MCRoss2. See Mcross Calculations on page C–3 for defini-
tions of crossings. See Measurement Reference Levels on page C–2 for
descriptions of the reference levels.
COPulse used the edge index set by CALCulate<n>:WMParameter:EDGE as the
leading edge and next edge of opposite polarity as the trailing edge.
Cross
Timing measurement. The time relative to the trigger point at which the crossing
that you specify occurs. The CROSs measurement searches for the Nth occur-
rences of an edge; during the search it counts edges of either polarity.
1. Searching from Start to End of waveform record, find the first transi-
tion — either negative-going or positive-going — through MREF (middle
ref).
2. Continue the search process until the Nth crossing is found (user specifies N
using the CALCulate:WMParameter:EDGE command).
3. Cross = Time@crossing, where Time@trigger = 0.
Pretrigger crossings return negative times; posttrigger crossings return
positive times.
Positive values for N force the search at the start of the waveform record;
Negative values and zero at the end (zero designates the last crossing, –1 the next
to the last crossing, and so on in the waveform record).
Cycle Area
Amplitude (voltage) measurement. The area over one waveform cycle. For
non-cyclical data, you might prefer to use the Area measurement.
C–6
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Appendix C: Algorithms
If StartCycle = EndCycle then return the (interpolated) value at StartCycle.
EndCycle
ŕ
Waveform(t)dt
CycleArea=
StartCycle
For details of the integration algorithm, see page C–17.
Cycle Mean
Amplitude (voltage) measurement. The mean over one waveform cycle. For
non-cyclical data, you might prefer to use the Mean measurement.
If StartCycle = EndCycle then return the (interpolated) value at StartCycle.
EndCycle
ŕ
Waveform(t)dt
StartCycle
CycleMean=
(EndCycle * StartCycle) SampleInterval
For details of the integration algorithm, see page C–17.
Cycle RMS
The true Root Mean Square voltage over one cycle.
If StartCycle = EndCycle then CycleRMS = Waveform[Start].
Otherwise,
EndCycle
2
ŕ
(Waveform(t)) dt
Ǹ
StartCycle
CycleRMS =
(EndCycle * StartCycle) SampleInterval
For details of the integration algorithm, see page C–17.
Delay
Timing measurement. The amount of time between the MidRef crossings of two
different traces or two different places on the same trace.
Delay measurements are actually a group of measurements. To get a specific
delay measurement, you must specify the target and reference crossing polarities
and edges.
C–7
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Appendix C: Algorithms
Gain
Ratio of two amplitudes measurement. An amplitude measurement (see
Amplitude on page C-5) is taken of the reference and target waveforms.
Amplitudetarget
Gain =
Amplituderefernece
Fall Time
Timing measurement. The time taken for the falling edge of a pulse to drop from
a HighRef value (default = 90%) to a LowRef value (default = 10%).
Figure C–2 shows a falling edge with the two crossings necessary to calculate a
fall time measurement.
1. Based on the index n specified by the CALCulate:WMParameter:EDGE
command, count edges according to the following rules:
H
Positive arguments search forward from the start-to-end of the waveform
record; zero and negative arguments search backward from the end-to-
start.
H
H
Zero specifies the last edge in the waveform record.
Count only edges that go through both HREF and LREF (see Fig-
ure C–2).
2. Continue the search process until the nth negative-going edge is found (user
specifies n using the CALCulate:WMParameter:EDGE command).
3. Find the time of the HREF crossing for the nth edge. This time is THF. (Use
linear interpolation if necessary.)
4. Find the time of the LREF crossing for the nth edge. This time is TLF. (Use
linear interpolation if necessary.)
5. FallTime = TLF – THF
C–8
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Appendix C: Algorithms
Fall Time
THF TLF
High
HighRef
Not an edge
LowRef
Low
Figure C–2: Fall time
Frequency
Timing measurement. The reciprocal of the period. Measured in Hertz (Hz)
where 1 Hz = 1 cycle per second.
If Period = 0 or is otherwise bad, return an error.
Frequency = 1/Period
High
Low
100% (highest) voltage reference value. (See High and Low on page C–1.)
Using the min-max measurement technique:
High = Max
0% (lowest) voltage reference value calculated. (See High and Low on page
C–1.)
Using the min-max measurement technique:
Low = Min
Maximum
Amplitude (voltage) measurement. The maximum voltage. Typically the most
positive peak voltage.
Examine all Waveform[ ] samples from Start to End inclusive, and set Max
equal to the greatest magnitude Waveform[ ] value found.
C–9
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Appendix C: Algorithms
Mcross1
Mcross2
Mcross3
Timing-measurement functions. These three measurements are of the times
relative to the trigger point at which the first, second, and third Mid Ref
crossings occur in the waveform. See Mcross Calculations on page C–3 for
definitions of crossings.
Mcross1, Mcross2, and Mcross3 cannot be included as measurements in the
measurement lists AAMList or WMList. Rather they can be used as functions in
calculation expressions.
Pretrigger crossings return negative times; posttrigger crossings return
positive times.
Mean
The arithmetic mean for one waveform. Remember that one waveform is not
necessarily equal to one cycle. For cyclical data you may prefer to use the cycle
mean rather than the arithmetic mean.
i+RecordLength – 1 Waveform [i]
ȍ
Mean +
RecordLength
i+0
Minimum
Amplitude (voltage) measurement. The minimum amplitude. Typically the most
negative peak voltage.
Examine all Waveform[ ] samples from Start to End inclusive, and set Min
equal to the smallest magnitude Waveform[ ] value found.
Negative Duty Cycle
Timing measurement. The ratio of the negative pulse width to the signal period
expressed as a percentage.
NegativeWidth is defined in Negative Width, below.
If Period = 0 or undefined then return an error.
NegativeWidth
NegativeDutyCycle =
100%
Period
Negative Width
Timing measurement. The distance (time) between MidRef (default = 50%)
amplitude points of a negative pulse.
If MCross1Polarity = ‘–’
then
NegativeWidth = (MCross2 – MCross1)
else
NegativeWidth = (MCross3 – MCross2)
C–10
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Appendix C: Algorithms
Ncross
Timing measurement. The time relative to the trigger point at which the
negative-going crossing that you specify occurs. The NCROSs measurement
searches for the Nth occurrence of an edge; during the search it counts only
negative edges.
1. Searching from Start to End of waveform record, find the first negative-
going transition through MREF (middle reference).
2. Continue the search process until the Nth negative-going crossing is found
(user specifies N using the CALCulate:WMParameter:EDGE command).
3. NCross = Time@ncrossing, whereTime@trigger = 0.
Pretrigger crossings return negative times; posttrigger crossings return
positive times.
Positive values for N force the search at the start of the waveform record;
Negative values and zero, at the end (zero designates the last crossing, –1 the
next to the last crossing, and so on in the waveform record).
C–11
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Appendix C: Algorithms
Overshoot
Amplitude (voltage) measurement. Overshoot finds the first positive-going edge
in the waveform record (or gated area) and calculates value as follows:
Max * High
Overshoot =
100%
Amplitude
This measurement ignores settings of the CALCulate:WMParameter:EDGE and
:SLOPE commands when locating the edge to measure.
Pcross
Timing measurement. The time relative to the trigger point at which the
positive-going crossing that you specify occurs. The PCROSs measurement
searches for the Nth occurrence of an edge; during the search it counts only
positive edges.
1. Searching from Start to End of waveform record, find the first positive-go-
ing transition through MREF (middle reference).
2. Continue the search process until the Nth positive-going crossing is found
(user specifies N).
3. PCross = Time@pcrossing, whereTime@trigger = 0.
Pretrigger crossings return negative times; posttrigger crossings return
positive times.
Positive values for N force the search at the start of the waveform record;
Negative values and zero, at the end (zero designates the last crossing, –1 the
next to the last crossing, and so on in the waveform record).
Peak to Peak
Period
Amplitude measurement. The absolute difference between the maximum and
minimum amplitude.
PeaktoPeak = Max – Min
Timing measurement. Time taken for one complete signal cycle. The reciprocal
of frequency. Measured in seconds.
Period = MCross3 – MCross1
Phase
Timing measurement. The amount of phase shift, expressed in degrees of the
target waveform cycle, between the MidRef crossings of two different wave-
forms. Waveforms measured should be of the same frequency or one waveform
should be a harmonic of the other.
Phase is a dual waveform measurement; that is, it is measured from a target
waveform to a reference waveform. To get a specific phase measurement, you
must specify the target and reference sources.
C–12
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Appendix C: Algorithms
Phase is determined in the following manner:
1. The first MidRefCrossing (MCross1Target) and third (MCross3) in the
source (target) waveform are found.
2. The period of the target waveform is calculated (see Period above).
3. The first MidRefCrossing (MCross1Ref) in the reference waveform crossing
in the same direction (polarity) as that found MCross1Target for the target
waveform is found.
4. The phase is determined by the following:
MCross1Ref * MCross1Target
Phase =
360
Period
If the target waveform leads the reference waveform, phase is positive; if it lags,
negative.
Positive Area
Amplitude (voltage) measurement. The arithmetic area over the absolute value of
one waveform or if measurement gating is on, over its gated area. Remember
that one waveform is not necessarily equal to one cycle. For cyclical data you
may prefer to use the cycle area rather than the arithmetic area.
if Start = End then return the (interpolated) value at Start.
Otherwise,
End
ŕ
ABS(Waveform(t))dt
Area=
Start
For details of the integration algorithm, see page C–17.
Positive Cycle Area
Amplitude (voltage) measurement. The area over the absolute value of one
waveform cycle. For non-cyclical data, you might prefer to use the Area
measurement.
If StartCycle = EndCycle then return the (interpolated) value at StartCycle.
EndCycle
ŕ
ABS(Waveform(t))dt
CycleArea=
StartCycle
For details of the integration algorithm, see page C–17.
Positive Duty Cycle
Timing measurement. The ratio of the positive pulse width to the signal period,
expressed as a percentage.
C–13
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Appendix C: Algorithms
PositiveWidth is defined in Positive Width, following.
If Period = 0 or undefined then return an error.
PositiveWidth
Period
PositiveDutyCycle =
100%
Positive Width
Timing measurement. The distance (time) between MidRef (default = 50%)
amplitude points of a positive pulse.
If MCross1Polarity = ‘+’
then
PositiveWidth = (MCross2 – MCross1)
else
PositiveWidth = (MCross3 – MCross2)
Preshoot
Amplitude (voltage) measurement. Preshoot finds the first positive-going edge in
the waveform record (or gated area) and calculates value as follows:
Low * Min
Preshoot =
100%
Amplitude
This measurement ignores settings of the CALCulate:WMParameter:EDGE and
:SLOPE commands when locating the edge to measure.
C–14
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Appendix C: Algorithms
Rise Time
Timing measurement. Time taken for the leading edge of a pulse to rise from a
LowRef value (default = 10%) to a HighRef value (default = 90%).
Figure C–3 shows a rising edge with the two crossings necessary to calculate a
rise time measurement.
1. Based on the index n specified by the CALCulate:WMParameter:EDGE
command, count edges according to the following rules:
H
Positive arguments search forward from the start-to-end of the waveform
record; zero and negative arguments search backward from the end-to-
start.
H
H
Zero specifies the last edge in the waveform record.
Count only edges that go through both HREF and LREF (see Fig-
ure C–2).
2. Continue the search process until the nth positive-going edge is found (user
specifies n using the CALCulate:WMParameter:EDGE command).
3. Find the time of the HREF crossing for the nth edge. This time is THF. (Use
linear interpolation if necessary.)
4. Find the time of the LREF crossing for the nth edge. This time is TLF. (Use
linear interpolation if necessary.)
5. RiseTime = THR – TLR
Rise Time
TLR THR
High
HighRef
Not an edge
LowRef
Low
Figure C–3: Rise Time
RMS:
Amplitude (voltage) measurement. The true Root Mean Square voltage.
C–15
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Appendix C: Algorithms
If Start = End then RMS = the (interpolated) value at Waveform[Start].
Otherwise,
End
2
ŕ
Ă (Waveform(t)) dt
Ǹ
Start
RMS =
(End * Start) SampleInterval
For details of the integration algorithm, see Integration Algorithm in this section.
TTrig
Timing measurement. The time difference between the main and the delay
triggers.
TTrig = Time@delaytrig – Time@maintrigger
Value returned is independent of channel number. Value returned is valid only
when the delay trigger source is not set to immediate.
C–16
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Appendix C: Algorithms
Differentiation Algorithm
The differentiation algorithm used by the waveform analyzer is as follows:
Diff(w(n)) +Ă 0
forĂ n + 0
Diff(w(n)) + [w(n ) 1) * w(n * 1)]ń(2T)
for 1 v n v (R-1)
Diff(w(n)) + [w(R-1) * w(R-2)]ńT
forĂ n + (R-1)
where:
n = index into the record of data points
= input sampled data point
= time interval between successive samples
= record length
w n
T
R
Integration Algorithm
The integration algorithm used by the waveform analyzer is as follows:
Intg(w(n)) + 0
forĂ n + 0
n*1
1/2Ă w(0) ) ȍw(m) ) 1/2Ă w(n)
Intg(w(n)) +
ƪ
ƫ T
m+1
forĂ 1 v n v R
where:
n = index into record of data points
= input sampled data point
= time interval between successive samples
= record length in points
w n
T
R
C–17
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Appendix C: Algorithms
Smooth Algorithm
The smoothing algorithm used by the waveform analyzer is as follows:
n)h
ȍw(m) ) (h * n) w(0)
Smooth(w(n)) + (1ńs)ƪ
forĂ n t h
ƫ
m+0
n)h
ȍ
Smooth(w(n)) + (1ńs)ƪ
w(m)ƫ
m+n*h
for h v n v R-1-h
R*1
ȍ
Smooth(w(n)) + (1ńs)ƪ
w(m) ) (R-1-n) w(R-1)ƫ
m+n*h
forĂ n u R-1-h
where:
n = index into record of data points
= input sampled data point
w n
s = smoothing interval in samples; the second argument
h = half interval: (s – 1)/2 rounded down
= record length in points
R
The smoothed waveform is derived by computing the average value of the
corresponding point of the original waveform and a certain number of points of
the original waveform on either side of the corresponding point. The number of
points on either side is derived from the smoothing interval, which you set with
the command CALC:SMO:POIN.
Near the ends of the waveform, nonexistent points beyond the ends of the
waveform are required for averaging. The nonexistent points are assumed to be
the value of the corresponding end points. This method of extending the
waveform is arbitrary, so the results within a smoothing interval of the ends of
the waveform must be interpreted accordingly.
C–18
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Appendix C: Algorithms
Digital Filter Algorithms
This section describes how the digital filter of the waveform analyzer operates.
The commands in the CALCulate:FILTer subsystem control the digital filter.
An Ideal Filter
The filter functions in the waveform analyzer instrument allow lowpass,
highpass, bandpass and notch filters to be applied to any acquired set of data. A
perfect filter would have unity transmission (with linear phase response) in the
pass band, infinite attenuation in the stop band and abruptly change from pass to
stop band. The transfer function for an ideal bandpass filter is depicted in
Figure C–4.
Figure C–4: Transfer function H(f) for an ideal bandpass filter
When you use a filter in the waveform analyzer, the frequency response of the
desired filter is inverse Fourier transformed to calculate the response of the filter
for a time domain impulse and this impulse response is convolved with the
waveform data as shown in the following equation:
h(t) + T–1{H(f)}
output wfm + (input wfm) * h(t)
These equations are mathematically correct, however, it is impossible to
implement them. For any ideal filter, which has abrupt changes in the transfer
function, the impulse response extends for all time. Clearly an infinitely long
impulse response cannot be convolved with the waveform data.
C–19
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Appendix C: Algorithms
Rectangular Window
One possible solution for dealing with the infinitely long impulse function, h(t)
is to reduce it to a manageable length. The simplest technique is to use the
central points of the filter and throw away the remaining points. What this does
is apply a time domain rectangular window filter to the impulse response h(t).
Figure C–5 shows the transfer function for an ideal lowpass filter. Figure C–6
shows the time domain impulse for the lowpass filter and depicts one possible
rectangular window which selects the central filter points.
Truncating the infinitely long impulse response of the filter to a finite length
results in a filter frequency response that is no longer ideal. In the time domain
the filter impulse response has been multiplied by a window w(t):
new h(t) + h(t) @ w(t)
To see how the frequency domain transfer function for the filter, H(f), has
changed it is necessary to transfer the above equation to the frequency domain.
Multiplication in the time domain corresponds to convolution in the frequency
domain.
W(f) + T{w(t)}
New H(f) + H(f) * W(f)
Figure C–5: Transfer function for an ideal lowpass filter
C–20
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Appendix C: Algorithms
Figure C–6: Using a rectangular window to truncate the data from Figure C–5 to a
finite number of points
The frequency domain convolution of H(f) with W(f) has three effects: the filter
edges are no longer abrupt, the pass band transmission is no longer exactly unity,
and the stop band attenuation is no longer infinite. Figures C–7 through C–9
show the original, ideal filter and the resultant filter with three different lengths
of rectangular windows. Note that these plots use a dB scale for the filter.
As more points are used in the filter (corresponding to a longer window) the
transition becomes sharper and sharper. However, in this example, the worst case
attenuation of the filter in the stop band stays fixed at about –21 dB. Examining
Figures C–7 through C–9 carefully, you can see that the peak amplitude of the
ripple in the stop band (i.e., minimum attenuation) remains fixed at about
–21 dB. As more points are used, the filter becomes sharper but this side lobe
remains 21 dB down. For other filter shapes, such as bandpass and notch filters,
the worst case stop band attenuation can be as low as –15 dB. The limitation on
the stop band attenuation is the major drawback of using a rectangular window.
C–21
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Appendix C: Algorithms
Figure C–7: Lowpass filter transfer function obtained by truncating the impulse
response to just a few points
Figure C–8: Using more points in the Lowpass filter results in a steeper transition at
the cutoff frequency
C–22
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Appendix C: Algorithms
Figure C–9: Using many more points in the Lowpass filter results in a quicker
transition but a minimum attenuation of 21 dB
Kaiser Window
When the filter response is truncated with a rectangular window the minimum
attenuation in the stop band is at best 21 dB. In order to achieve greater
attenuation in the stop band a non–rectangular window must be applied to the
filter data.
There are many choices for non–rectangular windows. Common windows
include Bartlett, Hamming, Hanning, and Blackman. The filter in the waveform
analyzer employs a Kaiser window. This window was chosen because it offers a
range of possible window shapes, and thus different stop band attenuations. For a
window that is M+1 points long, the Kaiser window is defined as follows:
1ń2
2
ȡ
ȣ
ȧ
Ȧ
ȧ
Ȥ
(n–Mń2)
ƪ ƫ
ǒ1– Ǔ
I
b
ƪ ƫ
0
Mń2
ȧ
w[n] + ȧ
ȥ
0 v n v M
ƪ ƫ
b
I0
0
otherwise
Ȣ
I0 represents the zero order modified Bessel function of the first kind. b is a
parameter that ranges from 0 to infinity. The larger the value of b, the more the
window tapers at the edges. When b=0 the Kaiser window reduces to a rectangu-
lar window. Figure C–10 shows three Kaiser windows with 200 points in the
window and a b of 1, 5 and 20.
C–23
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Appendix C: Algorithms
b = 1
b = 5
b = 20
Figure C–10: Kaiser window with 200 points and b = 1, 5 and 20
For larger values of b, the Kaiser window tapers off slowly towards the edges of
the window. Using the same number of data points and taking a Fourier
transform of a Kaiser window and a rectangular window, the transform of the
Kaiser window is broader than the rectangular window but the side lobes are
much farther down.
As stated in the last section, the frequency domain transfer function of the filter
is given by convolving the transfer function of the ideal filter with that of the
window.
W(f) + T{w(t)}
New H(f) + H(f) * W(f)
If a Kaiser window is used with the same number of points as a rectangular
window, then the transition width will not be as narrow but the minimum stop
band attenuation will be much greater than the 21 dB achieved with a rectangular
window. To graphically see this effect, refer to Figure C–11 which shows a
lowpass filter obtained with a Kaiser window with b=2.65. Compare the transfer
function of this filter with that in Figure C–9 where the same number of points
were used but with a rectangular window.
By setting b high enough, the stop band attenuation can be increased. The cost
for this increase is a wider filter transition region which can be countered by
using more points in the filter. As pointed out previously, the greater the number
of points in the filter, the narrower the filter transition region. However, there is a
limit to the number of points in the filter. As described more fully in the section
on edge effects, the number of points in the filter is limited to a maximum of
10% of the record length.
C–24
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Appendix C: Algorithms
Figure C–11: Compare this result with Figure C–9 with the same number of points
but a rectangular window
Defining Filter
Specifications
The waveform analyzer filter is specified in a manner which may be unfamiliar
to those used to working with analog filters. One difference is that cutoff and
start/stop frequencies are specified as the –6 dB point, not the –3 dB point.
Figure C–12 shows waveform analyzer specifications for a lowpass filter.
Figure C–12: Filter specifications for a lowpass filter
The cutoff frequency of the filter is specified in Hertz with the LPAS command.
As an example, to set a lowpass cutoff frequency of 20 MHz, use the command:
CALC1:FILT:FREQ:LPAS 20E6
LPAS specifies a lowpass filter and 20E6 sets the cutoff frequency (at –6 dB).
C–25
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Appendix C: Algorithms
The stop band attenuation or stop band rejection is set with the SREJ command.
The SREJ is given in dB. The minimum attenuation is 15 dB and the maximum
is 100 dB (the default value is 60 dB). As an example, to set the stop band
attenuation to 40 dB use the command:
CALC1:FILT:FREQ:SREJ 40
The final specification of the filter is the relative filter transition width, TWID.
The TWID is directly related to the TWIDHZ depicted in Figure C–12.
TWIDHZ is a measure of how quickly the filter response changes from pass
band to stop band. The TWID is specified relative to the Nyquist frequency for
the acquisition record. The Nyquist frequency is defined as:
1
FNYQ
+
2 @ TINT
Where TINT is the sample interval. Equivalently, the Nyquist frequency is also
equal to 1/2 of the sampling rate.
The TWID is then defined as:
TWIDHZ
FNYQ
TWID +
+ TWIDHZ @ 2 @ TINT
Valid ranges for TWID are between 0 and 1. The smaller the value, the narrower
the transition region. The default value is 0.1. As an example, to set the TWID to
0.05 use the command:
CALC1:FILT:FREQ:TWID 0.05
Define highpass filter in the same manner as the lowpass filter. The only
difference is that it is necessary to specify a HPAS frequency. As an example, to
set the highpass frequency to 100 MHz, use the command:
CALC1:FILT:FREQ:HPAS 100E6
Figure C–13 depicts the specifications for a band pass filter. The same specifica-
tions are used for the notch filter, but the two filters have swapped pass band and
stop band regions. Like the lowpass filter, a bandpass filter has a specification
for SREJ and TWID. SREJ and TWID are equal on both sides of the bandpass
region. For the bandpass and notch filters it is necessary to specify a start and
stop frequency. This is done with the STAR and STOP commands. As an
example to set up a bandpass filter with a start frequency of 50 MHz and a stop
frequency of 75 MHz use the command:
CALC1:FILT:FREQ:BPAS; STAR 50E6; STOP 75E6
Instead of specifying a STAR and STOP frequency, it is possible to specify
CENT and SPAN frequencies.
C–26
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Appendix C: Algorithms
Figure C–13: Filter specifications for a bandpass filter
Filter Length Limitations
and Edge Effects
After the TWID and the SREJ are specified, the b for the window is calculated
from the following expressions:
SATT = SREJ + 6.0206
0.1102(SATT –8.7)
SATT >50
21≤SATT ≤50
SATT <21
b = 0.58422(SATT –21)0.4 +0.07886(SATT –21)
0
The value 6.0206 is added to SREJ to ensure that the additive ripple from the
notch and bandpass filters stay within specifications. Adding 6.0206 to SREJ is
equivalent to dividing the ripple specification by two.
The number of points in the filter are calculated from the expression:
SATT–8
2.285 @ p @ TWID
NFILT +
) 1
Actually the waveform analyzer algorithm uses the smallest odd integer greater
than the NFILT calculated in the above expression (if NFILT=75.1 then 77
would be used). If there is a high level of stop band attenuation, SREJ, or if the
relative filter transition width, TWID, is set very small then there may be a large
number of points in the filter. For example, if SREJ =80dB and the TWID=.01
then the number of points in the filter is 1087. The input waveform itself may be
less than 1087 points long and there are edge effects, which often preclude the
use of such a long filter.
The output waveform is calculated by convolving the input waveform with the
impulse response of the filter:
output wfm + (input wfm) * h(t)
C–27
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Appendix C: Algorithms
If the length of the original data is N and the length of the filter is NFILT, then
the result of the convolution is a record N+NFILT–1 points long. See Fig-
ure C–14. From this record, (NFILT–1)/2 points are cut off each end to return a
record which is N points long, the same size as the original record. However, the
filter specifications are not guaranteed throughout the length of the new data
record. For (NFILT–1)/2 points on either end of the new record, the data is
questionable. This is due to edge effects in the convolution when the filter record
is not fully within the data record.
Figure C–14: Record resulting from convolving the filter impulse response with the
waveform record
An example will help illustrate the edge effects. Figure C–15 shows a test signal
created from a 1 V amplitude, 10 MHz sine wave and a 0.5 V, 125 MHz sine
wave. This record is 500 points long, TINT=800 ps and the Nyquist frequency
F
nyq=625 MHz. To filter out the high frequency signal, a lowpass filter was
applied with LPASS = 62.5 MHz, TWID=0.1 (TWIDHZ=62.5 MHZ) and
SREJ=26 dB. This resulted in a filter with b=1.51 and 53 points in the filter.
Figure C–16 shows the result of applying the lowpass filter to the data. The filter
did a good job of cutting out the high frequency components. To illustrate the
edge effects, Figure C–17 shows a close up view of the left end of the filtered
data and the 10 MHz sine signal. It is clear in that the filtered data does not
initially track the source 10 MHz sine signal.
On each end of the record, (NFILT–1)/2 data points of the filtered data are not
guaranteed to be within the specification of the filter. This is an undesirable
situation. To limit this effect, the waveform analyzer digital filter algorithm
limits the number of filter points to be a maximum of 10% of the acquisition
record length. With this constraint, in the worst case condition only 5% of the
data on either end of the filtered record is not guaranteed to be within the filter
specification. Hence, all measurements should be on the central 90% of the data
record.
To insure that your measurement does not include bad data, the waveform
analyzer sets the (NFILT–1)/2 data points on either end of the filtered record to
NULLs. The output waveforms of CALC blocks (which include the filter
function) are always floating point numbers. NULL points are defined as
C–28
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Appendix C: Algorithms
9.910000E+37 for ASCII format, and IEEE NAN (Not A Number) for REAL,32
format.
Figure C–15: Filter test signal with a 125 MHz signal modulating a 10 MHz signal
Figure C–16: Test signal after being filtered with a lowpass filter
C–29
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Appendix C: Algorithms
Filtered Data
Source Signal
Figure C–17: View of the filtered record showing the first 5% of the filtered data
Filter Performance
Stop Band Attenuation. The stop band attenuation, or stop band rejection, is set
by the SREJ parameter. The attenuation in the stop band is at least the value
given by SREJ. Typically the minimum attenuation occurs at the start of the stop
band. Further into the stop band the attenuation is typically several to tens of dB
greater than SREJ.
Pass Band Ripple. The ripple in the pass band is not explicitly set through the
filter commands. For the Kaiser window algorithm used in the waveform
analyzer the pass band ripple is directly related to the stop band attenuation:
–SREJ
ƪ1 ) 10
ƫ
PassBand Ripple (dB) + 20log10
20
For example, if the SREJ is set to 40dB then the pass band ripple will be less
than 0.0864 dB; if SREJ is set to 60dB, pass band ripple will be less than
0.00868 dB.
Filter Cutoff and Roll Off. The digital filters implemented in the waveform
analyzer are different than traditional analog filters. One important distinction is
that the STAR, STOP, LPAS, and HPAS frequencies are not the –3 dB cutoff
frequencies for the filter but are instead –6 dB cutoff frequencies.
Analog filter designers often characterize filters by the roll off rate beyond a
cutoff frequency. For example, analog filters are characterized with a roll off of
20 dB/decade, 40 dB/decade, etc. Unfortunately, these familiar analog terms do
not apply to digital filters. Unlike analog filters, digital filters do not continue to
C–30
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Appendix C: Algorithms
drop off above a cutoff frequency. Instead, the filter response drops rapidly in the
transition region and then flattens out somewhat in the stop band. In the
transition region, the roll off cannot be well approximated as a constant roll off
per decade of frequency (such as 40 dB/decade).
The Kaiser window filter technique does not provide a constant dB/decade roll
off in the transition region. In fact, in the transition region, the Kaiser window
technique only specifies that the transfer function will decrease from the pass
band level to the stop band attenuation. What the Kaiser window does guarantee
is the specifications in the pass band and stop band:
–SREJ
TWID
ƪ1 ) 10
ƫ
f v LPAS –ǒ
Ǔ
Passband Ripple v 20log10
20
4 @ TINT
TWID
f v LPAS ) ǒ
Ǔ
Stopband Rejection w SREJ
4 @ TINT
Similar specifications are achieved for highpass, bandpass and notch filters. For
notch filters, be sure that (STOP– START) is greater than TWIDHZ or else no
guarantee is made about the attenuation in any portion of the notch region.
Group Delay. The digital filters have linear phase in the pass band. The group
delay, which is the derivative of the phase, is therefore constant in the pass band.
Practically speaking, this means that if you have a signal which is made up of
many frequency components, the relative phase of these frequency components
are preserved in the filter.
Error Conditions
There are two main causes of errors from the digital filter code. One of the
sources of error is a filter specification that generates too many filter coefficients.
The other class of errors is from cutoff frequencies that violate certain
constraints.
Too Many Filter Coefficients. If the stop band attenuation SREJ and/or the relative
filter transition width TWID is set to too high, then the number of points
required by the filter may exceed 10% of the acquired record length. Since the
digital filter implementation limits the number of coefficients to 10% of the
record length, waveform analyzer reports an error, and performs no filtering.
Suppose, for example, you acquire a record with 1024 points at 1 GSample/se-
cond acquisition rate. You set the lowpass filter to a cutoff frequency of
200 MHz, a stop band attenuation, SREJ, of 80 dB and relative filter transition
width, TWID, of 0.05. Such a filter requires 219 points, which is more than
102 points (10% of the data record), and the following error is reported:
2100,CalculateN questionable; digital filter error - filter
specs require too many coefficients"
C–31
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Appendix C: Algorithms
When this error occurs, there are a number of things that can be done to allow
the filter generation to succeed. One change you could do is to change the value
for TWID (and equivalently TWIDHZ) and keep the remaining filter parameters
fixed. This value of TWID is calculated from:
SREJ – 1.9794
TWID +
7.1785 @ (MaxNPTS)
Where MaxNPTS in this case is set to 102. The maximum possible value for
TWID is 1 (for realistic filters it is desirable to have TWID less than 0.2). If the
specified SREJ is too large then the value of TWID calculated in the above
expression may exceed 1. In this case, it is not possible to design a filter that
meets the SREJ specifications and uses less than the maximum possible number
of points.
Another change you could do is to change the value of SREJ and keep the
remaining filter parameters fixed. This value of SREJ is calculated from:
SREJ + 7.1785 @ TWID @ (MaxNPTS) ) 1.9794
The minimum value for SREJ is 15 dB. If the TWID was initially chosen too
small then the above formula may predict a value for SREJ which is less than
15 dB. In this case, it is impossible to create a filter which meets the specifica-
tion for TWID and which uses less than the maximum possible number of
points.
Another change would be to acquire the data using a longer record length. Since
the filter can have more points if the input data record length is larger, you can
use a tighter specified filter with a longer record length. In our example, going to
a record length of 4096 would have allowed the filter to operate without error.
Incorrect Cutoff Frequencies. The basic problem is that you can’t have the cutoff
frequency for low or highpass filters close to 0 or Nyquist. For bandpass and
notch filters, there is the additional constraint that start and stop frequencies can’t
be too close to each other. The rules are as follows:
H
H
Insure that the cutoff frequency (LPAS or HPAS) minus half the transition
width is greater than 0.
Insure that the cutoff frequency (LPAS or HPAS) plus half the transition
width is less than Nyquist.
For bandpass/notch filters, insure that START minus half the transition width is
greater than 0, STOP plus half the transition width is less than Nyquist, and
START plus half the transition width is less than STOP minus half the transition
width.
If these constraints are violated, the following error messages appear:
C–32
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Appendix C: Algorithms
2100,"CalculateN questionable; digital filter error - lowpass
filter cutoff invalid", or
2100,"CalculateN questionable; digital filter error -
highpass filter cutoff invalid", or
2100,"CalculateN questionable; digital filter error -
bandpass/notch filter start/stop invalid"
Note that for both major sources of error, errors are detected and reported when
the calculate block is executed, not when filter parameters are defined or when
the filter expression is defined. The errors are delayed because the sample rate
(which defines Nyquist) and record length (which sets the maximum number of
filter coefficients) may change after you define the filter parameters.
When these errors occur, the waveform analyzer CALC block copies its input
waveform to its output and performs no filtering.
General Guidelines
Edge effects from the filter can set up to 5% of the data on either end of the
filtered record to NULL values: ASCII, 9.910000E+37 or binary, IEEE NAN. If
you are going to filter the data, make sure all acquisitions have a sufficient
number of points on either side of the data of interest.
If you apply a filter to a set of data and get an error, you can either specify a filter
with less stringent specifications or you acquire the data a second time using a
longer record length. The maximum length of the filter is 10% of the data record,
so if you use a longer record you have more points available in the filter and you
can use a higher specified filter.
To increase the number of points in your data, use the same sample rate but a
longer record length. See the commands SWEep:POINts and SWEep:TIME to
set the record length. Make sure you acquire additional points before and after
the data of interest. Do not try to obtain more points in your data record by
simply increasing the sampling rate. Increasing the sampling rate provides more
points but it also increases the Nyquist sampling rate which can make the desired
filter more difficult to achieve.
C–33
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Appendix C: Algorithms
C–34
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Index
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Index
A
C
AADVance, 2–4
*CAL?, 2–312
AADVance Subsystem, 2–3
AADVance:COUNt, 2–5
AADVance:RECord:COUNt, 2–6
AADVance:RECord:STARt, 2–7
AAMList, auto-advance measurement list, 2–20
Abbreviating Commands, Queries, and Parameters, 1–4
ABORt, 2–119
CALCulate Subsystem, 2–19
CALCulate:AAMList, 2–20
CALCulate:AAMList:STATe, 2–23
CALCulate:DATA?, 2–24
CALCulate:DATA:PREamble?, 2–25
CALCulate:DERivative:STATe, 2–26
CALCulate:FEED, 2–27
ABORt Subsystem, 2–115
AC
CALCulate:FEED2, 2–28
CALCulate:FEED2:CONTEXT, 2–30
CALCulate:FILTer:FREQuency, 2–32
CALCulate:FILTer:FREQuency:CENTer, 2–33
CALCulate:FILTer:FREQuency:HPASs, 2–35
CALCulate:FILTer:FREQuency:LPASs, 2–36
CALCulate:FILTer:FREQuency:SPAN, 2–37
CALCulate:FILTer:FREQuency:SREJection, 2–38
CALCulate:FILTer:FREQuency:STARt, 2–39
CALCulate:FILTer:FREQuency:STATe, 2–41
CALCulate:FILTer:FREQuency:STOP, 2–42
CALCulate:FILTer:FREQuency:TWIDth, 2–43
CALCulate:FORMat, 2–44
INPut coupling, 2–122
measurement, 2–58
TRIGger:A coupling, 2–231
TRIGger:B coupling, 2–246
Acquiring waveforms, starting acquisition, 2–116
Acquisition
Abort command, 2–119
Initiate command, 2–116
looping with INIT:CONT, 2–116
start acquisition, 2–116
Acquisition Clock, setting source, 2–150
Algorithms, C–1
CALCulate:IMMediate, 2–46
waveform function, C–16
AMPlitude, measurement, 2–56
AREA, measurement, 2–56
ARM Subsystem, 2–9
CALCulate:INTegral:STATe, 2–47
CALCulate:PATH, 2–48
CALCulate:PATH:EXPRession, 2–49
CALCulate:SMOothing, 2–51
ARM:DEFine?, 2–10
ARM:SOURce, 2–11
CALCulate:SMOothing:POINts, 2–52
CALCulate:TRANsform:FREQuency:STATe, 2–53
CALCulate:TRANsform:FREQuency:WINDow, 2–54
CALCulate:WMList, 2–56
CALCulate:WMParameter:HIGH, 2–69
CALCulate:WMParameter:HMEThod, 2–70
CALCulate:WMParameter:HREFerence, 2–74
CALCulate:WMParameter:HREFerence:RELative,
2–75
CALCulate:WMParameter:LMEThod, 2–72
CALCulate:WMParameter:LOW, 2–71
CALCulate:WMParameter:LREFerence, 2–76
CALCulate:WMParameter:LREFerence:RELative,
2–77
CALCulate:WMParameter:MREFerence, 2–78
CALCulate:WMParameter:MREFerence:HYSTeresis,
2–79
Auto-advance acquisition
command descriptions, 2–3
setting data format, 2–98
setting measurement list AAMList, 2–20
AVERage, 2–14
AVERage Subsystem, 2–13
AVERage:COUNt, 2–15
AVERage:TYPE, 2–16
B
Backus-Naur Form, 1–7
BAUD, RS-232 parameter, 2–190
Bharris window, command, 2–54
Blackman window, command, 2–54
Block, command argument, 1–8
BNF (Backus-Naur form), 1–7
Byte order, used in data transfer, 2–95
Byte order in transfers, 2–95
CALCulate:WMParameter:MREFerence:RELative,
2–80
CALCulate:WMParameter:RMEThod, 2–82
Index–1
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Index
Calculation system
D
PATH:EXPRession syntax defined, A–1
PATH:EXPRession syntax examples, A–2
Calculations
DATA Subsystem, 2–101
Data transfer
command descriptions, 2–19
for auto-advance acquisition, 2–20
setting a second source, 2–28
setting the context, 2–30
setting the result format, 2–96
setting the source, 2–27
setting byte order, 2–95
TRACe command, 2–216
DATA?, 2–110
DATA:PREamble?, 2–112
DC
INPut coupling, 2–122
measurement, 2–57
Calibrating OSR, 2–152, 2–162
CALibration, 2–86
TRIGger:A coupling, 2–231
TRIGger:B coupling, 2–246
DCD, RS-232 parameter, 2–191
Default Model(s), xviii
DELay, measurement, 2–56, 2–58
Delay
TRIGger:A by time, 2–234
TRIGger:B by events, 2–250
TRIGger:B by time, 2–249
DERivative, 2–26
CALibration Subsystem, command listing, 2–85
CALibration:RESults?, 2–90
CALibration:RESults:VERBose?, 2–91
CARea, measurement, 2–56
CENTer, filter command, 2–33
Chaining Commands and Queries, 1–4
Channel enable, FUNCtion command, 2–102
*CLS, 2–313
CMEan, measurement, 2–56
Command
Derivative waveform, enabling with STATe, 2–26
Block argument, 1–8
Rules for forming, 1–1
Syntax, 1–1
Commands
E
ECHO, RS-232 parameter, 2–193
ECLTrg:POLarity<n>, 2–139
ECLTrg:SOURce<n>, 2–140
Erase memory function, 2–205
ERESponse, RS-232 parameter, 2–193
ERRor?, query for system errors, 2–200
*ESE, 2–314
listing of commands, 2–1
overview of subsystems, 2–1
structure of IEEE 488.2 commands, 1–6
Compensating probes
enabling the PROBE COMPENSATION signal,
2–141
selecting the PROBE COMPENSATION source,
2–142
Constructed Mnemonics, 1–7
Continuous acquisition, 2–116
COPulse, measurement, 2–56
COUPling
*ESR?, 2–315
Event delay, TRIGger:B:ECOunt command, 2–250
EXPRession, CALC command, 2–49
Expression calculation, syntax defined, A–1
TRIGger:A, 2–231
TRIGger:A <presets>, 2–232
TRIGger:B, 2–246
F
Fall Time, measurement, 2–57
Fast Data Channel
Coupling
specify waveforms to transfer, 2–224
waveform transfer command, 2–220
FEED
specifying CALC block source, 2–27
specifying CALC context parameter, 2–30
FEED2, specifying CALC block source, 2–28
FFT waveform
setting input coupling, 2–122
TRIGger:B:<preset>, 2–247
CPARea, measurement, 2–56, 2–57, 2–58
Creating commands, 1–1
Creating queries, 1–2
CRMS, measurement, 2–56
CROSs, measurement, 2–56
Cycle Area, measurement, 2–56
Cycle Mean, measurement, 2–56
Cycle RMS, measurement, 2–56
setting data format, 2–44
TRANsform command, 2–53
Index–2
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Index
FILTer, 2–251
IEEE 488.2 Common Commands, 1–6
command descriptions, 2–311
IEEE Std 488.2-1987, 1–7
IMMediate
See also CALC:FILTer commands
TRIGger:A high pass, 2–236
TRIGger:A low pass, 2–235
TRIGger:B high pass, 2–252
TRIGger:B low pass, 2–251
FORMat, 2–94
CALC results command, 2–44
FORMat Subsystem, 2–93
FORMat:BORDer, 2–95
FORMat:CALCulate, 2–96
FORMat:TRACe:AATS, 2–98
FREQuency
input filter setting, 2–124
measurement, 2–56
selecting filter type, 2–32
FTIMe, measurement, 2–57
FUNCtion, 2–102
ARM:SOURce, 2–11
CALC command, 2–46
Impedance, input channel setting, 2–125
INITiate, 2–116
INITiate Subsystem, 2–115
INITiate:CONTinuous, 2–116
INITiate:COUNt, 2–118
Input
setting vertical offset, 2–307
setting vertical range, 2–309
Input enable, FUNCtion command, 2–102
Input Filter, setting input filtering, 2–123
INPut Subsystem, 2–121
INPut:COUPling, 2–122
FUNCtion Subsystem, 2–101
FUNCtion:CONCurrent, 2–108
FUNCtion:OFF, 2–105
FUNCtion:OFF:ALL, 2–106
FUNCtion:OFF:COUNt?, 2–107
FUNCtion:STATe, 2–109
FUNCtion[:ON]:ALL, 2–103
FUNCtion[:ON]:COUNt?, 2–104
INPut:FILTer, 2–123
INPut:FILTer:FREQuency, 2–124
INPut:IMPedance, 2–125
INPut:PROTection:STATe, 2–129
INTegral, 2–47
Integral waveform, enabling with STATe, 2–47
L
LBUFfer, RS-232 parameter, 2–194
LEVel
G
GAIN, measurement, 2–57
TRIGger:A, 2–239
General Rules, for using SCPI commands, 1–5
GROund, INPut coupling, 2–122
TRIGger:B, 2–254
LMEThod, measurement parameter, 2–72
Loading settings, 2–206
LOW
H
measurement, 2–57
measurement parameter, 2–71
LPASs, low pass filter command, 2–36
LREFerence, measurement parameter, 2–76
*LRN?, 2–317
Halting acquisition, 2–119
Hamming window, 2–54
Hanning window, 2–54
Hierarchy Tree, 1–1
HIGH
measurement, 2–57
M
measurement parameter, 2–69
HMEThod, measurement parameter, 2–70
HOLDoff:TIME, 2–238
HPASs, high pass filter command, 2–35
HREFerence, measurement parameter, 2–74
Manuals, related, xvii
MAXimum, measurement, 2–57
MEAN, measurement, 2–57
Measurements
Algorithms, C–1
definitions of, 2–56–2–60
Memory erase function, 2–205
MEMory Subsystem, 2–131
I
*IDN?, 2–316
Index–3
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Index
MEMory:DATA, 2–132
MEMory:NSTates?, 2–134
Positive Width, measurement, 2–58
Preface, xvii
MEMory:STATe:CATalog?, 2–135
MEMory:STATe:DEFine?, 2–136
Message Terminators, 1–7
PRESet, RS-232 parameter, 2–197
PROBE COMPENSATION
enabling, 2–141
MID, measurement, 2–57
MINimum, measurement, 2–57
Models, terminology, xviii
selecting source signal, 2–142
PTPeak, measurement, 2–58
*PUD, 2–320
MREFerence, measurement parameter, 2–78
PWIDth, measurement, 2–58
N
Q
NCROSs, measurement, 2–57
QUEStionable status register, query command, 2–161
NDUTycycle, measurement, 2–57
Negative Dutycycle, measurement, 2–57
Negative Width, measurement, 2–57
Noise reject, TRIGger:A, 2–237, 2–253
NWIDth, measurement, 2–57
R
Range, setting vertical range, 2–309
*RCL, 2–321
Rectangular window, 2–54
Reference Clock, setting source, 2–150
REFERENCE OUTPUT
O
OFFSet, setting input offset, 2–307
*OPC, 2–318
OPC bit, 2–315
enabling with OUTPut command, 2–143
setting output signal, 2–143, 2–144
Related Manuals, xvii
OPERation status register, query command, 2–152
Operation Status Register, bit definitions, 2–152
OUTPut Subsystem, 2–137
Rise Time, 2–58
RMEThod, measurement parameter, 2–82
RMS, measurement, 2–58
OUTPut:ECLTrg:SOURce<n>?, 2–140
OUTPut:ECLTrg<n>, 2–138
OUTPut:ECLTrg<n>?, 2–138
ROSCillator Subsystem, 2–149
ROSCillator:SOURce, 2–150
*RST, 2–322
OUTPut:ELTrg:POLarity<n>, 2–139
OUTPut:PCOMpensate, 2–141
OUTPut:PCOMpensate:FUNCtion, 2–142
OUTPut:REFerence, 2–143
RTIMe, rise time measurement, 2–58
RTS, RS-232 parameter, 2–192
Rules, command forming, 1–1
OUTPut:REFerence:FUNCtion, 2–144
OUTPut:TTLTrg<n>, 2–145
OUTPut:TTLTrg<n>:POLarity, 2–146
OUTPut:TTLTrg<n>:SOURce, 2–147
S
*SAV, 2–323
Saving settings, MEMory command, 2–132
SBITs, RS-232 parameter, 2–199
SCPI
subsystem hierarchy tree, 1–1
version, 2–207
SCPI commands and queries syntax, 1–1
abbreviating, 1–4
P
PACE, RS-232 parameter, 2–196
Parameter Types Used in Syntax Descriptions, 1–3
PARity, RS-232 parameter, 2–197
PATH, CALC command, 2–48
PATH:EXPRession, CALC command, 2–49
PCROSs, measurement, 2–57
chaining commands, 1–4
creating commands, 1–1
creating queries, 1–2
PDUTycycle, measurement, 2–58
Peak To Peak, measurement, 2–58
PERiod, measurement, 2–58
general rules, 1–5
parameter types, 1–2
SDEViation, measurement, 2–58
Self Test, executing, 2–210
Positive Dutycycle, measurement, 2–58
Index–4
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Index
SERial:BAUD, 2–190
Stopping acquisition, 2–119
SWEep Subsystem, command descriptions, 2–171
SWEep:OFFSet:POINts, 2–172
SWEep:OFFSet:TIME, 2–173
SWEep:OREFerence:LOCation, 2–175
SWEep:POINts, 2–176
SERial:CONTrol:DCD, 2–191
SERial:CONTrol:RTS, 2–192
SERial:ECHO, 2–193
SERial:ERESponse, 2–193
SERial:LBUFfer, 2–194
SERial:PACE, 2–196
SWEep:TIME, 2–178
SERial:PARity, 2–197
SERial:PRESet, 2–197
SWEep:TINTerval, 2–180
Syntax
SERial:SBITs, 2–199
Command, 1–1
Settings, loading, 2–206
for expression-based calculations, A–1
Settings onboard, MEMory command, 2–132
SLOPe
TRIGger:A, 2–241
TRIGger:B, 2–256
SMOothing, CALC command, 2–51
SOURce
SYSTem Subsystem, command descriptions, 2–183
SYSTem:COMMunicate:SERial:BAUD, 2–190
SYSTem:COMMunicate:SERial:CONTrol:DCD, 2–191
SYSTem:COMMunicate:SERial:CONTrol:RTS, 2–192
SYSTem:COMMunicate:SERial:ECHO, 2–193
SYSTem:COMMunicate:SERial:LBUFfer, 2–194
SYSTem:COMMunicate:SERial:PACE, 2–196
SYSTem:COMMunicate:SERial:PARity, 2–197
SYSTem:COMMunicate:SERial:PRESet, 2–197
SYSTem:COMMunicate:SERial:SBITs, 2–199
SYSTem:COMMunicate:SERial:VERBose, 2–193
SYSTem:ERRor?, 2–200
TRIGger:A, 2–242
TRIGger:B, 2–257
TRIGger:PULSe, 2–274
SPAN, filter command, 2–37
*SRE, 2–324
SREJection, filter command, 2–38
Standard Deviation, measurement, 2–58
STARt, filter command, 2–39
Start acquisition, 2–116
SYSTem:ERRor:ALL?, 2–201
SYSTem:ERRor:CODE?, 2–202
SYSTem:ERRor:CODE:ALL?, 2–203
SYSTem:ERRor:COUNt?, 2–204
STATe
auto-advance measurement (AAMList) enable, 2–23
Derivative enable, 2–26
enabling input protection, 2–129
filter enable, 2–41
SYSTem:PROTect, 2–204
SYSTem:SECurity:IMMediate, 2–205
SYSTem:SET, 2–206
SYSTem:VERSion?, 2–207
input channel enable, 2–109
Integral enable, 2–47
T
Transform (FFT) enable, 2–53
STATus Subsystem, command descriptions, 2–151
STATus:OPERation?, 2–152
STATus:OPERation:CONDition?, 2–154
STATus:OPERation:ENABle, 2–155
STATus:OPERation:NTRansition, 2–156
STATus:OPERation:PTRansition, 2–157
STATus:OPERation:QENable:NTRansition, 2–158
STATus:OPERation:QENable:PTRansition, 2–159
STATus:PRESet, 2–161
STATus:QUEStionable?, 2–161
STATus:QUEStionable:CONDition?, 2–163
STATus:QUEStionable:ENABle, 2–164
STATus:QUEStionable:NTRansition, 2–165
STATus:QUEStionable:PTRansition, 2–166
STATus:QUEStionable:QENable:NTRansition, 2–167
STATus:QUEStionable:QENable:PTRansition, 2–168
STATus:SESR:QENable, 2–170
*STB?, 2–325
Terminators, message, 1–7
TEST, 2–210
TEST Subsystem, command descriptions, 2–209
TEST:RESults?, 2–211
TEST:RESults:VERBose?, 2–212
Trace format, setting, 2–94
TRACe Subsystem, command descriptions, 2–215
TRACe?, 2–216
TRACe:AATS, 2–98
TRACe:CATalog?, 2–219
TRACe:COPY, 2–220
TRACe:FEED?, 2–223
TRACe:LIST, 2–224
TRACe:POINts?, 2–225
TRACe:PREamble?, 2–227
Transfer waveform, TRACe command, 2–216
Transfer waveform preamble, TRACe:PREamble
command, 2–227
STOP, filter command, 2–42
Index–5
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Index
Transferring data, setting byte order, 2–95
*TRG, 2–326
Triangular window, command, 2–54
Trigger, ARM subsystem commands, 2–9
TRIGger:A:COUPling:<preset>, 2–232
TRIGger:ATRigger, 2–230
TRIGger:FILTer:HPASs, 2–236
TRIGger:FILTer:NREJect, 2–237, 2–253
TRIGger:FILTer[:LPASs], 2–235
TRIGger:HOLDoff:TIME, 2–238
TRIGger:LEVel, 2–239
TRIGger:PULSe Subsystem, command descriptions,
TRIGger:B Subsystem, command descriptions, 2–245
TRIGger:B:COUPling, 2–246
TRIGger:B:COUPling:<preset>, 2–247
TRIGger:B:DELay, 2–249
2–269
TRIGger:PULSe:CLASs, 2–270
TRIGger:PULSe:GLITch:POLarity, 2–271
TRIGger:PULSe:GLITch:QUALify, 2–272
TRIGger:PULSe:GLITch:WIDTh, 2–273
TRIGger:PULSe:SOURce, 2–274
TRIGger:PULSe:THReshold, 2–275
TRIGger:PULSe:WIDTh:HLIMit, 2–278
TRIGger:PULSe:WIDTh:LLIMit, 2–279
TRIGger:PULSe:WIDTh:POLarity, 2–280
TRIGger:PULSe:WIDTh:QUALify, 2–281
TRIGger:SEQuence2:DEFine?, 2–248
TRIGger:B:ECOunt, 2–250
TRIGger:B:FILTer:HPASs, 2–252
TRIGger:B:FILTer[:LPASs], 2–251
TRIGger:B:LEVel, 2–254
TRIGger:B:SLOPe, 2–256
TRIGger:B:SOURce, 2–257
TRIGger:COUPling, 2–231
TRIGger:DEFine?, 2–233
TRIGger:DELay, 2–234
Index–6
TVS600 & TVS600A Command Reference
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
|